|
|
| Line 16: |
Line 16: |
|
| |
|
| =Text= | | =Text= |
| {{#Wiki_filter:--- Entergy Indian Point Energy Center CONTROLLED DOCUMENT Document Control 450 Broadway TRANSMITTAL Buchanan, NY 10511 TO: DISTRIBUTION DATE: January 17, 2018 FROM: IPEC DOCUMENT CONTROL - 3RD FLOOR ADMIN BLDG PHONE#: 914-254-6835 TRANSMITTAL#: EP-18-0003 The Document(s) identified below are forwarded for use. Please review to verify receipt, incorporate the document(s) into your controlled document file, properly disposition superseded, voided, or inactive document(s). .. | | {{#Wiki_filter:}} |
| Sign and return the receipt acknowledgement below within ten (10) working days.
| |
| 11--~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~-----11*~
| |
| AFFECTED DOCUMENT: IPEC EMERGENCY PLAN PROCEDURES DOC# REV# TITLE INSTRUCTIONS THE FOLLOWING PROCEDURE (S), DRAWING (S) HAVE BEEN REVISED, PLEASE INCORPORATE INTO YOUR BOOKS:
| |
| IP-EP-241 REV.4 IP-EP-260 REV.9 IP-EP-310 REV.17 IP-EP-3*20 REV.12 IP-EP-350 REV.3 JAM 21 201B IP-EP-430 REV.14 IP-EP-510 REV.6 RECEIPT OF THE ABOVE LISTED DOCUMENT(S) IS HEREBY ACKNOWLEDGED. I CERTIFY THAT ALL SUPERSEDED, VOID, OR INACTIVE COPIES OF THE ABOVE LISTED DOCUMENT(S) IN MY POSSESSION HAVE BEEN REMOVED FROM USE AND ALL UPDATES HAVE BEEN PERFORMED IN ACCORDANCE WITH EFFECTIVE D TE(
| |
| (IF APPLICABLE) AS SHOWN ON THE DOCUMENT(S).
| |
| NAME (PRINT) SIGNATURE DATE COPY LOCATION
| |
| | |
| 9.1
| |
| * Procem.1reiD0cument Number: IP-EP-510 Equipmemtlfac:i!ityJOther: Indian Point Energy Center (!PEC)
| |
| Tme: Meterolog!cal, Radiological & P!!ll11t Data Acquisition System I Revision: 6 Part I. Description of Activity Being Reviewed (event or action, or series of actions that have the potential lo affecl the emergency plan or have the potenlial to affect the implementation of the emergency plan):
| |
| Charnge 1 ano'I 3: Editorial. Revised spacing and change the formatting number in section.
| |
| Change 2: Added a step to support deletion of IP-EP-250.
| |
| Part Ii. Emef!ency Plan Sections Reviewed (List all emergency plan sections !hat were reviewed for this activity by number and title. !F TI-IE ACTIVITY IN ITS ENTIRETY IS AN EMERGENCY Pl.AN CHANGE OR EAL OR EAL BASIS CHANGE, ENTER THE SCREENING PROCESS. NO 10 CFR 50.54(q)(2) DOCUMENTATION IS REQUIRED.
| |
| Sm::tion I: Accident Ases1,;me11t Section J: Protective Resptmse Section K: Radiological Exposure Control Part Ill. Ability to Maintain the Emergency Plan (Answer Iha following questions related to impact on the ability to maintain the emergency plan):
| |
| : 1. Do a~ elements ofthe activity change information contained in the emergency plan {proceclura section 3.0{61)?
| |
| YES U NO !'8l If YES, enter screening process for, tha~,element
| |
| : 2. Do any elements of the activity change an emergency classification Initiating Condition. Emergency Action* Level (EAL). associated EAL note or associated EAL basis information or their underlying ca!culations or assumptions?
| |
| YES D NO !'8l If YES, enter screening process for that element
| |
| : 3. Do *any elemen!s of the activity change the process or capab!lity for alerting and notifying the public as described in ilia FEMA-approved Alert and Notification System design report?
| |
| * YES D NO 181 IF YES, 1.mter screening process for thateiement
| |
| : 4. Do a~elements of the acii11ity change !he Evacuation Time Estimate results or documentation?
| |
| YES D NO !'8l tF YES, enter screening process for that element
| |
| : 5. Do ants of the activity change the Om,hift Staffing Analysis results or documentalion?
| |
| YE enter m::r&enln recess for that element EN-EP-305 REV 5
| |
| * Pr@cd1.m:1/llocum,u,t ~umber: !P-!:'.?-510 fq~lpm§!ntlfac!lify/Other. Indian Point Energy Center (SPEC) islol'i: 6
| |
| -----------------1 Pmri !\I. Maintaining Ute Emerg0ncy Plan Com.:!usaan The queslloM in Part II do not repmsel'll the sum total of all condi!lcms lhal may Qruse a change lo or impact the ability to maintain the emergency plan. Originator and reviewer sl{lnaaures in Part IV document thal a review of all &laments of !he proposed change have been c.insiclerad for !heir impact on lha abU!ly to maintain the amef!i!ency plan anti their potenlial lo change the emergency plan.
| |
| : 1. Provide a brief conclusion that describes how the condllions as described In the emergency plan are maintained wilh !his activity.
| |
| : 2. Chock 81\e bol( below when the 10 CFR 50.54(q){2) review completes all acliom; for all alemenls of ihe activity - no 10 CP:R 50.54(q)(3} ru::reenlng or evalualion is requlred for any element. Otherwise, leave the checldmx blank.
| |
| l8l I have completed a review of this activity ln accordance wilh 10 CFR S0.54(q)(2) and determined that Iha effaciivamlss or the emergency plan is maln!ainetl. This ar.:!i!Jity does not make any changes to tile emergency plan No further actions era required to screen or e11a!uata this ac:!111ily under 10 CFR 50.54(q)(3).
| |
| Proposed change 1 & 3 are editorla§. Revi!Sled spacing in "f." to be consistent wm-a rest of
| |
| ;m:ieadt.BI' and when step was added, last step moved to step "r'. This change does not chant:J the Rntent ©f the procedurlli!.
| |
| Pr@posed change 2 added a stp to 8<<.!pport the deiletlon of IP*!':P*:250. This wm ensaure that the latest MET data is ob~ined at a Ui minute irncrremant. Tt.,s change dee$ not change the Intent of the procedure.
| |
| A review of this activafy ora aeconll.am::e with 1 O CfR 50.54( q)(2) has been completed and detem1htedl that the effectlv+.mess of the emer~ency pl2.101 is malntalmid. Th~s activity does not make any ehange5 to the mquirement for obtaining mateorok1gical. Reuter Stokes, and pi.ant parameter data or the IPEC Emergency Plan. No further actions are required to screen or evah.1ate this activity r.mdar 10 CFR 60.54(q)(3).
| |
| Part V. Signatures:
| |
| Preparer Name {Prinl) £.Signature Cate:
| |
| Rebecca A. Martin U' 0. 1/16/18 (Opilenal) Reviewer Name {Print) Reviewer Signature Dale:
| |
| rlevlewer Name (Print)
| |
| Timothy F. Garvey Nuclear EP Project MarM1ger Reviewer Name (Print)
| |
| ,~Reviawar Signature Reviewer Signature Date:
| |
| tftlb\\&
| |
| Date:
| |
| Frank J. Mitchell Manager, Emergency Planning or deslgnee fpf£Zc> 1/;?/r8" EN*EP..J05 REV 5
| |
| | |
| IPEC NON-QUALITY RELATED EMERGENCY PLAN IP-EP-AD2 Revision 10 PROCEDURE
| |
| - Entergy ADMINISTRATIVE PROCEDURES REFERENCE USE Page 1 of 1 Attachment 9.1 Emergency Planning Document Change Checklist Form (All sections must be completed, N/A or place a check on the line where applicable)
| |
| Section 1 cfProcedure Type:
| |
| AdministrativeD Implementing ~ EPLAND N/AO Doc/Procedure No: IP-EP-510 Doc/Procedure
| |
| | |
| ==Title:==
| |
| Meteorological, Radiological & Plant Data Acquisition System Corrective Action: YesO No [81 N/AD CR#:
| |
| Section 2
| |
| * Change Description
| |
| : 1. Ensure the following are completed, or are not applicable and are so marked:
| |
| : a. 50.54q b.
| |
| c.
| |
| d.
| |
| EN-FAP-OM-023 IP-SMM- AD-102 OSRC 18]
| |
| l8l l'.8J O
| |
| N/A D N/A 0 NIA 0 NIA 18]
| |
| : 2. Transmittals are completed: D N/A D Date:_ _
| |
| : 3. Ensure the proper revision is active in Merlin: D N/A D
| |
| : 4. Approved doc/procedure delivered to Doc. Control for distribution: D N/A D Date:
| |
| : 5. Position Binders updated: D N/A D Date: _ _
| |
| : 6. Copy of EPDCC placed in EP file: D N/A D Date: ___
| |
| : 7. Supporting documentation is submitted as a general record in MERLIN: D NIA D Date: _ _
| |
| : 8. Word files are moved from working drafts folder to current revision folder in the EP drive:
| |
| D NIA D Date: _ _
| |
| Sheet 1 of 1
| |
| | |
| -~* -~-- 0 IPEC IMPLEMENTING PROCEDURE IP-SMM-AD-102 Rev: 15
| |
| * Procedure No.
| |
| PREPARATION, REVIEW, AND APPROVAL ATTACHMENT 10.2
| |
| . , , _ . , _ . , _ , , , __ _ _.,,,,w,,a>";>)':"
| |
| IP-EP-510
| |
| --w-.:z:;:::r:r....
| |
| PfOCedfJf'e
| |
| | |
| ==Title:==
| |
| Meteorological, Radiological & Plant Dala Acquisition System Existing Rev: 5 New Rev: 6 DAN/EC No:
| |
| Page 35 of 43 vz~,z:==-,-,- - IPEC PROCEDURE REVIEW AND APPROVAL DRN Pro~ef;!ure Activiilf Cl Converted To IPEC, Replaces: Teme.orar~ Procedure Change (MARK Applicable) (MARK Applicable)
| |
| D NEW PROCEDURE Unit 1 Procedure No. EDITORIAL Temporary Procedure Change 0
| |
| lfil GENERAL REVISION D ADVANCE Temporary Procedure Change D PARTIAL REVISION D EDITORIAL REVISION Unit 2 Procedure No: D CONDITIONAL Temporary Procedure Change 0 VOID PROCEDURE Terminating Condition:
| |
| Cl SUPERSEDED Unit 3 Procedure No:
| |
| D RAPID REVISION Document in Mic 1w VOID DRNfTPC No(s):
| |
| £El Yes D No Revision Summary Added a statement ta support deletion of IP-EP*250 and two editorial changes.
| |
| Implementation Requirements Implementation Plan? D Yes £El No Formal Training? D Yes !IDNo Special Handling? D Yes lfilNo RPO Dept: Writer: (Print Name/Ext/Sign): ebecca A. Martin / x7106 /
| |
| * 2. D Cross-Disciplinary Reviewers:
| |
| Dept:
| |
| Dept:
| |
| Reviewer:
| |
| Reviewer:
| |
| Print Name/ Signature/ Date)
| |
| : 3. £El RPO* Responsibilities/Checklist: Frank J. Mitchell /
| |
| (Print Name/ Signature/ Date)
| |
| D PAD required and is complete (PAD Approver and Reviewer qualifications have been verified) ml Previous exclusion from further Ll-100 Review is still valid D PAD not required due to type ol change as defined in 4.6
| |
| : 4. D Non-Intent Determination Complete: *
| |
| -------------------~------ (Print Name/ Signature/ Date}
| |
| ~ change of purpose or scope NO change to less restrictive acceptance criteria NO reduction in !he level of nuclear safety NO change to steps previously identified as commitment steps NO voiding or canceling of a procedure, unless NO deviation from the Quality Assurance Program Manual requirements are incorporated into another procedure NO change that may result in deviations from Technical or the need for the procedure was eliminated Specifications, FSAR, plant design requirements,
| |
| : 5. D On-Shift Shift Manager/CRS:
| |
| ----------------------------- (Print Name/ Signature/ Date)
| |
| : 6. D User Validation: User: Validator:
| |
| : 7. D Special Handling Requirements Understood:
| |
| (Print Name/ Signature/ Date)
| |
| | |
| Revision Matrix 1p.. ep ..510 MRP. . DAS Revision 6 Nu - Condition Proposed Editorial Impact on 50.47 planning
| |
| ,~- Coru:iition Ctumge? Std.?
| |
| t Page4 f. revised spacing Vas No - Revised spacing. This Section change does not change the 5.1.1.2.f . intent of the procedure.
| |
| : 2. Page4
| |
| : h. Obtain the latest. .**.*Weather No No - Added this section due Bureau to IP*EP-250 deletion. This Section
| |
| : 1. Update ..* data. change does not change the 5.1.1.2.h
| |
| : 2. Norifv*...*data. intent of the procedure.
| |
| : 3. Yes No - formatting change I
| |
| I jPage 5 J Section
| |
| " when adding h above. This change does not change the 5.1.1.2.i L. I intent of the procedure.
| |
| | |
| IPEC Revision 6 NON-QUALITY EMERGENCY PLAN RELATED PROCEDURE IMPLEMENTING PROCEDURES REFERENCE U!E 1 of 9
| |
| 'C!Ot~TR LLED Meteorological, Radiological
| |
| & Plant Data Acquisition System
| |
| * Prepared by: Rebecca A. Martin
| |
| 'i' Print Name Signature Dale Approval: Frank J. Mitchell Print Name Signature Dale Effective Date: January 24, 2018 *
| |
| * IP-EP-510(MRP-DAS)R6.doc
| |
| | |
| IPEC NON*QUAI.ITV IP-EP-510 Revision 6
| |
| -Enlergy$ EMERGENCY PLAN RELATED PROCEDURE lMPLEMENTJl\1G PROCEDURES REFERENCE Use Page 2 of 9 Table of Contents 1.0 Purpose ...... ~ .....................*....................................................................................... 3.
| |
| 2.0 References ......................................................................................................... 3 3.0 . Definitions ...........................................................*............:................................. 3 4.0 Responsibilities ............... .'. ...............................................................................,.. 3 5.0 Details ................................................................................................................ 4
| |
| . 5.1 Obtaining Meteorological Data ............................................................... .4 5.2 Obtaining Reuter Stokes and Selected Plant Parameter Data ......... ;...... 5
| |
| * 6.0 7.0 8.0 Interfaces ............ ,....................................................~ ......................................... 6 Records-.........................................................................,.............. ;...................... 6 Requirements and Commitment Cross .............................................................. 6 9.0 Attachments 9.1 MRP-DAS Meteorological Data Report ............... .u ....................................... 7 9.2 Pasquill Category vs. Temperature Change at Ground Level (60m - 10m) ...... 8 9.3 Estimation of Pasquill Category ................................................................... 9 C\
| |
| | |
| ... IPEC NON-QUALITY IP-EP-510 Revision 6
| |
| ~~Enlergy,& EMERGENCY PLAN RELATED PROCEDURE IMPLEMENTBNG PROCEDURES REFERENCE USE Page 3 of 9 Meteorological 1 Radio8ogical & Plant Data Acquisition System 1.0 PURPOSE
| |
| : 1. 1 This procedure describes the methods available to obtain meteorological, Reuter Stokes and selected plant parameter data in the Central Control Rooms (CRs), the Emergency Operating Facility (EOF) and/or the Alternate Emergency Operating Facility (AEOF).
| |
| | |
| ==2.0 REFERENCES==
| |
| | |
| NONE 3.0 DEFINITBONS *
| |
| . Meteorological, Radiological & Plant Data Acquisition System (MRP.DAS) - system that provides meteorological, radiological and certain plant parameter data i.e.: R-27, R-25/26, VC Pressure and VC Temperature.
| |
| * 4.0 RESPONSIBILITIES The Unit 2 and Unit 3 Control Room (CR) Operators, and the EOF Radiological Assessors are responsible for the implementation of this procedure.
| |
| | |
| ea IPEC NON°QUALITY IP-EP-510 Revision 6
| |
| ~E11lergy EMERGENCY PLAN RELATED PROCEDURE 0
| |
| IMPLEMENTING PROCEDURES REFERENCE Use Page 4 of 9 5.0 DETA!LS 5.1
| |
| * Obtaining Meteorological Data:
| |
| 5.1.1 Primary Methods:
| |
| 5.1.1.1 Control Room (CR):
| |
| : a. USE the meteorological display panel 10-m elevation to obtain wind speed, wind direction and Pasquill Category.
| |
| 5.1.1.2 Emergency Operations Facility (EOF):
| |
| : a. USE MRP-DAS to access the information from the 1Om elevation ws, wind direction and Pasquill category.
| |
| : b. From the IPEC Website, pull down the applications menu .
| |
| : c. Double-click the MRPDAS icon.
| |
| : d. At Plant Screen with user-name "Guest User",
| |
| double click on Log On (no password required),
| |
| : e. Select one of the following from left column: DRILL -
| |
| or LIVE
| |
| : f. Select - Common - Meteorological Data Select - Primary Meteor Other Displays
| |
| : g. Read the reports from the display; OR print the report. Click the "Print" [printer] button on the toolbar at the top of the report window. Click "OK" button on the "Print" window.
| |
| : h. Obtain the latest measured MET data every 15 min.
| |
| and obtain weather forecast from MRP-DAS and/or Weather Bureau.
| |
| : 1. Update the MET Data Status Board to display the correct data.
| |
| : 2. Notify the Radiological Assessment Coordinator of any significant changes to the MET data.
| |
| | |
| IPEC NON-QUALITY Revision 6 EMERGENCY PLAN RELATED PROCEDURE IMPLEMENTING PROCEDURES 5 of 9
| |
| : i. To exit MRP-DAS, click on the red X at the top right of the screen 5.1.1.3 Alternate Emergency Operations Facility (AEOF}:
| |
| : a. USE the meteorological data obtained via a personal computer - from MRP-DAS. (see 5.1.1.2) 5.1.2 Back -up methods:
| |
| 5.1.2.1 EOF: CALL Unit 2 or 3 CR identify yourself and ask for the 10m elevation wind speed, wind direction and Pasquill Category.
| |
| 5.1.2.2 CCR: OBTAIN data from MRP-DAS using a personal computer (Attachment 9.1 ): (see 5.1.1.2) or call alternate Control Room for MET data.
| |
| 5.1.2.3 OBTAIN data from Offsite Agencies
| |
| * a. Use the emergency telephone list to locate the offsite agencies phone numbers.
| |
| : b. ACCUWEATHER-- use personal computer to log on to offsite agencies web Select ACCUWEATHER:
| |
| www.accuweather.com and ENTER "Buchanan, NY" OR "10511". Click "My Local Page, Hourly Forecasts".
| |
| : c. National Weather Service (NWS) Select National Weather Service: www.nws.noaa.gov and ENTER "Buchanan, NY" for "local Forecast, City, St". Click "GO".
| |
| 5.2 Obtaining Reuter Stokes and Selected Plant Parameter Data 5.2.1 From the IPEC Website, pull down the applications menu.
| |
| 5.2.2 Double-click the MRP-DAS icon.
| |
| 5.2.3 At Plant Screen with user name "Guest User", double click on log on (no password required).
| |
| 5.2.4 Select one of the following from left column: DRILL or LIVE .
| |
| * 5.2.5 Select Common Data.
| |
| 5.2.6 Select Reuter Stokes Data.
| |
| | |
| IPEC NON*OUALITY Revision 6 EMERGENCY PLAN RELATED PROCEDURE IMPLEMENTING
| |
| * PROCEDURES REFERENCE USE Page 6 of 9 6.0 INTERFACES IP-EP-310, Dose Assessment 7.0 RECORDS NONE 8.0 REQUIREMENTS AND COMMITMENT CROSS-REFERENCE NONE 9.0 ATTACHMENTS
| |
| | |
| ===9.1 EXAMPLE===
| |
| MRP-DAS METEORLOGICAL DATA REPORT 9.2 PASQUILL CATEGORY vs TEMPERATURE CHANGE at GROUND LEVEL (60m-10m) 9.3 Estimation of Pasquill Category
| |
| | |
| IPEC IP-EP-510 Revision 6 NON-QUALITY
| |
| -Enlergy EMERGENCY PLAN RELATED PROCEDURE 0
| |
| iMPU::MENTING PROCEDURES REFERENCE USE Page 7 of 9 Attachment 9.1 EXAMPLE: MRP DAS METEORLOGICAL DATA REPORT 0
| |
| Sheet 1 of 1 NOTE:
| |
| All "9s" in a data field indicates the data was not collected.
| |
| *** DAilY
| |
| | |
| ==SUMMARY==
| |
| REPORT ......
| |
| *0 " DATE: 05/29/2002 07:10 "**
| |
| TIME .,... MET TOWER DATA (MIS,DEG FROM,F) ***
| |
| HRMN (EST) SPD10M SPD60M D1R10M D1R60M DT60 DT122 PC 0700 2.2 3.3 2 15 -1.2 -2.1 D
| |
| ..... UNIT#2 PLANT PARAMETER DATA**"'*
| |
| vc vc vc vc vc VENT P948A P9488 T1203 R-25 R-26 R-27 (PSIG) (PSIG) (F) (R/HR) (R/HR) (UC I/SEC)
| |
| -.2 .0 1.02E+02 <=1.00E+OO <=1.00E+OO 2.S3E+02
| |
| ""* UNIT#3 PLANT PARAMETER DATA ....
| |
| CONT CONT DOME RAD VENT (PSIG) (F) (R/HR) (UCI/SEC)
| |
| -.1 94 <=1.0E+OO 1.0E+01
| |
| ""'* ATMOSPHERIC DISPERSION***
| |
| SITE BOUNDARY DIST= .6 MILES 2 MILES 5 MILES 10MILES XU/Q XU/Q XU/Q XU/Q (1/M2) (1/M2) (1/M2) (1/M2) 1.0E-04 1.9E-05 5.1E-06 2.1E-06
| |
| *"" OFFSITE MONITOR DATA""*
| |
| MON NO 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 SECTOR N NNE NE ENE E ESE SE SSE RAO (MR/HR) 3.4E-03 6.9E-03 6.SE-03 7.0E-03 6.3E-03 7.3E-03 7.9E-03 7.4E-03 MON NO 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 SECTOR s SSW SW WSW w WNW NW NNW RAD (MRHR) 8.5E~03 6.0E-03 5.9E-03 8.5E-03 1.1E-02 6.5E-03 7.0E-03 8.4E-03
| |
| *** METEOROLOGICAL FORECAST .....
| |
| HOUR SPEED (MPH) DIRECTION (FROM) RAIN STABILITY 170 5.8 130 YES
| |
| ---- D 18 0 4.9 50 YES D 19 0 4.5 30 YES D 200 4.0 0 YES D 21 0 3.6 350 NO D 220 3.6 340 NO D
| |
| | |
| IPEC Revisions NON-QUALITY EMERGENCY PLAN RELATED PROCEDURE IMPLEMENTING PROCEDURES
| |
| * REFERENCE Pcage 8 of 9 Attachment 9.2 PASQUILL CATEGORY V$.
| |
| TEMPERATURE CHANGE at GROUND LEVEL (60m -10m)
| |
| Sheet 1 of 1 PASQUILL TEMPERATURE CATEGORY CHANGE (CF)
| |
| A <-1.74 B -1.74 to <-1.56 C -1.56 to< -1.37 D -1.37 to<-0.46 E -0.46 to <+1.37 F +1.37 to .::+3.66 G >+3.66
| |
| | |
| IPEC NoN-QUALllY IP-EP-510 Revisions EMERGENCY PLAN RELATED PROC!:DURE IMPLEMENTING PROCEDURES REFERENCE USE 9 of 9 Attachment 9.3 Estimation of Pasgum Category Sheet 1 of 1 Use this addendum to determine the Pasquill Category in the absence of both measured vertical temperature
| |
| * differences AND the standard deviation (sigma theta) for horizontal wind direction.
| |
| DEFINITION OF PASQUILL STABILITY CATEGORY PASQUILL CATEGORY STABILITY CONDITIONS A Extremely unstable B Moderately unstable C Slightly unstable D Neutral E Slightly stable F Moderately stable G Extremely stable Pasquiil category can be estimated by observing or estimating the time of day. solar radiation, cloudiness, and wind speed.
| |
| KEY TO STABILITY CATEGORIES Surface Wind DAYTIME NIGHT Speed (mis}
| |
| Incoming Solar Radiation Cloudiness (lnsolation)
| |
| Thinly Clear Partly Overcast Clear to Overcast or Sky Cloudy Partly Cloudy
| |
| >4/8 low Cloud
| |
| <2 A A-8 B E-F G 2-3 A-8 B C E F 4-5 B B-C C D E 5-6 C C-D D D D
| |
| >6 C D D D D General Definitions
| |
| : 1. Daytime is considered as one hour after sunrise to one hour before sunset.
| |
| : 2. (a) Clear sky - less than 20 percent cloud cover.
| |
| (b) Partly cloudy - 20 to 80 percent cloud cover.
| |
| * (c) Overcast - 80 to 100 percent cloud cover.
| |
| | |
| ArrACHMENT 9.1 10 CFR 50.!i4(0)(2) f?EVIEW
| |
| * SHEET1 OF2 Procedure/Document Number: IP~EP-430 Equipment/Facility/Other: Indian Point Energy Center (IPEC)
| |
| I Revision: 14
| |
| | |
| ==Title:==
| |
| Site Assembly, Accountability & Relocation of Personnel Onsite Part I. Description of Activity Being Reviewed (event or action, or series of actions that have the potential to affect the emergency plan or have the potential to affect the implementation of the emergency plan):
| |
| Change 1 - Added 4 attachments to the table of contents and attachments lists from IP-EP-220 Technical Support Center, IP-EP-230 Operations Support Center, and IP-EP-250 Emergency Operations Center to support the deletion of these IPEC facility procedures. This will ensure the accountability process is maintained; Change 2 - Editorial - updated spacing of paragraph.
| |
| Change 3 - added a statement to support deletion of the IPEC EOF procedure. This will ensure lhe status of accountability is still provided to the EOF manager.
| |
| Changes 4, 5, 6, &: 8 - added checklists from IP-EP-220, IP-EP-230, and IP-EP-250 for the TSC Security Coordinator, OSC Manager, and EOF Manager to support deletion of these IPEC Facility procedures and ensure the accountability process is maintained. Added directions to the Westchester Fire Training Center which is currently used for decontamination if needed.
| |
| Chanoe 7--Editorial-moved a current attachment from 9.4 to 9.7. Updated onlv the numbering.
| |
| Part Ii. E;mergency Plan Sections Reviewed (List all emergency plan sections that were reviewed for this activity by number and title. IF THE ACTIVITY IN ITS ENTIRETY IS AN ~MERGENCY PLAN CHANGE OR EAL OR EAL BASIS CHANGE, ENTER THE SCREENING PROCESS. NO 10 CFR 50.54(q)(2) DOCUMENTATION IS REQUIRED.
| |
| Section A: Assignments of ResponsibiBity
| |
| * Section J:
| |
| Section K:
| |
| Protective Response Radiological Exposure Control Part m. Abmty to Maintain the Emergency Plan (Answer the following questions related to impact on the ability to maintain the emergency plan):
| |
| : 1. Do a~ elements of the activity change information contained in the emergency plan (procedure section 3.0[6])?
| |
| YES D NO f8I IF YES, enter screening process for that element
| |
| : 2. Do any elements of the activity change an emergency classification Initiating Condition, Emergency Action Level (EAL), associated EAL note or associated EAL basis information or their underlying calculations or assumptions?
| |
| YES D NO f8I IF YES, enter screening process for that element
| |
| : 3. Do any elements of the activity change Iha process or capability for alerting and notifying the public as described in the FEMA-approved Alert and Notification System design report?
| |
| YES D NO 181 IF YES, enter screening process for that element
| |
| : 4. Oo a~elements of the activity change the Evacuation Time Estimate results ouiocumantation?
| |
| YES LJ NO lg] IF YES, enter screening process for that element
| |
| : 5. Do an_y_elements of the activity change the Onshift Staffing Analysis results or documentation?
| |
| YES D NO lg] IF YES, enter screening process for that element
| |
| * EN-EP-305 REV 5
| |
| | |
| ATTACHMENT9.1 10 CFR 50.54(0)(2) REVIEW frocedure/Doeumant Number: IP..EP-430 I Revision: 14 Equtpmmt/Foclllty/Other: Indian Point Energy Center (IPEC)
| |
| TIUe: Site Assembly, Accountability & Refocatlon cf Personnel Onslte
| |
| ' Part IV. Maintaining the Emergency Pftan Concflualon The questlollS In Part fl do not repmant the sum total of all conditions thal may eawe a change to or Impact the ability to maintain the emergency ptan. Originator and reviewer signatures In Part IV document that a review of all elements of the proposed change hlllva been considered for their Impact on the ability to maintain Iha emergency plan and their potential to change the emergency plan.
| |
| : 1. Provide a brief ccncluslon that descnbs how the condlUons as described In the emergency plan are maintained with this activlly.
| |
| : 2. Check lhe boic below when the 10 OFR 50.S4(q)(2) review complain all actions for alt elements of the acllvlty- no 10 CFA 50.54(q)(3) screening or evaluallon Is required for any elemenl. Otherwise, leave lhe cMd<box blank.
| |
| I!! I have completed a ravtew of !his aclivl"ty in accordance with 10 CFR S0.54{q)(2) and determined ttw the effemlvensss of the emergency plan Is maintained. This actMly does not make any changes to lhe emergency plan.
| |
| No further actions ara mqulred Co screen or evaluate this activity under 10 CFR S0.54(q)(3).
| |
| PropcHd changes 1, 2 and 7 are editorial. Change 1 updated the table of contents and the attachment section with the new attachments added; change 2 fixed spacing of paragraph to be consistent ttm:n.a;heul the pmcedum, change 1 changed an attachment number from t.4 to 9.7 due to atiS!chments being added to the procedure. This chenge does not change the Intent of the procedure, Proposed change 3 added a statement to support deletlon of the IPEC EOF procedure. This will ensure the status of acc:cuntabUlty Is $lill provided to the EOf manager, This change does not change the intent or the proeedur11.
| |
| * Proposed changes 4, 5, and 6 added eheckllela from IP*EP*220, 8P*EP-2SO, and IP.EP*2SO for the TSC Security Coardinatcr, OSC Manager, and EOF Manager to support deletion of these IPEC Facility procedures and ensure the accountabUity process Is maintained. This change does not change the Intent of the procedure.
| |
| A review of this activity in accordam::e with 1OCIFR 50.54(q)(2) has been completed and determined that the effectiveness of lhe emergency plan 1a*maintained. This activity does not make any changes to the requirement fer anembly, accountabllity, relocaUon of personnel or the lPEC Emergency Plan. No further actions are required to screen or evaluate this activity under 10 CFR 50.54(q)(3).
| |
| Pm V. Signatures:
| |
| Preparer Name (Print) Date:~
| |
| Rebecca A. Mal'lln Sr. EP Project Manger \\,<\\'?>
| |
| (Opllonal) Reviewer Name (Print) Reviewer Slgnalu1e Date:
| |
| Reviewer Name (Print)
| |
| Timothy F. Gruvev Nuclear EP P,oJect Manager Reviewer Name (Print)
| |
| ,~
| |
| ..--.Reviewer Signature Date:
| |
| FrankJ. Mitchell
| |
| * Manager, Emergency Planning or deslgnae 1/5-/{l-
| |
| | |
| IP-SMM-AD-102 Rev: 15 IPEC IMPLEMENTING PROCEDURE PREPARATION, REVIEW, AND APPROVAL Page 35 of 43 ATTACHMENT 10.2 IPEC PROCEDURE REVIEW AND APPROVAL Procedure
| |
| | |
| ==Title:==
| |
| Site Assembly, Accountability & Relocation of Personnel Offsite Procedure No. IP-EP-430 Existing Rev: 13 New Rev: 14 DAN/EC No: ORN-18* 000 L~
| |
| Procedur~ D Converted To IPEC, Replaces: Temeorary Procedure aaarnge (MARK Ap le} {MARK Applicable) 0 NEW PROCEDURE Unit 1 Procedure No. EDITORIAL Temporary Procedure Change D
| |
| IE GENERAL REVISION 0 ADVANCE Temporary Procedure Change D PARTIAL REVISION 0 EDITORIAL REVISION Unit 2 Procedure No: D CONDITIONAL Temporary Procedure Change D VOID PROCEDURE Terminating Condition:
| |
| D SUPERSEDED Unit 3 Procedure No:
| |
| D RAPID REVISION Document in Microsoft Word:
| |
| (ID Yes D No D VOID DRN/TPC No(s):
| |
| Revision Summary See attached revision matrix for updates. Added attachments and additional steps to the procedure to support deletion of IPEC Facility procedures.
| |
| Implementation Requirements Implementation Plan? D Yes l&J No Formal Training? D Yes IIDNo Special Handling? D Yes mJNo RPO Dept: Emergency Planning Writer: (Print Name/Ext/Sign): Re ca A. Martin / x7106 /
| |
| Review &ind Approval {Per Attachment 10.1, IPEC Review And Approval Requirements)
| |
| : 1. l&J Technical Reviewer: Casey Karsten I ~*...:::::.: I 1/15/18 (Print Name/ Signature/ Date)
| |
| : 2. D Cross-Disciplinary Reviewers:
| |
| Dept: Reviewer:
| |
| Print Name/ Signature/ Date)
| |
| Dept Reviewer:
| |
| : 3. !El RPO- Responsibilities/Checklist: Frank J. Mitchell /
| |
| (Print Name/ Signature/ Dale)
| |
| D PAD required and is complete {PAD Approver and Reviewer qualifications have been verified)
| |
| (ID Previous exclusion from further U-100 Review is still valid D PAD not required due to type of change as defined in 4.6
| |
| : 4. D Non.Intent Determination Complete:
| |
| (Print Name/ Signature/ Date)
| |
| NO change of purpose or scope NO change to less restrictive acceptance criteria NO reduction in the level of nuclear safety NO change to steps previously identified as commitment steps NO voiding or canceling of a procedure, unless NO deviation from the Quality Assurance Program Manual requirements are incorporated into another procedure NO change that may result in deviations from Technical or the need for the procedure was eliminated Specifications, FSAR, plant design requirements,
| |
| : 5. D On-Shift Shift Manager/CRS:
| |
| (Print Name/ Signature/ Date)
| |
| : 6. D User Validation: User: Validator:
| |
| : 7. D Special Handling Requirements Understood:
| |
| (Print Name/ Signature/ Date)
| |
| | |
| IPEC NONaQUA!..iTY RELATED EMERGENCY PLAN Revision 10 PROCEDl.li:lE
| |
| -Entergy ADMINISTRATIVE .
| |
| PROCEDURES 1 of 1 Attachm~mt 9.1 Emergency Planning Document Change Checklist Form (All sections must be completed, NIA or place a check on the line where applicable)
| |
| Section 1 Doc/Procedure Type:
| |
| AdministrativeO lmolementino ~ EPLAN*n N/AO Doc/Procedure No: IP-EP-430 Doc/Procedure
| |
| | |
| ==Title:==
| |
| Site Assembly, Accountability and Relocation of Personnel Offsite Corrective Action: YesU No 12:SJ NIAU CR#:
| |
| * Change Description
| |
| : 1. Ensure the following are completed, or are not applicable and are so marked:
| |
| : a. 50.54q
| |
| : b. EN,-FAP-OM~023
| |
| : c. IP-SMM-AD-102 181 N/A 0 l;gj NIA 0 lgj N/A 0 ct OSRC O N/A lgj
| |
| : 2. Transmittals are completed: 0 N/A D Date:_
| |
| : 3. Ensure the proper revision is active in Merlin: D NIA D.
| |
| : 4. Approved doc/procedure delivered to Doc. Control for distribution: D NIA D Date:
| |
| : 5. Position Binders updated: 0 NIA D Date: -**_
| |
| : 6. Copy of EPDCC placed in EP file: D N/A D Date: _ _
| |
| : 7. Supporting documentation is submitted as a general record in MERLIN: D NIA D Date:_
| |
| : 8. Word files are moved from working drafts folder to current revision folder in the EP drive:
| |
| D NIA D Date: _ _
| |
| * Sheet 1 oLt
| |
| -- j
| |
| | |
| Revision Matrix
| |
| * IP-EP-430 Site Assembly, Accountability & Relocation of Personnel Offsite Revision 14 Numb location Existing Condition Proposed Editorial Impact on 50.47 planning er Condition Chiru,~e? Std.?
| |
| : 1. Listed 9. i, 9.2, 9.3, 9.4 {IPEC ASSEMBLY Added: Yes No - Editorial - Updated the AREAS & RELOCATION ROUTES) as 9.4 EOF MANAGER CHECKLIST table of contents and the Attachments 9.5 TSC SECURITY attachment section with the COORDINATOR CHECKLIST attachments that were 9.6 OSC MANAGER CHECKLIST added. These changes do Page 2 & 6 9.7 JPECASSEMBLY AREAS& not change the intent oi the RELOCATION ROUTES procedure.
| |
| 9.8 DIRECTIONS TO WESTCHESTER COUNTY FIRE CENTER -
| |
| : 2. Spacing change Yes No - editorial. This change Page 13, Step G does not change the intent of the procedure.
| |
| : 3. Added step No No - This was added from IP-EP-250 which is being Page 13, Step H deleted. This change does not change the intent of the
| |
| ' orocedure.
| |
| : 4. Accountability Attachment for EOF No No - This was added from Page 17-19, Attachment 9.4
| |
| ' Manager IP-EP-250 which is being deleted. This change does not change the intent of the orocedure.
| |
| : 5. Accountability Attachment for TSC No This was added f ram IP-EP-Security Coordinator 220 which is being deleted.
| |
| ~age 22- 23, This change does not Attachment 9.5 change the intent of the orocedure.
| |
| *----Pagel
| |
| | |
| * ; we we ,
| |
| Revision Matrix
| |
| &Ht ,A . &t WM IP-EP-430 Site Assembly, Accountability & Relocation of Personnel Offsite
| |
| @ &4 !J.J Revision 14
| |
| : 6. I Accountability Attachment for OSC No NO - This was added from Page 24 -25 ! Manager. IP-EP-230 which is being deleted. This change does Attachment 9.6 not change the intent of the Procedure.
| |
| : 7. 9.4 9.7. Yes No - editorial, the following checklists were added due to the deletion of procedures:
| |
| Page 26, IP-EP-220, 230 and 250 and Attachment 9.7, therefore the Attachment numbering changed. These changes do not change the intent of the procedure.
| |
| a-. Added attachment 9.8 - Directions to No No - this was added from IP-Westchester County Fire Training EP-250 which is being Center. deleted. This change does not change the intent of the Page 27, procedure.
| |
| Attachment 9.8
| |
| * l
| |
| | |
| JPEC IP-EP-430 Revision 14 NON-QUALITY RELATED
| |
| ~ Entergy EMERGENCY PLAN PROCEDURE IMPLEMENTING PROCEDURES REFERENCE USE Page 1 of 27 Site Assembly, Accountability & Relocation of Personnel Offsite
| |
| * Prepared by: Rebecca A. Martin Print Name Approval: Frank J. Mitchell Pnnt Name Effective Date: January 24, 2018 This procedure exc!uded from further u~rno reviews
| |
| /P-EP-430 (Site Assembly, Accountability & Relocation of Personnel Offsite)Rev14.doc
| |
| | |
| a-=- Entergy.,, Revision 14 IPEC NON-QUALITY RELATED IP*EP-430 EMERGENCY PLAN PROCEDURE IMPLEMENTING PROCEDURES REFERENCE USE Page i of ~
| |
| Table of Contents 1.0 PURPOSE ................................................................................................................... 3
| |
| | |
| ==2.0 REFERENCES==
| |
| ............................................................................................................ 3 3.0 DEFINITIONS .............................................................................................................. 3
| |
| \ .
| |
| 4.0 RESPONSIBILITIES ................................................................................................... 4 5.0 DETAILS ...........................................................................................-.......................... 5 6.0 INTERFACES .............................................................................................................. 5 7.0 RECORDS .................................................................................................................. 6 8.0 REQUIREMENTS AND COMMITMENT Cross-Reference ......................................... 6 9.0 ATIACHMENTS ......................................................................................................... 6 9.1 SHIFT MANAGER (ED) ACCOUNTABILITY/PERSONNEL RELOCATION CHECKLIST ............. 7 9.2 LEAD ACCOUNTABILITY OFFICER (LAO) CHECKLIST ................................................. 12 9.3 MANUAL ACCOUNTABILITY CHECKLIST .................................................................... 16
| |
| * 9.4 EOF MANAGER CHECKLIST ................................................................... 17 9.5 TSC SECURITY COORDINATOR CHECKLIST .................................................22 9.6 OSC MANAGER CHECKLIST.....................................................................24 9.7 IPEC ASSEMBLY AREAS & RELOCATION ROUTES ............................................. 26 9.8 DIRECTIONS TO WESTCHESTER COUNTY FIRE TRAINING CENTER ...**..........*............ 27
| |
| | |
| ~
| |
| IPEC NON-QUALITY RELATED IP-EP-430 Revision 14
| |
| ..J.J:!#!Enlergy'* EMERGENCY PLAN PROCEDURE IMPLEMENTING PROCEDURES Page of 27 REFERENCE USE ii Site Assembll£ 1 Accountability & Relocation of Pernonnel Offsite 1.0 PURPOSE 1.1 To provide the method and procedures used to initially account for individuals within the Protected Area when accountability is required or called for and for maintaining personnel accountability throughout the event.
| |
| 1.2 To provide guidance for Search and Rescue.
| |
| | |
| ==2.0 REFERENCES==
| |
| | |
| 2.1 Indian Point Energy Center Emergency Plan 3.0 DEFINITIONS 3.1 Accountability - accounting for (knowing the location of) all personnel within the Protected Area OR knowing they are within the Protected Area but missing .
| |
| * 3.2 Assembly - relocation of all personnel, in the owner controlled area (OCA), to pre-designated locations (assembly areas). Essential personnel report to their assigned Emergency Response Facilities (ERF) and non-essential personnel report to either Generation Support Building (GSB) or Energy Education Center (EEC).
| |
| 3.3 Assembly Areas - designated areas where all personnel will assemble when requested. These areas include the TSC/OSC Complex, the Central Control Room {CCR - Unit 2 or Unit 3) and the Emergency Operations Facility for essential personnel and the EEC and the GSB for nonttessentials. (The Indian Point Training Center (IPTC) will be used for overflow of non-essentials during outages.)
| |
| 3.4 Continuing Accountability - maintaining accountability within the Protected Area, after initial accountability is complete 3.5 Essential Personnel - individuals assigned to the Emergency Response Organization (ERO) and/or NRC personnel. This includes:
| |
| 3.5.1 All members of the on-shift watch 3.5.2 All CCR ERO staff members 3.5.3 All members of the Security Force 3.5.4 All EOF/TSC/OSC ERO staff members 3.5.5 All Entergy Mechanics, Electricians, l&C Technicians, Chemistry Technicians, Rad Protection Technicians and Non-Shift Operators within the Protected Area.
| |
| | |
| ~
| |
| IPEC NON-QUALITY RELATED IP-EP-430 Revision 14
| |
| ~Entergy EMERGENCY Pl.AN PROCEDURE IMPLEMENTING PROCEDURES Use REFERENCE Page ! -
| |
| 3.6 Initial Accountability - the determination of who is accounted for within 30 minutes for events classified at the Site Area Emergency, General Emergency or when Accountability ,is requested*.*
| |
| : 3. 7 Non-essential personnel - all other personnel not assigned responsibilities in the ERO. This includes all supplemental personnel, visitors and OCA badged personnel 3.8 Relocation of Personnel Offsite - releasing of all non-essential personnel from the site.
| |
| 3.9 Search and Rescue - activities undertaken immediately after personnel are deemed "missing" in order to determine their location.
| |
| 4.0 RESPONSIBILITIES 4.1 Each Unit's Control Room is responsible for sounding the Site Assembly Alarm, to initiate the accountability process, at the Site Area Emergency, General Emergency, or at the discretion of the Shift Manager or, if in place, the Emergency Plant Manager (EPM). , *
| |
| * 4.2 4.3 Security Shift Supervisor or designee are the initial Lead Accountability Officers responsible for conducting the personnel accountability process and reporting the results to the Shift Manager or, if in place, the TSC Security Coordinator.
| |
| The TSC Security Coordinator designates an LAO if not previously designated.
| |
| Assembly Area Coordinators and TSC Security Coordinator(s) are responsible for communicating with the LAO regarding the status of personnel in the Assembly Area, maintaining assembled personnel within the Assembly Area and providing information to personnel assembled regarding the event.
| |
| 4.4 Security is responsible for accounting for Security personnel, and unlocking the Indian Point Training Center (IPTC} when needed, during off-hours.
| |
| 4.5 Non-Essential personnel and Contractors, who are inside the protected area, are responsible for reporting to the GSB or EEC, when an Alert has been declared or when Emergency Response Facilities {ERFs) have been activated.
| |
| 4.6 Emergency Response Organization (ERO) is responsible for using proximity card readers and/or reporting to the ERF individual assigned the responsibility for accountability upon arrival at the ERF.
| |
| | |
| Revision 14 IPEC NONaQUALITY RELATED EMERGENCY PLAN PROCEDURE IMPLEMENTING PROCEDURES REFERENCE USE 5.0 DETAILS 5.1 At the ALERT Emergency, or higher, or when directed, REPORT to your Emergency Response Facility, the Generation Support Building or the Energy Education Center.
| |
| 5.2 Accountability will be initiated at the Site Area or General Emergency or it may be directed at any other time deemed necessary, at the direction of the Shift Manager {SM), Emergency Plant Manager (EPM) or Emergency Director (ED).
| |
| 5.3 Accountability may be suspended or delayed by the SM, EPM, or ED if the movement of large numbers of personnel to an Assembly Area potentially places them in more danger than leaving them in place. Examples include:
| |
| 5.3.1 Severe weather conditions onsite 5.3.2 Toxic gases in Protected Area egress areas 5.3.3 A Security event is in progress 5.3.4 A radiological release which would plac~ non-essential personnel in danger in route to OR while at the EEC and/or GSB.
| |
| 5.3.5 Armed intruders are present within the Protected Area, near the Security Command Post, the EEC or the GSB.
| |
| 5.4 The SM (Emergency Director) shall follow the instructions outlined in Attachment 9.1, "Shift Manager (ED) Accountability Checklist".
| |
| 5.5 lead Accountability Officer (LAO) shall follow the instructions outlined in Attachment 9.2, "Lead Accountability Officer Checklist" and Attachment 9.3, "Manual Accountability" (if required).
| |
| 5.6 Assigned Facility Accountability personnel shall follow the instructions outlined in their facility position specific checklists.
| |
| 6.0 INTERFACES 6.1 IP-EP-210, Central Control Room 6.2 IP-EP-240, Security 6.3 IP-EP-350, Emergency Contamination Control
| |
| | |
| a-=- Entergy$ IPEC NON-QUALITY RELATED IP-EP-430 Revision 14
| |
| * 7.0 RECORDS EMERGENCY PLAN IMPLEMENTING PROCEDURES PROCEDURE REFERENCE Use Page ~ of n Any logs or forms completed by members of the ERO during an actual declared emergency are permanent quality records.
| |
| 8.0 REQUIREMENTS AND COMMITMENT CROSS-REFERENCE 8.1 NUREG 0654 section J.5 9.0 ATTACHMENTS 9.1 Shift Manager (ED) Accountability/Personnel Relocation Checklist 9.2 Lead Accountability Officer Checklist 9.3 Manual Accountability Checklist 9.4 EOF Manager Checklist 9.5 TSC Security Coordinator Checklist 9.6 OSC Manager Checklist
| |
| * 9.7 9.8 IPEC Assembly Area & Relocation Routes Directions to Westchester County Fire Training Center
| |
| | |
| IPECSITE NON-QUALITY RELATED IP*EP-430 Revision 14
| |
| * EMERGENCY PLAN PROCEDURE IMPLEMENTING PROCEDURE REFERENCE Use Page l Attachment 9.1 Shift Mar.cager (ED} Accountability/Persormel Relocation Checklist Sheet 1 of 5 1.0 Initial Assembly and Acco1.mtabmt,L Notes 1.1 IF there is a potential threat to personnel safety while conducting initial assembly and accountability due to severe weather, toxic gas, radiological release or security event THEN proceed to Step 3.0, "Suspension of Initial Assembly and Accountability" 1.2 Personnel Assembly and Accountability A. Upon declaration of an Alert classification, the Site Assembly Alarms (Unit 2 and Unit 3) are sounded and an announcement is made over the PA directing assembly of non-essential personnel per Form EP-3A, Control Room Shift Manager/Emergency Director Checklist(s). This is done for personnel assembly ONLY.
| |
| B. Upon declaration of a Site Area Emergency, General
| |
| * Emergency or if a decision is made to initiate accountability, the Site Assembly Alarms {Unit 2 and Unit 3) are sounded and an announcement is made over the PA directing assembly of non-essential personnel per Form EP-3S or 3G, Control Room Shift Manager/Emergency Director Checklist(s). This is done for personnel assembly AND accountability.
| |
| C. In either case, Control Room personnel (CCR Staff, NPO's, Watch Rad Protection and Chemistry Technicians) SHOULD assemble in the CCR.
| |
| D. All off-watch qualified operators are to report to the OSC.
| |
| 1.J Account for Control Room Personnel A Once accountability has been called for, all Control Room staff must be accounted for.
| |
| B. Use Form EP-47, Accountability Roster and develop a list of all watch individuals assigned to tasks in the field that have not reported to the CCR.
| |
| C. Deliver the Accountability Roster to the Lead Accountability Officer.
| |
| | |
| a-=-Enlergy.
| |
| IP-EP-430 Revision 14 IPECSITE NON-QUALITY RELATED EMERGENCY PLAN PROCEDURE IMPU.!i\llENTING PROCEDURE REFERENCE Use Page ! of 27 Attachment 9.1 Shift Manager (ED) Accountabilst:y/Persormel Relocation Checklist Sheet2 of 5 1.4 Identify and Locate Missing Personnel Notes A. IF the OSC has not yet been activated AND the LAO reports that individuals are missing THEN direct the LAO to initiate search and rescue activities to locate missing persons within the Protected Area in accordance with Attachment 9.2, LAO Checklist.
| |
| : 8. IF the OSC is activated, direct the OSC Manager to initiate search and rescue activities.
| |
| 2.0 Continuing Accountability Unless otherwise directed by the Emergency Director, continuing accountability shall be maintained once initial accountability is completed.
| |
| 3.0 Suspension of initial Assembly and Accountability
| |
| * 3.1 Consider suspending initial assembly and accou8'1tabmty if any of the following conditioe11s are met:
| |
| A. Severe weather conditions are present onsite.
| |
| B. A large amount of toxic gas has been released within or near the Protected Area.
| |
| C. A radiological release which would place non-essential personnel in danger in route to OR while at the Energy Education Center (EEC) and/or the Generation Support Building (GSB). (Indian Point Training Center (IPTC) if used).
| |
| D. Armed intruders are present within the Protected Area, near the Protected Area Access Facility (PAAF} or in or near the EEC and/or GSB. (IPTC if used.)
| |
| E. Any other condition which in the opinion of the Shift Manager (Emergency Director}/Piant Operation Manager (POM) would be a threat to the movement of personnel to the EEC and/or GSB. (IPTC if used.)
| |
| 1*
| |
| | |
| ~ IPECSITE IP-EP-430 Revision 14 NON-QUALITY RELATED
| |
| -=- Eniergy0 EMERGENCY PLAN PROCEDURE IMPLEMENTING PROCEDURE I REFERENCE USE Page ! of 27 Attachment 9.1 Shift Manager (ED) Accountability/Personnel Relocation Checklist Sheet 3 of 5 3.2 IF initial personnel assembly and accountability is suspended THEN: Notes A. Instruct NOT to sound the Assembly Alarm or make an announcement for non-essential personnel to report to the EEC/GSB.
| |
| B. IF there is a condition identified that places onsite personnel in danger THEN take immediate actions to warn and protect personnel:
| |
| : 1. Send Security, Operations and/or Rad Pro personnel to evacuate areas of most risk.
| |
| : 2. Call for outside rescue assistance. (Fire, Hazmat Teams etc.)
| |
| : 3. Choose an Assembly Area within the Protected Area and have non-essential personnel assemble at chosen location. PA announcement and teams dispatched to alert personnel to assemble should be used to notify personnel.
| |
| : a. For potential airborne attacks lll Evacuation of personnel from target buildings (including security personnel)
| |
| * Site evacuation by opening (while continuing to defend) security gates
| |
| * Dispersal of licensed operators
| |
| * Sheltering of personnel in structures away from potential site targets
| |
| . Arrangements for accounting for personnel after the attack
| |
| : 4. Return to step 1.2 when conditions allow full accountability to be performed.
| |
| 4.0 Suspension of Ccmtinuong Acccu.mmbmty 4.1 IF it is determined that plant conditions warrant suspension of continuing accountability THEN the Emergency Director shall confer with the Shift Manager or Plant Operations Manager (POM), if in place, to ensure plant conditions will not degrade to a point that accountability would be required again .
| |
| 4.2 The Emergency Director shall notify the POM, LAO and EPM of the decision and the reasons supporting that decision.
| |
| | |
| IPECSITE NON-QUALITY RELATED IP-Ef-430 Rev!sion 14
| |
| * EMERGENCY PLAN fROCEDl.lRE iMPLEMENTING PROCEDUR!:
| |
| Attachment 9.1 Shift M.:.aru.tger (ED) Accountabmty/Persormel Reloc~tion Checklist Sheet4 of 5 Notes 4.3 Ensure a formal announcement is made to both Unit 2 and Unit 3 that accountability is no longer required. Log the time decision is made.
| |
| 5.0 Relocation of Personnel Offsite (Site Evacuation) 5.1 The Emergency Director shall direct the EOF Manager to review the current and second shift staffing requirements for ERO positions stationed within the Protected Area.
| |
| A. Contact the EPM to assess current and future staffing requirements.
| |
| B. Determine if additional personnel should be added to the ERO BEFORE personnel are dismissed from the site.
| |
| C. Once initial accountability is complete and ElTHER:
| |
| Second shift staffing requirements ~ave been identified OR there are habitability concerns with the EEC or GS8 (IPTC if used) THEN consider releasing all non-essential personnel from the site.
| |
| 5.2 Contact the Westchester County EOC and inform them of the impending release of non-essential personnel from the site.
| |
| 5.3 Release all non-essential personnel from the site by directing the LAO to contact the EEC and GSB Assembly Areas and coordinate the release of personnel from the site. (Have LAO contact IPTC if used.)
| |
| 5.4 Direct the Security Shift Supervisor/LAO to initiate a security sweep of the Owner Controlled Area per IP-EP-240, Security.
| |
| 5.5 IF there has been a radiological release of a magnitude that requires declaration of a SAE or GE, THEN. after confirming with the POM:
| |
| A. Direct the Radiological Assessment Coordinator to have a random survey of personal vehicles onsite performed to determine if they are contaminated
| |
| | |
| lP-EP430 Revision 14 IPECSITE NON-QUALITY RELATED EMERGENCY Pl.AN PROCEDURE IMPLEMENTING PROCEDURE Attachment 9.1 Shift Manager (ED) Accoannmbility/Persormel Relocation Checklist Sheet 5 of 5 Notes B. !E vehicles are found to be contaminated, THEN make arrangements for other vehicles to evacuate personnel from the site C. Direct Security to do a sweep of site areas inside the Owner Controlled Area and inform personnel to report to the Emergency Operation Facility (EOF).
| |
| D. Relocate personnel from EEC and GSB (IPTC if used) to the EOFto be checked for contamination prior to release .
| |
| | |
| a-=- Entergy.,, IIPECSITE NON-0UALITY RELATED IP-EP-430 Revision 14
| |
| * EMERGENCY PLAN PROCEDURE IMPLEMENTING PROCEDURE REFERENCE Use Page 12 of Il Attachment 9.2 Lead Accountabmty Officer (LAO) Checklist Sheet 1 of 4 Notes 1.0 Personnel Assembly Upon notification of an Alert or higher emergency classification, or upon hearing the Site Assembly Alarm, perform the following actions:
| |
| A. VERIFY there are no alarms associated with any Accountability Card Readers. IF any Accountability Card Reader is in alarm, THEN notify the TSC and OSC and request manual accountability to be completed per Attachment 9.3, Manual Accountability and obtain copy of current visitor log.
| |
| B. Active Emergency Accountability in the ARINC security computer.
| |
| * Select "Controls" Select "Initiate Emergency" o Select "OK" to Activate Emergency Accountability.
| |
| * Acknowledge Alarm by selecting clear C. VERIFY the phones and fax machines are functional.
| |
| D. ENSURE personnel staffing the EOF are permitted to exit the Protected Area without delay.
| |
| E. Contact the Assembly Area Coordinator in both the EEC and GSB {IPTC if used). Provide updates regarding personnel status, plant status and radiological conditions.
| |
| 2.0 Perform Accountabmty NOTE:
| |
| Within 30 minutes of SAE or GE declaration OR Accountability being requested, the list of missing persons SHALL be communicated (faxed if a large list) to the Shift Manager (Control Room) if the TSC is NOT operational OR communicated (faxed if a large list) to the TSC Security Coordinator if the TSC IS operational.
| |
| A. At a Site Area Emergency or higher classification, or when accountability is called for, accountability will be performed by generating a report of individuals inside the protected area that are "Not in Account" within 30 minutes of the declaration of the event or when requested.
| |
| B. Use Checklist below to complete Accou*ntability.
| |
| | |
| ~ Revision 14 lfECSITE NON°QUALITY RELATED IP-EP-430
| |
| -=- Enlergy 0 EMERGENCY PLAN PROCEDURE IMPLEMENTING PROCEDURE REFERENCE Use Page 13 of 27 Attachment 9.2 Lead Accountabmty Officer (LAO) Checklist Sheet2 of4 Accountability Completed by (LAOJ:
| |
| IF NOT already completed, THEN VERIFY there are no alarms associated with any Accountability Card Readers. IF any Accountability Card Reader is in alarm, THEN notify the TSC and OSC and request manual accountability to be D completed per Attachment 9.3, Manual Accountability and obtain copy of current visitor lo .
| |
| Erner enc Accountabili in the ARING securi
| |
| * Select "Controls" D 111 Select "Initiate Emergency" D e Select "OK" to Activate Emergency Accountability. D
| |
| * Acknowled e Alarm b selectin clear D Record the time an SAE or GE was declared QR.Accountability was requested. ( }
| |
| View CAM-PAAF-10 and/or CAM-PAAF-02 and observe activity for exiting D
| |
| 1* ersonnel.
| |
| I When activity level at PAAF exit turnstiles has decreased, but no later than 15 I minutes after an SAE or GE was declared OR Accountability was requested, GENERATE an "All Personnel Not in Account" re ort.
| |
| * Select "Reports" o Select "Report Interface" D
| |
| D
| |
| * Select "Auto Reports" {double click) D 0 Select "Emergency Accountability" (double click) D
| |
| * Select rint icon D Using the list, account for Security force members by crossing them off the list The remainin names are considered to be missin ersons. D IF there are any persons not accounted for in the protected area, THEN communicate the names of missing persons (fax if a large list) to the TSC Security Coordinator during on-hours or the Shift Managers (Control Room) D durin off-hours.
| |
| g the time accountability is complete l( )
| |
| Sus ensirm!Deactivation of Accountabili When notified that accountability will be suspended, deactivate emergency accountabili in the ARING s stem.
| |
| * Select "Controls" D
| |
| * Select "Initiate Emergency" D
| |
| * Select "OK" to deactivate Emergency Accountability D
| |
| * Acknowled e Alarm b selectin clear D
| |
| | |
| ~ IPECSITE NON-QUALITY RELATED IP-EP-430 Revision 14
| |
| ~E,Dlergy. EMERGENCY PLAN PROCEDURE IMPLEMENTING PROCEDURE Use REFERENCE Page ~ of .ll Attachment 9 .2 Lead Accountabmty Officer (LAO) Checklost Sheet 3*of 4 3.0 Perform Search and Rescue for Missing Personnee Notes A. Attempt to contact missing individuals via the following methods in parallel:
| |
| : 1. Public Address System - If there are several individuals missing use more than one call back number
| |
| : 2. Call assembly areas (EEC, GSB and IPTC) to see if individual is present.
| |
| : 3. Call Emergency Response Facilities to see if individual is present
| |
| : 4. Review security records for individual's Jast known location
| |
| : 5. Contact Supervisors and/or Co-Workers for individual's last known location 6 . Try calling office and home phone numbers. Telephone numbers for all ERO personnel are located in the I Emergency Telephone Directory. I I
| |
| : 7. Run a new report of individuals within the Protected Area and verify unaccounted for individuals have not left the Protected Area.
| |
| I r
| |
| B. IF the individua!(s) is not located through the above methods, THEN determine the number of Search and Rescue teams needed to conduct a search of the Protected Area. Send security officers to the OSC to be dispatched.
| |
| : 1. Contact the EPM and request that the OSC dispatch Search and Rescue teams.
| |
| : 2. Provide the names and last known location of the missing individuals.
| |
| : 3. INFORM the Emergency Plant Manager (EPM) (via the TSC Security Coordinator} during on-hours or the Shift Managers (Control Room) during off-hours when/if the missing person(s) has/have been found .
| |
| | |
| .. IPECSITE NON-QUALITY RELATED IPaE.P-430 Revision 14 "Y:!EnieffJYo !EMERGENCY PLAN PROCEDURE IMPLEMENTING PROCEDURE 27 REFERENCE Use Page ll. of Attachment 9.2 Lead Accountability Officer (LAO) Checklist Sheet 4 of 4 Notes 4.0 Release of Non-Essential Personnel Offsite 4.1 When directed by the EOF Manager or Emergency Director support the release of non-essential personnel from the ~ite:
| |
| A. Advise Security and the Assembly Area Coordinators of the impending release of non-essential personnel.
| |
| B. Provide Security and the Assembly Area Coordinators route(s) to take when leaving the Site.
| |
| NOTE:
| |
| Personnel will be released based upon the decision and priorities of the EOF Manager or the Emergency Director. The Westchester County Emergency Operations Center will be contacted and
| |
| * informed of the release of site personnel prior to commencing that activity, if at all possible.
| |
| 4.2 Inform the EPM of the decision to release non-essential personnel to ensure that the TSC and OSC are staffed.
| |
| 4.3 Coordinate the release of personnel with the EOF Manager or
| |
| , Emergency Director.
| |
| 4.4 Monitor the progress for the personnel released from the Station through communications with Security personnel at the Station
| |
| * exits.
| |
| 4.5 inform the EOF Manager when it is apparent that all released individuals have left the Site.
| |
| | |
| SI IIPEC SITE Not,l-QUALITY RELATED IP-EP-430 Revision 14
| |
| ** -=- Enlergy$ EMERGENCY Pl.AN IMPLEMENTING PROCEDURE PROCEDURE REFERENCE Attachment 9.3 USE Page 1§ of 21 Manual Accov.mtabiUty Checklist Sheet 1 of 1 Notes The following steps SHALL be followed only if the Accountability Card readers are inoperable and manual accountability has been called for.
| |
| 1.0 Assigned Facmty Accoa.mtability Personnel or Designee:
| |
| 1.1 Using Form EP-47, Accountability Roster, generate a list of individuals that are in your facility. Include any individuals that may be out in the field as long as their location is known. (i.e.,
| |
| repair and corrective action team members).
| |
| 1.2 Provide the list generated in section 1.1 to the LAO. This can be completed by either faxing (if 2 pages or less) or hand deliver
| |
| * the lists (if 3 or more pages) to assist the LAO in removing the names from the Onsite Accountability Report.
| |
| 2.0 Lead Accountability Officer (LAO) 2.1 Print a report of all personnel not in account from the ARINC system.
| |
| 2.2 Obtain the Accountability Roster from each facility, when they are completed.
| |
| 2.3 If the PMF exit turnstiles are not working, obtain a list from Security of all personnel that have exited the protected area access facility ( PAAF).
| |
| 2.4 Using the report from step 2.1, account for all individuals that are provided on the Accountability Rosters from each facility and the PMF {from step 2.3}. If assistance is needed please inform OSC Support Staff.
| |
| 2.5 Determine who is still on that list by name and accountability is completed.
| |
| 2.6 Log the time accountability is complete 2.7 Return to Attachment 9.2, LAO Checklist and continue from step 3.0 to locate missing individuals .
| |
| | |
| IPECSITE NON-QUALITY !RELATED IP*EP--430 Revision 14 EMERGENCY PLAN PROCEDURE IMPLEMENTING PROCEDURE REFERENCE USE Page 11 Attachment 9.4 EOF Manager Checklist Sheet 1 of 5 Notes 1.0 Personnel Accountabmty:
| |
| 1.1 Evaluate the need to release an Non- Essential Perscmne! and recommend release to ED if conditions warrant.
| |
| A. Check with the EPM on conditions within the Protected Area and the Radiological Assessment Coordinator on conditions outside the Protected Area.
| |
| B. Check with ICP for any security conditions.
| |
| C. Release of non-essential personnel should occur at an ALERT, if radiological plume direction does not preclude.
| |
| NOTE IF the emergency is classified as a Site Area Emergency or higher verify accountability is completed within 30 minutes of the declaration of the event. Authorize search & rescue for any missing persons. Consider having Security establish security controls for the EOF.
| |
| D. BF additional personnel are required to staff the EOF, THEN:
| |
| : 1. IF it is during normal working hours, THEN call or assign someone to call the Assembly Coordinator in the Energy Education Center or the Generation Support Building for additional personnel.
| |
| : 2. !f the needed individuals are NOT available onsite, THEN call or assign someone to call individuals at home using the Emergency Telephone Directory.
| |
| E. IF conditions exist at a Site Area Emergency OR General Emergency that could warrant release THEN consider release of non-essential personnel from site.
| |
| | |
| !PECSITE NON-QUALITY RELATED IP-EP-430 Revision 14 EMERGENCY PLAN PROCEDURE IMPLEMENTING PROCEDURE REFERENCE USE Page 18 of 27 Attachment 9.4 EOF Manager Checklist Sheet 2 of 5 Notes F. Ensure Westchester EOC is notified via the Offsite Communicator.
| |
| G. Discuss the release of non-essential personnel with ICP and State Police to verify there is no restriction for releasing personnel.
| |
| 1.2 Relocation of the EOF to the AEOF A. IF plant or radiological conditions warrant THEN perform an organized relocation of the EOF to the AEOF.
| |
| : 1. Discuss relocation with the Radiological Assessment Coordinator.
| |
| : 2. Discuss relocation with the ICP.
| |
| : 3. Consider radiological exposures listed in the Radiological Assessment Coordinator checklist, actual and forecasted meteorological conditions.
| |
| !NOTE Relocation may be performed at rates below those listed in the Radiological Assessment Coordinator Checklist based on plant conditions and response needs.
| |
| B. !f time permits THEN have a relief shift report to the AEOF and perform turnover prior to evacuation of EOF. Have the relief team begin set up of the AEOF. Direct them to set up the facility in accordance with procedure IP-EP-251, Attachment 9.4, AEOF Setup Checklist.
| |
| C. Determine the speed at which the relocation of personnel should occur giving consideration to the following items:
| |
| : 1. The impact of immediate relocation vs. projects in progress.
| |
| : 2. Current radiological conditions within the EOF and the Plant.
| |
| : 3. Radiological conditions en route .
| |
| * 4. The adequacy of response from the alternate location.
| |
| | |
| e-=- Enlergy'* IPECSITE NON-QUALITY IREI..ATEO IP-EP-430 Revision 14
| |
| * EMERGENCY PLAN IMPLEMENTING PROCEDURE PROCEDURE REFERENCE Use Attachment 9.4 EOF Manager Checklist Page 19 of ~
| |
| Sheet 3 of 5 Notes D. With the assistance of the Radiological Assessment Coordinator, determine if contamination controls are needed when leaving the EOF. Items to consider:
| |
| : 1. Are personnel going to become contaminated reaching their vehicles?
| |
| : 2. Are personnel going to become contaminated in route to theAEOF?
| |
| : 3. What steps are needed to prevent contamination of the AEOF?
| |
| : 4. IF time allows THEN consider arranging for a bus to relocate personnel. (this will minimize movement of potentially contaminated vehicles outside the Emergency Planning Zone) .
| |
| * E. Direct the Radiological Assessment Coordinator to:
| |
| : 1. Determine radiological controls needed to safely transfer personnel to the AEOF.
| |
| : 2. Consider contamination control measures needed to prevent contamination of AEOF.
| |
| : 3. IF EOF Staff members are or will be potentially contaminated THEN:
| |
| : a. Send personnel to the Westchester County Fire Training Center for monitoring and decontamination.
| |
| (Attachment 9.8 of this procedure contains directions to the Fire Training Center.)
| |
| : b. Inform Westchester County of decision to have Indian Point ERO members decontaminated at Training Center and arrange for expeditious processing of personnel.
| |
| : 4. Individuals should be decontaminated prior to arrival at AEOF .
| |
| | |
| IPECSITE NON-QUALITY RELATED IP-EP-430 . Revision 14
| |
| * EMERGENCY PLAN IMPLEMENTING PROCEDURE PROCEDURE REFERENCE USE Attachment 9.4 EOF Manager Checklist Page 20 of 27 Sheet4 of 5 Notes
| |
| : 5. Transfer offsite radiological assessment responsibilities:
| |
| : a. To a qualified Radiological Assessment Coordinator located at the AEOF OR
| |
| : b. Back to the Control Room F. Direct the EOF staff to relocate to the AEOF as follows:
| |
| : 1. Instruct Support Staff personnel to make and distribute copies of Attachment 9.5 of procedure IP-EP-251, Directions to the AEOF, to EOF Staff members, Federal, State and Local representatives in the EOF, as necessary.
| |
| : 2. Direct EOF Staff to wear their 10 badges enroute to the
| |
| * AEOF and show them to authorities if necessary to transit through evacuated areas.
| |
| : 3. IF it was determined that contamination controls are needed, THEN brief EOF Staff members to go to the Westchester Fire Training Center for decontamination AND inform the AEOF staff of the required actions.
| |
| : 4. IF between 7 a.m. to 5 p.m., Monday through Friday, THEN responding emergency personnel should enter through the main entrance to 60 Merritt Blvd, Fishkill, NY.
| |
| : 5. IF it is during non-working hours THEN responding emergency personnel should enter through the side door.
| |
| | |
| IPECSITe NON-QUALITY RELATED iP-EP-430 Revision 14
| |
| * EMERGENCY PLAN IMPLEMENTING PROCEDURE PROCEDURE REFERENCE USE Attachment 9.4 EOF Manager Checklist Page 21 of 27 Sheets.of 5 Notes G. IF communications systems are still functional THEN notify the following locations that the EOF is being relocated to the AEOF:
| |
| : 1. Offsite authorities verifying they have the telephone numbers they can use to maintain communications.
| |
| : 2. The Joint Information Center
| |
| : 3. The Technical Support Center
| |
| : 4. The Operational Support Center
| |
| : 5. The Control Room
| |
| : 6. The Corporate Duty Manager
| |
| : 7. The ICP H. Coordinate evacuation of the EOF with the ED and the EPM and POM transferring ED responsibilities back to the POM if another ED cannot assume responsibilities at the AEOF.
| |
| I. Request that the EPM and POM announce the decision to evacuate and ensure relief shift is made
| |
| * aware of re-location.
| |
| : 1. Inform the POM, TSC Manager and OSC Manager of the relief time and direct to inform ERO members prior to their release.
| |
| : 2. Have their staffs contact relief personnel who are not currently onsite .
| |
| | |
| a-=- Enlergy<& IPIECSITE NON-QUALITY RELATED u:q:P-430 Revision 14 EMERGENCY PLAN PROCEDURE IMPLEMENTING PROCEDURE REFERENCE USE Page 22 of ~
| |
| Attachment 9.5 TSC Security Coordinator Checklist Sheet 1 of 2 Notes 1.0 Personnel Accountability:
| |
| A. The Lead Accountability Officer (LAO) will generate the list of missing persons. This list will be provided to the Emergency Plant Manager, POM, and/or TSC Security Coordinator.
| |
| NOTE During plant shutdowns, when there may be large numbers of workers onsite and within the radiological control areas, a Radiation Protection computer printout may be used to assist in locating missing personnel within the radiological control area after j accountability is completed.
| |
| * 1. IF there are individuals who are missing THEN:
| |
| (a) ~evi~w Accountability Roste~s (F?rm ~P-47) us~d to j identify ERO members experiencing difficulty using the 1 proximity card readers and remove them from the Missing Persons List.
| |
| I l
| |
| I (b} Obtain the Radiation Protection Computer Printout of I individuals within the Radiological Control Area. I (c) Check off names of possible missing individuals who 1
| |
| have left the Protected Area to narrow the list of actual I missing persons and review RP computer printout for any missing individuals within the Radiological Control Area.
| |
| (d) Inform the EPM immediately of any personnel discovered missing during accountability process.
| |
| : 2. Assist OSC Staff in maintaining accountability of all OSC personnel through the use of status boards, team assignments, Individual Exposure Tracking Log (Form EP-6-ALL) and ERO Tracking Log (Form EP-42) .
| |
| | |
| IPECSm: NON-QUALITY RELATED BP-EP-430 Revision 14
| |
| * PROCEDURE EMERGENCY PLAN IMPLEMENTING PROCEDURE REFERENCE USE Page 23 of ll Attachment 9.5 TSC Security Coordinator Checklist Sheet 2 of 2 Notes 1.1 Use the OSC Log Keeper to maintain Continuing Accountabmty A Use Onsite ERO Shift Rosters (Form EP-43) to list individuals currently on the first shift in the TSC and OSC.
| |
| B. Request EOF Support Staff to identify the current EOF personnel.
| |
| C. Work with TSC and OSC Managers to identify personnel to fill second shift and ensure all needed positions are identified and establish time second shift is to be called in.
| |
| D. Use ETD to identify and contact individuals to fill positions on second shift. OSC log-Keeper and EOF Staff may be used to assist in notifications.
| |
| E. Inform the TSC and OSC Managers when notifications are completed and if there are any problems filling required positions.
| |
| | |
| "' IPECSITE NON.QUALITY !RELATED IP-EP-430 Revision 14
| |
| ~E,zlergy<t> EMERGENCY PLAN PROCEDURE IMPLEMENTING PROCEDURE Page 24 REFERENCE USE of ll Attachment 9.6 OSC Manager Checklist Sheet 1 of 2 Notes 1.0 Initial Accountability
| |
| * CAUTION:
| |
| IF an emergency classification is entered due to a security condition, THEN evacuation and accountability may put personnel at risk. Therefore, in these situations, evacuation and accountability will be suspended until directed by Security and cleared through the Incident Commander.
| |
| A. IF the event has been classified as a Site Area Emergency or General Emergency AND initial accountability has not been performed THEN direct accountability to be performed in accordance with Section 2.3 of this checklist.
| |
| B. Verify that the following core staffing is available before declaring OSC staffed:
| |
| (a) OSC Manager (b) Work Control Coordinator (c) 3 Radiation Protection Technicians (d) 1 Mechanical Maintenance (e) 1 Electrical Maintenance (f) 1 l&C Technician C. Staff the OSC using Form EP-10-All, "Filling an ERO Vacancy During Facility Activation/Operation".
| |
| IF additional personnel are required THEN:
| |
| : 1. IF it is during normal working hours THEN call or assign someone to call the Assembly Area for needed personnel.
| |
| : 2. If needed individuals are not available onsite THEN assign someone to call individuals at home using the Emergency Telephone Directory (ETD) .
| |
| | |
| IPECSITE NoN-OUALITY RELATl:!J IP-EP-430 Revision 14 EMERGENCY PLAN PROCEDURE IMPLEMENTING PROCEDURE REFERENCE USE Page 25 of 27 Attachment 9.6 OSC Manager Checklist Sheet2 of2 Notes D. Designate two individuals to act as Assembly Area Coordinators (AAC). Assign one to report to the Energy Education Center (EEC) the other one to the Generation Support Building (GSB) and have them follow guidance provided on the Assembly Area Coordinator Instructions (Form EP-45), if necessary.
| |
| E. IF event occurs during an outage, THEN assess the need to staff the back-up assembly area at the Indian Point Training Center (IPTC). Designate an individual to report to the IPTC and have them follow guidance provided on Assembly Area Coordinator Instructions (Form EP-45).
| |
| : 1. Inform other AACs that the IPTC is being utilized and to direct overflow of non-essentials to the IPTC.
| |
| : 2. IF additional personnel are required to meet staffing needs (Normal staffing per Form EP-43, or special requirements as needed) THEN call or assign someone to call the Assembly Areas or individuals at home (using the Emergency Telephone Directory) for additional personnel.
| |
| | |
| ~
| |
| "=" Enlergyf/1)
| |
| IPECSITE EMERGENCY PLAN IMPLEMENTING NON-QUALITY RELATED PROCEDURE IP-EP-430 Revision 14 PROCEDURE REFERENCE Use Page 26 of 27 ATTACHMENT 9.7 IPEC Assembly Area & Relocation Routes Sheet 1 of 1 INOiAN POINT ENERGY CENTER
| |
| ,.,_e*"'' .,-*- - --*-*- - -
| |
| 1 if\
| |
| 'i\______ ..,
| |
| ,,.. II
| |
| , I
| |
| ,,,,,_ - - * - ;.J
| |
| \ .. it ft
| |
| ""*.,:--:~-- -*:,
| |
| | |
| IPECSITE NON-QUALITY RELATED IP-EP430 Revision 14
| |
| * EMERGENCY PLAN IMPLEMENTING PROCEDURE PROCEDURE REFERENCE USE Page 27 of 27 Attachment 9.8 Directions to Westchester County Fire Tr:aining Center Sheet 1 of 1 Route 9 South to Route 9A South Take 9A South approximately 12 miles- past Westchester County Police Headquarters.
| |
| Stay on 9A to Dana Road (road past "Topps"}
| |
| Make a LEFT onto Dana Road.
| |
| Fire Training Center is 2nd driveway on RIGHT.
| |
| | |
| SHEET1 OF2 Equipment/Facility/Other: ffndian Point Energy Center (iPIEC)
| |
| | |
| ==Title:==
| |
| Contaminatoon Control Part t. Oeser!ption of Activity Being Reviewed (event or action, or series of actions that have the potential to affect the emergency plan or have the potential to affect the implementation of the emergency plan):
| |
| Change 1: Editorial - Revised Table Of Contents to include the attachments added to support deletion of IP-EP-220, IP-EP-230, and IP-EP-250. .
| |
| Change 2: Updated responsibility section to add requirements to the RAC, the OSC Rad/Chem Coordinator and the EOF Dose Assessor.
| |
| Charrage 3:Editoriai - Updated the Attachment section to list attachments added from IP-EP-220 Technical Support Center, IP-EP-230 Operations Support Center, and IP-EP-250 Emergency Operations Center to support the deletion of these IPEC facility procedures.
| |
| Change 4: Some Editorial - updated spacing of the paragraph to be consistent throughout the procedure.
| |
| Added a statement to support deletion of IP-EP-250 procedure. This will ensure radiological evaluations and monitoring are still being maintained.
| |
| Change 5, 6, 7 & 8 - added checklists from IP-EP-220, IP-EP-230, and IP-EP-250 for the OSC Rad Technician, OSC Rad/Chem Coordinator, EOF Rad Protection Monitor and EOF Dose Assessor to support deletion of these IPEC Facility procedures. This will ensure habitability surveying will continue to be performed throughout the event.
| |
| Part ii. Emergem:y Plan Sections Reviewed (List all emergency plan sections that were reviewed for lhls activity by number and title. IF THE ACTIVITY IN ITS ENTIRETY IS AN EMERGENCY PLAN CHANGE OR EAL OR EAL BASIS CHANGE. ENTER THE SCREENINp PROCESS. NO 10 CFR 50.54(q)(2) DOCUMENTATION IS REQUIRED.
| |
| Section A: Assi~rumant of Responsibilitiee; Section I: Accident Assessment Sectio111 J: Protective Respcmse Section K: Radiological Exposure Control Part Oil. Ability to Maintain the Emergency Plan (Answer the following questions related to impact on the ability lo maintain the emergency plan):
| |
| : 1. Do a'}l_ elements of the aclivity change information contained in the emergency plan {procedure section 3.0(6]}?
| |
| YES LJ NO 121 IF YES, enter screening pmcess for that element
| |
| : 2. Do any elements of the activity change an emergency classification Initialing Condition, Emergency Action Level (EAL), associated EAL note or associated EAL basis information or their underlying calculations or assumplions?
| |
| YES D NO l'8J IF YES, enter screening process for that element
| |
| : 3. Do any elements of the activity change the process or capability for alerting and notifying the public as described in lhe FEMA-approved Alert and Notification System design report?
| |
| YES D NO 1:81 IF YES, enter screening process for that element
| |
| : 4. Do ar:!1._elements of the activity change the Evacuation Time Estimate results or documentation?
| |
| YES I.] NO IZl IF YES, enter screening process for that element
| |
| : 5. Do an.1_elements of !he activily change the Onshift Slaffing Analysis results or documentation?
| |
| YES D NO 1:81 IF YES, enter screenim:a orocess for that element EN-EP-305 REV 5
| |
| * Part IV. Maintaining the Emergency ~Ian Concluslon lhe questions in Part II do not tepresenl lhe sum total of all conditions ihat may caus~ a change lo or impact Iha ablkfy lo maintain the emergency plan. Orlglnalor and reviewer slgNturn in Part IV cioeument !hat a review oi all elements of Iha J.m:iposad change have been co1tskfered for ll'lelr impact on Uw allili!y to maintain the emergency plan ar.cl their potential lo cilange tha emergency plan 1 Provide a brief conc!usion lhat describes 11ow lhe cornhlions as described in Iha emergency plan are malntalned willi lhis activity 2 Check the box below when the 10 CFR so. 54(q}{2) review completds all adlons for all elements of the aetivlly - no 10 CFR S0.54(q}(S) sefeenlng or cvaluatu:m is required for any element Oth0rwise. lea11e the eheekbox blank.
| |
| (811 have complstad a re11Jeiw of !his activity in accordance wdll 10 CFR S0.54(q)(2) and delermined thal Iha effecl!veness of the emergency plan ls mein!ainad. Thus activity does not make any changes tu the emargem:y plan No further aciiooo are required lo screen or evaluate this activity undnr 10 CFR 50.54(q)(3).
| |
| proposed chan§Je 1, 3 .nd some of 4 are editorial. Change 1 8:. 3 updat@d aha TOC and the Attachment section wm, added attaehmeutas. Parts of change 4 updated the spacing of the paragraph ao be e1.msfstent with the rest of th@ procedure. Thia eh.;nga does not change tho Intent of the pmcadure.
| |
| Proposiad change 2 ~ddelll respt.msibiilties of the MC, the OSC RadJChem Coarcinator and the EOF Oos@ ASHHO!l' to th responsiblllty isecth:m. Thet@ r@spons!bllltfes have not bean cihangad and where added to support the deletion of three IPEC facility procedures and to nsu1re the responslbHHles to these positions are maintained for peraonne6 and facility monitoringldecontamim1tlon. This change does not change ihe Intent of the procedure.
| |
| PropoHd ehanges !, 11>, 1 & S added checldists from IP-i:P-220, IP*l:P*230, and IP*EP-251) for the OSC Rad Jachnii::ian, OSC RadlCh4'.lm Cocm.Unator, !:OF R~d Protecthm Mordior and EOF Dose Assessor to su,port delo!Uon of these APEC faci!lty procedures. 'fhll>> will ensure habitability surveying will contim.te to be performed throughout the event. This chan9e does not change the Intent of the proced1.m1.
| |
| A review of this acUvjty in aeeorclam:a with 10 C:IFR 50.54{q)(2) has bean completed and determined that tho ffecdvenen of the emergm::y phm is melntalned. This activity does m::it make any changes to ~ersonnei or facl!ity monitorin!J or decontamination or the iPEC Emarincy Plan. No further actii:ms am r@qulred to scrHn @r evah.1aie this activity under 10 CFR 50.54(cd{3).
| |
| Part V. Signatures:
| |
| Preparer Name (Prinl) Preparer Signature Date:
| |
| Rebecca A. Martin Sr. EP ProJed Manger (Optional) Reviewer Name (Frint)
| |
| (tJ. o,~~
| |
| Reviewer Signature Date:
| |
| 1116/18 Reviewer Name (Print)
| |
| Timothy F. Garvey Nuclear EP Project Manager
| |
| -,. Reviewer Signature I \1\..--
| |
| Dale:
| |
| i\ \19 \u~
| |
| Reviewer Name (Print) Dale:
| |
| Frank J. Milchall Manager, Emergency Pl;,mniog or designee Re,fewef~~
| |
| 1/t~(tr EN-EP-305 REV 5
| |
| | |
| IPEC NON-QUALITY RELATED EMERGENCY PLAN IP-EP-AD2 Revision 10 PROCEDURE Entergy ADMINISTRATIVE PROCEDURES REFERENCE USE Page 1 of 1 Attachment 9.1 Emergency Planning Document Change Checklist Form (All sections must be completed, N/A or place a check on the line where applicable)
| |
| Section 1 Doc/Procedure Type:
| |
| EPLANO N/AO Doc/Procedure No:
| |
| Doc/Procedure
| |
| | |
| ==Title:==
| |
| Corrective Action:
| |
| Section 2
| |
| * Change Description
| |
| : 1. Ensure the following are completed, or are not applicable and are so marked:
| |
| : a. 50.54q
| |
| : b. EN-FAP-OM-023
| |
| : c. IP-SMM-AD-102
| |
| : d. OSRC
| |
| [81
| |
| [81
| |
| [81 O
| |
| NIA 0 NIA 0 NIA 0 NIA [8l
| |
| : 2. Transmittals are completed: 0 NIA D Date:_ _
| |
| : 3. Ensure the proper revision is active in Merlin: D N/A D
| |
| : 4. Approved doc/procedure delivered to Doc. Control for distribution: D N/A D Date:
| |
| : 5. Position Binders updated: D N/A D Date: _ _
| |
| : 6. Copy of EPDCC placed in EP file: D NIA D Date: _ _
| |
| : 7. Supporting documentation is submitted as a general record in MERLIN: D N/A D Date: _ _
| |
| : 8. Word files are moved from working drafts folder to current revision folder in the EP drive:
| |
| D NIA D Date: _ _
| |
| Sheet 1 of 1
| |
| | |
| IPEC IMPLEMENTING PROCEDURE IP-SMM-AD-102 Rev: 15
| |
| * PREPARATION, REVIEW, AND APPROVAL ATTACHMENT Procedure
| |
| | |
| ==Title:==
| |
| Procedure No.
| |
| 10.2
| |
| _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _~ = ~ . =
| |
| Emergency Con!amination Control IP-EP-350 Existing Rev: 2 New Rev; 3 DAN/EC No:
| |
| Page 35 of 43 IPEC PROCEDURE REVIEW AND APPROVAL DRN-17-02026 CJ Converted To IPEC, Replaces: Iem~orarx Prncedure Change
| |
| ~pplieable) {MARK Applicable) 0 NEW PROCEDURE Unit 1 Procedure No. EDITORIAL Temporary Procedure Change D
| |
| CID GENERAL REVISION D ADVANCE Temporary Procedure Change 0 PARTIAL REVISION D EDITORIAL REVISION Unit 2 Procedure No: D CONDITIONAL Temporary Procedure Change 0 VOID PROCEDURE Cl SUPERSEDED Unit 3 Procedure No:
| |
| Terminatingc Condition: .
| |
| 0 RAPID REVISION Document in Microsoft Word:
| |
| !ID Yes 0 No 0 VOID DRN/TPC No(s):
| |
| Revision Summary See attached revision Matrix for changes made. Added Attachments and statements to
| |
| "'procedure~to support deletion of IPEC Facility procedures.
| |
| Implementation Requirements Implementation Plan? 0 Yes [BJ No Formal Training? 0 Yes CIDNo Special Handling? D Yes CIDNo RPO Dept: Writer: {Print Name/Ext/Sign): Rebecca A. Martin /
| |
| : 1. [BJ Technical Reviewer: Mary Ann Wilson I
| |
| --------'-.&..::s==.q_~~
| |
| : 2. IJ Cross-Disciplinary Reviewers:
| |
| Dept: Reviewer:
| |
| Print Name/ Signature/ Date)
| |
| Depl: Reviewer:
| |
| : 3. [ID RPO* Responsibilities/Checklist:
| |
| (Print Name/ Signature/ Date)
| |
| D PAD required and is complete (PAD Approver and Reviewer qualifications have been verified)
| |
| CID Previous exclusion from further U-100 Review is still valid D PAD not required due to type ol change as defined in 4.6
| |
| : 4. 0 Non-Intent Determination Complete:
| |
| -------------------------- (Print Name/ Signature/ Date)
| |
| NO change of purpose or scope NO change to less restrictive acceptance criteria NO reduction in the level of nuclear safety NO change lo steps previously identified as commitment steps NO voiding or canceling of a procedure, unless NO deviation from the Quality Assurance Program Manual requirements are incorporated into another procedure NO change that may result in deviations from Technical or the need for lhe procedure was eliminated Specifications, FSAR, plant design requirements,
| |
| : 5. 0 On-Shift Shift Manager/CRS:
| |
| ---------------------------- {Print Name/ Signature/ Date)
| |
| : 6. 0 User Validation: User: Validator:
| |
| : 7. D Special Handling Requirements Understood:
| |
| (Print Name/ Signature/ Date)
| |
| | |
| Revision Matrix IP-EP...350 Contamination Control Revision 3 Number location Existing Condition Proposed Editorial Impact on 50.47 planning Condition Chan~e? Std.?
| |
| 1.
| |
| - Added Attachments 9.3 - 9.6 Yes No - Revised TOC by adding Attachments to capture actions of the OSC/EOF RP techs, OSC Rad/Chem Coor Table of Contents and EOF Dose Assessor due to the deletion of IP-EP-220, 230 & 250. These changes i I do not change lhe intent of 2.
| |
| 4.2 - added as described in Attachments 9.4 and 9.6 4.3 added - Additional Rad No the procedure.
| |
| No - Added Attachments to capture actions of the OSC/EOF RP techs, OSC Protection (OSC, other plants) may Rad/Chem Coor and EOF be requested to support surveying Dose Assessor due to the the site and the monitoring of deletion of IP-EP-220, 230 &
| |
| Page3 250. In addition, additional personnel and vehicles.
| |
| 4.4 & 4.5 were added as new statement was added to the attachments 4.3 for the same reason as previously described. These changes do not change the intent of the orocedure.
| |
| 3, Added Attachments 9.3 - 9.6 Yes No - Revised attachments as previously stated in #1 Page 4& 5 above. These changes do not change the intent of the orocedure.
| |
| Pagel
| |
| | |
| Revision Matrix IP=EP...350 Contamination Control Revision 3 I 4. 2.5 - spacing correction, 2. 7 - 2.10 No No - some of the changes were re-numbered were spacing and Added2.6 renumbering. 2.6 was added Page6 due to the deletion of lp-EP-250. These changes do not change the intent of the
| |
| . procedure.
| |
| 5.
| |
| New - Added Attachment 9.3 - No No - this attachment was OSC Rad Protection Technician added due to the deletion of Pages 11
| |
| * 14 Checklist IP-EP-230. These changes do not change the intent of the procedure
| |
| : 6. New - Attachment 9.4 - OSC No No - this attachment was Rad/Chem Coordinator Checklist added due to the deletion of Pages 15-20 IP-EP-230. These changes do not change the intent of the procedure
| |
| : 7. New - Attachment 9.5 - EOF Rad No No - this attachment was Protection Technician Checklist added due to the deletion of Pages 21 - 24 IP-EP-250. These changes
| |
| --8, Page 25
| |
| - New - Attachment 9.6 - Dose Assesssor Checklist Na do not change the intent of the procedure No - this attachment was added due to the deletion of IP-EP-250. These changes do not change the intent of the procedure
| |
| | |
| tPEC NON-QUALITY RELATIED EMERGENCY PLAN PROCEDURE IMPLEMENTING PROCEDURES REFERENCE Use Page 1 of 25 CONTROLLED Emergency Contamination Control j Prepared by: Rebecca A Martin PnntName Approval: Frank J. Mitchell Pnnt Name Effective Date: January 24, 2018
| |
| * IP-EP-350 (Cont. Control) R3.doc
| |
| | |
| IPEC NON-CiUALITI RELATED IP-EP-350 Revision 3 EMERGENCY PLAN PROCEDURE IMPLEMENTING PROCEDURES REFERENCE USE Page i of 25 Table of Contents 1.0 PURPOSE ............................. ,............................... ,................................................., ...................... m,,,m ... 3 l'
| |
| 2.0 REFEJ~ENCES* H,, ............................................................................................." ............ ,............................ 3 3.0. DEFINITIONS .................................................................................................................................,. .. ,......... 3 4.0 .RESPONS!BlllTIES .......... ,........ ., .*.. ,,., .................. ,.......................................................,..,," ..,.. ...................,.. 3 5.0 DETAILS ........ ,................... '"**********""'"'"'''""***....................................." .. ,. ..................................................3
| |
| : 5. i MONITOR FOR CmffAMlNATlONPROCEDURE SECT!ON.................................,. ....................................... 3 5.2 USE FRlSl<l;.R *.,. ** :......... b,,, ................................. .,,. *** , ............................... ,. ** .,. ........ ., ... ,. .................. ".4 5.3 PERSONNEL CONTAMJNATION...... " ............................................................,** ,, .............. ,,,.,,,,, ................ 4 5.4 VEH!CU:l AN.O EOUJPME'NT CONTAMtNATiON............... ,.* ,.,,., ........................ '"' .......................................4 6.0 INTERFACES ..................................................."" ........................................................................................ 4 7.0 RECORDS ...................................................................., ..* ,...................,.................................................... 4 a.o REQUIREMENTS AND COMMITMENT CROSS-REFERENCE.... .,. ........................... ,................. 4 9.0 ATIACHMENTS ....... " ......................................................................................................;.,.........,. .. ,, ... ,.. .. 4 9.*1 PERSONNEL DECOITTANMNAT/ON ........................................................................................................6 9.2 DECONTAMtNATiON CF VEHICLE AND EQUJPMENT OUTSlOE THE PROTECTEO Ari~ ..,,. ......................... 8 9,3 OSC RAO PROTECTION TECHNICIAN CHECKUST.............................. ,... , .. , H ** , , . . . " ......... 11 9.4 OSC RAD/CHEM COORDINATOR CHECKUST................... ,.. ................... "' ....... ., ........... .,.15 9.5 EOF RAD PROTECTION MONffOR CHECKiJST..........................................................;.... 21 9.6* EOF DOSE ASSESSOR CHECKLIST........... ; ...................... ,. ......... ,,. .................................25
| |
| | |
| *~h,1lergy0 !PEC IP-EP-350 Revision 3 NON-QUALITY RELATED EMERGENCY PLAN PROCEDURE IMPLEMENTING PROCEDURES REFERENCE USE Page 1 of 25 Emergency Contamination Control 1.0 PURPOSE To describe the methods used for the control of radiological contamination, decontamination activities and the release of vehicles, equipment and personnel during a declared emergency.
| |
| | |
| ==2.0 REFERENCES==
| |
| | |
| 2.1 10CFR20.2003, "limits for Discharge into a Sanitary Sewage System" 2.2 ENN-RP-104, "Personnel Contamination Events" 3.0 DEFINITIONS 3.1 Clean - Contamination levels are LESS THAN 100 CPM above background 3.2 Low Level Contamination - Contamination levels are GREATER THAN 100 CPM above background and less than 10,000 CPM 3.3 High level Contamination - Contamination levels are GREATER THAN 10,000 CPM above background
| |
| * 4.0 RESPONSIBIUTIES
| |
| : 4. 1 The EOF Manager is responsible for the decision to release radiologically contaminated personnel, equipment and/or vehicles from the Owner Controlled Area without being radiologically monitored when otherwise required.
| |
| 4.2 The Radiation Protection personnel are responsible for the determination of personnel contamination levels, supervise and assist with decontamination and release of personnel as described in Attachments 9.3 and 9.5.
| |
| 4.3 The Radiological Assessment Coordinator is responsible for ensuring that this procedure is followed to ensure contamination controls are established for the EOF and Security personnel working outside the Protected Area. Additional Rad Protection (OSC, other plants) may be requested to support surveying the site and the monitoring of personnel and vehicles.
| |
| 4.4 The OSC Rad/Chem Coordinator is responsible for the actions as described in Attachment 9.4.
| |
| 4.5 The EOF Dose Assessor is responsible for the actions as described in Attachment 9.6.
| |
| 5.0 DETAILS
| |
| * 5.1 MONITOR personnel for contamination at the following intervals:
| |
| | |
| t'Q tPEC NON-QUALITY RELATED IP-EP-350 Revision 3 w::!:!Entergy.,,
| |
| EMERGENCY PLAN PROCEDURE IMPLEMENTING PROCEDURES REFERENCE USE Page !! of 25 5.1.1 When leaving areas of the plant that are suspected to be contaminated; 5.1.2 When leaving the Protected Area and portal monitors alarm; 5.1.3 When in assembly areas (if suspected to be contaminated);
| |
| 5.2 Using a frisker with a HP-210 G.M. tube or equivalent to check the individuals, determine the contamination category:
| |
| 5.2.1 When contamination levels are LESS THAN 100 CPM above background, the person is considered clean 5.2.2 When contamination levels are GREATER THAN 100 CPM above background and less than 10,000 CPM, it is considered Low-Level Contamination 5.2.3 When contamination levels are GREATER THAN 10,000 CPM above background, it is considered High-level Contamination.
| |
| 5.3 MAINTAIN records of personnel monitoring on Form EP-61, Decontamination Survey Sheet if contaminated personnel are discovered.
| |
| 5.3.1 Use Attachment 9.1 for Personnel Decontamination 5.4 MAINTAIN records of vehicle monitoring on Form EP-62, Vehicle Contamination Check if contaminated vehicles or equipment is discovered.
| |
| 5.4.1 Us~ Attachment 9.2 for vehicle and equipment decontamination outside the protected area.
| |
| 6.0 INTERFACES 6.1 EN-EP-609, Emergency Operations Facility 7.0 RECORDS 7.1 All forms and logs generated during the process of identification of contamination or the decontamination of personnel, vehicles or equipment shall be maintained.
| |
| 8.0 REQUIREMENTS AND COMMITMENT CROSS-REFERENCE NL081-157-C35 9.0 ATTACHMENTS 9.1 Personnel Decontamination 9.2 Decontamination of Vehicle and Equipment Outside the Protected Area 9.3 OSC RAD Protection Technician Checklist I
| |
| * IPEC NON-QUALITY RELATED Revision 3 EMERGENCY PLAN PROCEDURE IMPLEMENTING PROCEDURES REFERENCE Use Page 9.0 ATIACHMENTS (cont.)
| |
| 9.4 OSC Rad/Chem Coordinator Checklist 9.5 EOF Rad Protection Monitor Checklist 9.6 EOF Dose Assessor Checklist
| |
| | |
| ~ IPECSITE NON-QUALITY RELATED IP-EP~350 Revision 3
| |
| ~b,1lergy&
| |
| EMERGENCY PROCEDURE PLAN IMPLEMENTING PROCEDURE REFERENCE USE Page § of aji Attachment 9.1 Perscmnei Decc.mtamination Sheet 1 of 2 1.0 While in the Protected Area PERFORM decontamination in accordance with Radiation Protection Section Procedure for "Personnel Decontamination11 1.1 Report any positive indications to the OSC Radiation Protection Coordinator in the Operations Support Center.
| |
| 2.0 While outside of the Protected Area conduct decontamination at the EOF 2.1 For low-level contamination, set up the EOF shower area in accordance with the EOF Decontamination Diagram. For High-level contamination use the decontamination equipment inside the kit located in the Offsite Monitoring Equipment closet in the EOF. Follow the instructions inside the kit. It may become necessary to get additional water or fluid to flush during decontamination. The bottle inside the kit is limited in size.
| |
| 2.2 Segregate the contaminated individual to an area that has been designated with signs, barricades as needed and Step-Off Pads 2.3 Check each piece of clothing as it is removed and segregate as to whether it is contaminated or not contaminated. Contaminated clothing should be placed in plastic bags that may be obtained from the storeroom stock.
| |
| 2.4 Recheck individual after clothing is removed. IF contamination is detected record readings on Form EP-61, THEN have the individual shower and record as-found data.
| |
| 2.5 Repeat if necessary to reduce contamination to less than 100 CPM above background. '
| |
| 2.6 IF any individuals are exposed to contamination or airborne activities, THEN consult with the Radiological Assessment Coordinator the need for radiological evaluations and monitoring (Bioassay, whole body counts, etc.}
| |
| 2.7 If the individual remains contaminated after 3 showers, consult with the Radiological Assessment Coordinator.
| |
| 2.8 Provide individual with coveralls if clothing was contaminated 2.9 Report the results of decontamination to the Radiological Assessment Coordinator.
| |
| * 2.1 O Provide all records to the Radiological Assessment Coordinator upon completion of personnel decontamination effort.
| |
| | |
| ~Entergy., IPECSITE EMERGENCY PLAN IMPLEMENTING NON-QUALITY RELATED PROCEDURE !P-EP-350 Revision 3 PROCEDURE REFERENCE USE Page z of 25 Attachment 9.1 Personnel Decontamination Sheet 2 of 2 EOF Decontamination Diagram File Room
| |
| ~""""""""""""' """"""""""""" -..... ......... ..._
| |
| I I
| |
| === .
| |
| = *---~--;::.:;.,t;;_~ _ ~_,_ I~ . . . . . t
| |
| ~
| |
| I EOF Men's Room ,o.~
| |
| I ,<>>,,~ 't : I B
| |
| * East Parking Lot I I '-.:'1t,;',hQl!jlerl t I ~:! '
| |
| II t-~
| |
| I I ti,.
| |
| I t Clean Exit EOF Hallway Dirty Entrance 9 = Stanchion .,...,.. - - == ~ Traffic Flow
| |
| | |
| e-=- Enlergy IPECSITE NON-QUALITY RELATED IP-EP-350 Revision 3 0 EMERGENCY PLAN PROCEDURE IMPLEMENTING PROCEDURE Page of 25 REFERENCE USE I.
| |
| Attachment 9.2 Decontamination of Vehicle and Equipment Outside the Protected Area Sheet 1 of 3
| |
| * 1.0 CHECK for removable (loose} contamination. Use survey instrument WITH either a gauze pad OR paper disks.
| |
| 1.1 ESTABUSH background in the area to be less then 300 counts per minute.
| |
| 1.2 .USING. a gauze pad, wipe the major accessible surface areas of an item.
| |
| Read background, the pad AND background again WITH the survey instrument. The contamination is LESS THAN detectable IF the reading for the pad is equal OR LESS THAN both background readings AND 300 cpm. Record the results for loose contamination on FORM EP-62.
| |
| 2 i .3 USING a paper disk, wipe 100 cm of EACH representative accessible surface of an item. Read background, the disks AND background again WITH the survey instrument. Subtract the lowest background reading from the reading for the disk. Record results GREATER THAN 100 cpm on FORM EP-62.
| |
| 2.0 CHECK for fixed contamination by moving the survey instrument closely AND slowly over the accessible surfaces. Record the results for fixed contamination on FORM EP-62.
| |
| 3.0 Items which DO NOT satisfy ALL the following criteria may leave the site only WITH the approved of th,e EOF Manager.
| |
| 3.1 Loose contamination is LESS THAN detectable as described in Section 1.0 in a background limited to 300 cpm.
| |
| 3.2 Fixed contamination is LESS THAN 100 cpm as described in Section 2.0 in a background limited to 300 cpm.
| |
| 4.0 POSITION the vehicle close to the corner water run-off opening. This shall allow the contamination to run off into a small depression where it shall be contained AND concentrated by the land contour.
| |
| 5.0 USING hoses hooked up to the nearest water outlet, fire hydrant OR utilizing a Fire Department pumper, wash the vehicle with detergent AND water. The detergent may be obtained from the Warehouse. Some minor scrubbing may enhance the decontamination effort. Precautions should also be taken to prevent any cross contamination of vehicles, equipment or people.
| |
| | |
| ea
| |
| *-=- Enlergy0 IPECSITE NON-QUALITY RELATED IP-EP-350 Revision 3 EMERGENCY PLAN PROCEDURE IMPLEMENTING PROCEDURE Page of 25 REFERENCE Use i Attachment 9.2 Decontamination of Vehicle and Equipment Outside the Protected Areai Sheet 2 of 3 5.1 IF the vehicle is still contaminated, THEN rewash AND recheck UNTIL vehicle satisfies criteria of Section 3. Any contamination checks should be done a dry surfaces.
| |
| 5.2 RECORD ALL contamination checks AND washes along with the vehicle license plate number on FORM EP-62.
| |
| Vehicles that DO NOT satisfy the criteria of Section 3 are NOT allowed to leave the site without approval of the EOF Manager.
| |
| REPORT results of vehicle checks AND decontamination to the Radiological Assessment Coordinator upon completion.
| |
| * TURN-IN ALL completed FORMS to the Radiological Assessment Coordinator for filing .
| |
| | |
| *Enlergy'J, IPECSITE EMERGENCY PLAN IMPLEMENTING
| |
| * NON-QUALITY RELATED PROCEDURE IP-EP-350 Revision 3 PROCEDURE REFERENCE USE Page 10 of 25 Attachment 9.2 Decontamination of Vehicle and Equipment Outside the Protected Area Vehicle Decontamination Area Diagram Sheet 3 of 3 t
| |
| I. Security Kenney Lane I!I ----~- Main I .
| |
| I Entrance Fire 0 I
| |
| ~ Hydrant,
| |
| ..._____, +"l Warehouse I N EOF Warehouse I I
| |
| - * --
| |
| * Prior to Decon Vehicle Flow Path - - ~ i > After Decon Vehicle Flow Path
| |
| | |
| *~Enlergy,;, !PEC SITE NON-QUALITY RELATED IP-EP-350 Revisiol'll 3 EMERGENCY PLAN PROCEDURE IMPLEMENTING PROCEDURE Page of 25 REFERENCE USE 11 Attachment 9.3 OSC Rad Protection Technician Checklist Page 1 of 4 1.0 Initial Responsibility/Activity NOTES 1.1 Assume the position of OSC Rad Protection Technicaan A Enter the OSC using one of the proximity Accountability Card Readers.
| |
| B. Sign in at the facility organization chart.
| |
| C. Report to and receive direction from the OSC Rad/Chem Coordinator or if not available the TSC Radiological Coordinator.
| |
| D. Verify Equipment is in calibration.
| |
| E. As directed by the OSC Rad/Chem Coordinator or the
| |
| ** TSC Radiological Coordinator:
| |
| : 1. Perform a habitability survey of the TSC/OSC and CC R's and set up radiological controls for the TSC/OSC as shown on sheet 6 of this Checklist.
| |
| : 2. Establish the capability for monitoring of Iodine, should it become necessary.
| |
| : 3. Verify Survey Meter operability by getting a > 1 mr/hr reading with the open window using a 5µ Ci Cs -137.
| |
| source NOTE:
| |
| AMS SHALL be started during TSC/OSC activation F. Set up and operate the AMS-4 utilizing skill of the craft and procedure EN-RP-310 G. Periodically check readings of AMS-4 and ensure proper instrument operation.
| |
| : 1. IF there is a release, THEN monitor the AMS-4 to identify any increase in the radiological levels in the TSC/OSC .
| |
| | |
| ~ IPECSITE NON-QUALITY RELATED IP-EP-350 Revision 3
| |
| -=- Entergy"'
| |
| EMERGENCY PLAN PROCEDURE \
| |
| IMPLEMENTING PROCEDURE Page REFERENCE USE 12 of M Attachment 9.3 OSC Rad Protection Techniciam Checklist Page 2 of 4 Initial Responsibmty/Activity (cont.) NOTES
| |
| : 2. Follow directions in Section F of this checklist to maintain AMS-4 operations.
| |
| H. Sample Count Using the MS-2/SPA-3 utilizing skill of the craft and procedure HP-9.021.
| |
| I. Sample Count Using the E-140N OR RM-14/HP-210 utilizing skill of the craft and procedure EN-RP-302 and record results on form EP-16.
| |
| J. Perform background and source checks approximately every hour OR as specified by the Rad/Chem Coordinator or TSC Radiological Coordinator (frequency may be adjusted, either more or less often, in consideration of current radiological conditions).
| |
| K. Using the readings from the AMS-4 Monitor and the noble gas-to-iodine ratio from Chemistry, determine the iodine activity.
| |
| : 1. IF iodine activity is determined to be greater than 7
| |
| 1x10* micro curies/cubic centimeter by any of the above methods, THEN notify the OSC Rad/Chem or the TSC Radiological Coordinator.
| |
| L Establish contamination controls for the TSC/OSC if necessary.
| |
| 2.0 Contirmous ResponsibiHty/Activity 2.1 Establish and Maintain radiological controls A As directed by the OSC Rad/Chem Coordinator or the TSC Radiological Coordinator, perform periodic radiological monitoring particularly when a release of radioactive material into plant environments is in progress or suspected.
| |
| J
| |
| | |
| IPECSm: NON-QUALITY RELATED IP-EP-350 Revision 3 EMERGENCY PLAN PROCEDURE IMPLEMENTING PROCEDURE REFERENCE LISE Page Attachment 9.3 OSC Rad Protection Technocian Checklist Page 3 of 4 Contirn.1ous Responsibility/Activity (cont.) NOTES B. This should be done approximately once every 60 minutes or when conditions have likely worsened or when directed to by. the OSC Rad/Chem Coordinator or the TSC Radiological Coordinator.
| |
| 2.2 Inform the OSC Rad/Chem Coordinator or another coordinator when temporarily leaving the woli"k area.
| |
| A. IF you are leaving the TSC/OSC Complex (the restroom is within complex) THEN:
| |
| : 1. Inform the Work Control Coordinator andfor OSC Log-Keeper (for accountability purposes)
| |
| : 2. Inform the Work Control Coordinator and/or OSC Log-
| |
| * 2.3 Keeper when you return.
| |
| B. Upon return, obtain a briefing from the OSC Rad/Chem or the TSC Radiological Coordinator on any events, which have occurred while away.
| |
| Escort as directed, any team being sent into an area where any of the following conditions eJtist:
| |
| A. Radiological conditions are unknown. Surveys or ARMs may be used to predict radiological conditions.
| |
| : 8. Radiation fields in excess of 1 R/hr are expected.
| |
| C. In the event of any release of radioactivity to the environment.
| |
| 2.4 Assist wmn the decontamination efforts of personnel, equipment, and onsate areas as appropriate.
| |
| 3.0 Closeout Responsibility/Activity 3.1 ~f radiological conditions allow, THEN as directed by the Radiological Coordi1J1ator:
| |
| A. Return emergency equipment to proper storage areas
| |
| * and restock supplies as needed .
| |
| | |
| IPECSITE NON-QUALITY RELATED IP-EP-350 Revision 3 EMERGENCY PLAN PROCEDURE IMPLEMENTING PROCEDURE REFERENCE Use Page Attachment 9.3 OSC Rad Protection Technician Checklist Page4 of 4 A C B
| |
| A
| |
| 's, ..*
| |
| E =:1 N
| |
| osc R C
| |
| E
| |
| * l.*~',. A ...
| |
| TSC p M
| |
| Computer Room
| |
| _,y>'
| |
| A TSC/OSC Access Points to be posted:
| |
| If Hallway Contamination < 1000 dpm/ 100 sq. cm If Hallway Contamination:> 1000 dpm/ 100 sq. cm A. Entry/Exit A.. No Entry. Exit Only B. No Entry/No Exit B. Entry lo TSC/OSC .. No E,cit. While Step Off Pad and Frisk Shoes before stepping here C. No Entry/No Exit C, No Entry/No Exit D. Equipment cabinets. Place sign at top of stairway D. Equipment cabinets. Place sign at top of staiiway.
| |
| No Entry/No Exit without permission from RAD Coordinator, No Entry/No E,cit withoot permission from RAD E. Air Monitoring Equipment Coordinator E. Air Monitoring Equipment
| |
| | |
| Ila IPECSITE I\ION*QUALITV RELATED IP EP-350 0
| |
| Revision 3
| |
| -=- Elllergy&
| |
| EMERGENCY PLAN PROCEDURE IMPLEMENTING PROCEDURE REFERENCE USE Page 15 of 25 Attachment 9.4 OSC Rad/Chem Coordinator Checklist Page 1 of 6 ,
| |
| 1.0 Initial Responsibility/Activity NOTES A. Determine if any personnel are currently in the field as follows:
| |
| * Entergy-lPEC web site
| |
| * Applications drop down menu (II Sentinel e Fleet Production Reports
| |
| * Indian Point
| |
| * RCA Currently Logged In
| |
| * If notin Crystal Report printable PDF format, then convert to such and PRINT
| |
| * B. Obtain a copy of current employee exposure for use in AL.ARA considerations when assigning OSC team members as follows:
| |
| Use Item 2 instructions above for Sentinel access Select Daily Margin List by Department e Select the key departments needed (e.g., Operations, RP, Rad-waste, Chem., FIN, MNTS, Mech-1,
| |
| * Security)
| |
| Ii Drop Down Menu e Select last Name, OK
| |
| * If not in Crystal Report printable PDF format, convert to such and PRINT
| |
| : c. Request the Control Room to align the oscrrsc ventilation system for incident operation per procedure, if required.
| |
| D. IF necessary THEN direct a Rad Protection Technician to perform a habitability survey of the oscrrsc and Control Rooms and verify that radiological controls are set up as shown on Sheet 6 of this Checklist for the TSC/OSC .
| |
| | |
| IPECSITE NON-QUALl'TY RELATED lP-EP-350 Revision 3 EMERGENCY PLAN PROCEDURE BMPLEMENTING PROCEDURE REFERENCE USE Page Attachment 9.4 OSC Rad/Chem Coordinator Checklist Page2 of6 Initial Responsibility/Activity {cp:nt} NOTES E. Establish the capability for monitoring of Iodine, should it become necessary. Have a Rad Protection Tech set up theAMS-4.
| |
| F. Establish Habitability and Contamination controls for the CR if necessary. At a minimum verify habitability in the Control Rooms and TSC/OSC and re-verify approximately every 60 minutes or when conditions have likely worsened.
| |
| NOTE:
| |
| Ensure Habitability and Contamination Controls are implemented when a Radiological Release occurs G. IF dosimetry is necessary and individuals have not been previously issued dosimetry THEN assign a person(s) to go to HP-1 or HP-3 as appropriate to obtain dosimetry (DRD's/DLR's) to be issued to them, H. Assign Personnel to the following positions:
| |
| : 1. OSC/TSC Rad Protection Monitor
| |
| : 2. Protected Area Monitoring Team, IF requested by the EOF,
| |
| : 3. EOF RP Monitor, as soon as RP tech minimum staffing has been satisfied.
| |
| : 4. Rad Waste Personnel to report to the EOF to support any decontamination efforts, IF requested by the EOF.
| |
| : 5. RP Monitor to Assembly Areas to verify habitability if a radiological release has occurred. Monitor will need to bring frisker and survey meter.
| |
| : 6. Chemistry Technicians to take samples and report results as requested.
| |
| I. Obtain keys from Unit 2 control point for the lock box on I the side of the OSC radiological equipment supply lockers. Check all instruments for operability and inventory any locker which has a broken seal.
| |
| I *
| |
| | |
| ~
| |
| IPECS!Te NON-QUALl1Y RELATED IP-EP-350 Revision 3
| |
| ~Enle,gy_,
| |
| EMERGENCY PLAN PROCEDURE IMPLEMENTING PROCEDURE REFERENCE USE Page 17 of 25 Attachment 9.4 OSC Rad/Chem Coordinator Checklist Page 3 of 6 Jnitial Responsibmty/Activity (cont.) NOTES J. Obtain requested Chemistry sample, and report the results to the OSC Manager.
| |
| 2.0 Corrtim.mm:s Responsibility/Activity 2.1 Direct Radiation Protection and Chemistry Technicians in the following activities:
| |
| A. Assign qualified RP/Chemistry Technicians to conduct emergency response support activities.
| |
| B. Use Emergency Team Briefing Form (EP-38) to prepare and document team assignments. Ensure each team dispatched has a copy of the Emergency Team Briefing Form .
| |
| C. Assign personnel to conduct in-plant radiological surveys and take chemistry samples as required supporting ERO activities.
| |
| D. Assign RP Technicians to accompany Teams requiring radiological support.
| |
| E. Prepare or have prepared the ERWP (EP-40). Review and approve the prepared form and then use or have it used.
| |
| F. Participate in Team briefings to ensure team members properly understand the assigned task. Briefings SHOULD be clear, concise, accurate, and prompt based upon the hazard(s) to be encountered.
| |
| G. Use the ERWP (Form EP-40) to discuss dose limits, surveys to be performed, expected and maximum dose rates and stay times. Advise team members to immediately contact or return to the OSC when dose rates or stay times approach the established limits.
| |
| H. Discuss dosimetry requirements. Coordinate with Radiological Coordinator any radiation exposure limit extensions necessary.
| |
| | |
| IPECSITE NON-QUALITY RELATED IP-EP-350 Revision 3 EMERGENCY PLAN PROCEDURE IMPLEMENTING PROCEDURE REFERENCE USE Page Attachment 9.4 OSC Rad/Chem Coordinator Checklist Page4 of 6 Conth,uous Responsibility/Activity (cont.) NOTES I. Discuss protective clothing and respiratory protection requirements.
| |
| J. Discuss travel route requirements and if there are any releases in progress.
| |
| K. Advise team members on monitoring and decontamination procedures following mission completion.
| |
| L. Advise team how they will be notified of changing conditions or classifications. Direct radiological control personnel to read dosimetry for personnel whose exposure limits are approached M. Participate in OSC team post job debriefings, if needed .
| |
| * N. Maintain communication capability (i.e. phone, radio) and work with the Work Control Coordinator while the team is in the field to answer any questions that may arise concerning the task.
| |
| : 0. Assist the OSC Manager in planning and preparing for any Radiological or Chemistry work activities needed to return the plant to a safe condition.
| |
| P. Verify the Work Control Coordinator is tracking individual exposure data in WebEOC or Individual Exposure Tracking log (Form EP-29).
| |
| Q. RP Tech escorts are required for any team being sent into an area where any of the following conditions exist:
| |
| : 1. Radiological conditions are unknown. Surveys or ARMs may be used to predict radiological conditions.
| |
| : 2. Radiation field in excess of 1 R/hr are expected.
| |
| : 3. in the event of any release of radioactivity to the environment.
| |
| | |
| 1/AE
| |
| -=- niergy@
| |
| IPECSITE NON-QUALITY RELATED IP-Ef-350 Revision 3 EMERGENCY PLAN PROCEDURE IMPLEMENTlNG PROCEDURE REFERENCE USE Page 19 of 25 Attachment 9.4 OSC Rad/Chem Coordinator Checklist Page 5 of 6 Contim.sous Responsibility/Activity (cont.) NOTES R. Coordinate with the OSC Manager for tasks involving injured personnel or search and rescue activities.
| |
| : 1. IF potentially contaminated or highly exposed personnel require offsite medical facility attention, THEN support transport with Operations and Security.
| |
| S. Frequently brief the OSC Manager on assigned task status and the results reported by RP and Chemistry Technicians T. Maintain an adequate reserve of personnel in the OSC RP/Chem pool by requesting additional resources from the Radiological Coordinator as necessary.
| |
| U. Request the Radiological Coordinator to coordinate with the EOF Administration and Logistics Coordinator to obtain equipment and materials not available onsite or through previously arranged agreements.
| |
| V. Direct decontamination of personnel, equipment and areas inside the Protected Area.
| |
| W. If respirators are needed they can be obtained at the normal issue point location.
| |
| 2.2 IF there are contaminated injured personnel THEN perform the following:
| |
| A Provide radiological support for the assessment, treatment, and transportation of contaminated injured
| |
| _personnel.
| |
| B. Monitor patients on-site for contamination and decontaminate as appropriate. {IP-EP-350, Emergency Contamination Control)
| |
| | |
| IPEC SITE NON-QUALITY REL.ATED IP-EP-350 Revision 3 EMERGENCY PLAN PROCEDURE IMPLEMENTING
| |
| !PROCEDURE REFERENCE Use Page Attachment 9.4 OSC Rad/Chem Coordinator Checklist Page 6 of 6 C
| |
| B A
| |
| "' E osc C
| |
| E TSC p M
| |
| * A A
| |
| / Computer Room TSC/OSC Access Points to be posted:
| |
| If Hallway Contamination < 1000 dpm/ 1OD sq. cm If Hallway Contamination > 1000 dpm/ 100 sq.cm A. Entry/Exit A. No Entry. Exit Only B. No Entry/No Exit B. Entry to TSC/OSC. No Exit. White Step Off Pad and Frisk Shoes before stepping here C. No Entry/No Exit C. No Entry/No Exit
| |
| : 0. Equipment cabinets. Place sign at top of stairway D. Equipment cabinets. Place sign at top of stairway.
| |
| No Entry/No exit without permission from RAD Coordinator. No Entry/No Exit without permission from RAD E. Air Monitoring Equipment Coordinator E. Air Monitoring Equipment
| |
| | |
| IPECSITE NON-QUALITY RELATED Revision 3 EMERGENCY PLAN PROCEDURE IMPLEMENTING PROCEDURE REFERl:NCE USE Page 2"i of 25 Attachment 9.5 EOF Rad Protection Monitor Checklist Page 1 of 4 1.0 Initial Responsibmty/Activity NOTES 1.1 Assume the position of EOIF Rad Protection Monitor A. Sign in on the EOF Check Point Sign-In Log (Form EP ALL).
| |
| B. Report to and receive direction from the EOF Radiological Assessment Coordinator.
| |
| C. Verify Equipment is in calibration.
| |
| D. As directed by the EOF Dose assessor or the EOF Radiological Assessment Coordinator.
| |
| : 1. Perform a habitability survey of the EOF and ICP and set up radiological controls as shown on sheet 4 of this Checklist.
| |
| : 2. Establish the capability for monitoring of Iodine, should it become necessary.
| |
| NOTE AMS SHALL be started during EOF activation E. Set up and operate the AMS-4 utilizing skill of the craft and procedure EN-RP-310.
| |
| F. Periodically check readings of AMS-4 and ensure proper instrument operation.
| |
| : 1. IF there is a release, THEN monitor the AMS-4 to identify any increase in the radiological levels in the EOF.
| |
| : 2. Follow directions in Section E of this checklist to maintain AMS-4 operations.
| |
| G. Sample Count Using the MS-2/SPA-3 utilizing skill of the craft and procedure HP-9.021.
| |
| H. Sample Count Using the Model 177 OR RM-14/HP-210 utilizing skill of the craft and procedure EN-RP-302 and record results on form EP-16.
| |
| | |
| IPECSITE NON-QUALITY RELATED IP-EP-350 Revision 3
| |
| - l!.nlergy~
| |
| EMERGENCY PLAN PROCEDURE IMPLEMENTING
| |
| !PROCEDURE REFERENCE USE Page Attachment 9.5 EOF Rad Protection Monitor Checklist Page 2 of 4 Initial Responsibility/Activity (cont) NOTES I. Perform background and source checks approximately every hour OR as specified by the Radiological Assessment Coordinator' or Dose Assessor (frequency may be adjusted, either more or less often, in consideration of current radiological conditions).
| |
| J. Using the readings from the AMS-4 Monitor and the '
| |
| noble gas-to-iodine ratio from Chemistry, determine the iodine activity.
| |
| : 1. IF iodine activity is determined to be greater than 7
| |
| 1X10" micro curies/cubic centimeter by any of the above methods, THEN notify the EOF Dose Assessor
| |
| * or the EOF Radiological Assessment Coordinator.
| |
| K. If directed by the EOF Radiological Assessment Coordinator or Dose Assessor then conduct decontamination of vehicles and personnel using IP-EP-350. .
| |
| 2.0 Contim..1ous Responsibility/Activity 2.1 Establish and Maintain radiological habitability A. As directed by the EOF Dose Assessor or the EOF Radiological Assessment Coordinator, perform periodic radiological monitoring particularly when a release of radioactive material into plant environments is in progress or suspected
| |
| | |
| '9
| |
| -=- Entergy@ IPECSITE NON-QUALITY RELATED IP-ll:P-350 Revision 3 EMERGENCY PLAN PROCEDURE IMPLEMENTING PROCEDURE REFERENCE Use Page ~ of 25 Attachment 9.5 EOf Rad Protection Monitor Checklist Page 3 of 4 Continuous ResponsibHity/Activity (cont.) NOTES
| |
| : 1. If there has been a Radiological Release outside of the Protected Area then set up the EOF as follows when directed by the Dose Assessor:
| |
| : a. Set up stanchions, rope barricades and friskers at both ends of the main hallway.
| |
| : b. Set Frisker alarm to (2) times background.
| |
| : c. Set up SOP's at both entrances.
| |
| : d. Place a waste receptacle near the SOP location.
| |
| : e. Post door to warehouse and exterior door (from NEM offices) as No Entry, No Exit.
| |
| B. Periodically verify habitability in the EOF. This should be done approximately once every 60 minutes or when conditions have likely worsened or when directed to by the EOF Dose Assessor or the EOF Radiological Assessment Coordinator.
| |
| 2.2 Inform the EOF Radiological Assessment Coordinator when temporarily leaving the work area.
| |
| A. IF you are leaving the EOF Complex (the restroom is within complex) THEN:
| |
| : 1. Inform the EOF Radiological Assessment Coordinator (for accountability purposes)
| |
| : 2. Inform the EOF Radiological Assessment Coordinator when you return.
| |
| B. Upon return, obtain a briefing from the EOF Dose Assessor or the EOF Radiological Assessment Coordinator on any events, which have occurred while away.
| |
| 2.3 Assist with the decontamination efforts of personnel, equipment and onsite areas as appropriate *
| |
| | |
| ~
| |
| !PECS!TE NON-QUALITY RELATED IP-f!::P-350 Revision 3
| |
| ~Entergy@
| |
| EMERGENCY PLAN PROCEDURE IMPLEMENTING PROCEDURE REFERENCE Use Page 24 of 25 Attachment 9.5 EOF Rad Protection Monitor Checklist Page 4 of 4 ICP Main Room.
| |
| 0 locker Room A Eplan office lCP Brlellne Room Bathroom a
| |
| EOF If there is indication of contamination outside of the PA then the EOF Complex may be set up to restrict access as outlined above:
| |
| If Hallway contamination <1000 dpm/100cm2 A - No Entry/ No Exit B - Entry/ Exit to EOF Complex. Set up white SOP, with Frisker and trash receptacle available .
| |
| | |
| JPECS!TE NON-QUALITY RELATED IP-EP-350 Revision 3 EMERGENCY PLAN PROCEDURE IMPLEMENTING PROCEDURE REFERENCE USE Page Attachment 9.6 EOF Dose Assessor Checklist Page 1 of 1 1.0 initial Responsibility/Activity NOTES 1.1 Confer with the Radiological Assessment Coordinator on the need to set up IEOF Radiological Controls. If needed request a Radiation Protection Technician from the OSC. Have the Radiation Protection Tech set up the EOF hallway as follows:
| |
| * A. Set up stanchions, rope barricades, and friskers at both ends of the main hallway.
| |
| B. Set frisker alarm to two (2) times background.
| |
| C. Set up Step off Pads (SOPs) at both entrances.
| |
| D. Place a_waste receptacle near the SOP location.
| |
| * E. Post door to warehouse & exterior door (from offices) as NO ENTRY, NO EXIT.
| |
| | |
| AITACHMENT 9.1 10 CfR 50.54(G'1)(2) REVIEW
| |
| * ProcedureJOcic::ument Number: IP-EP-320 Equipment/Facility/Other: Indian Point Energy Center (IPEC)
| |
| | |
| ==Title:==
| |
| Radiological Field Monitoring I Revision: 12 Part I. Description of Activlfy Being Reviewed (event or action, or series of actions that have the potential to affect the emergency plan or have the potential to affect the implementation of the emergency plan}:
| |
| Change 1, 2, 4 and 7: Editorial- Revised Table Of Contents and attachment section to include the attachment added to support deletion of IP-EP-250. Updated reference section with correct fleet procedure.
| |
| Change spacing in attachment.
| |
| Change 3: Updated responsibility section to add requirements for the Offsite Team Coordinator due to deletion of IP-EP-250.
| |
| Change 5: Added Protective Clothing to sentence to support deletion of IP-EP-250.
| |
| Change 6: Added a sentence to a Note to support deletion of IP-EP-250.
| |
| Change 8: Added the Offsite Team Coordinator attachment to support deletion of IP-EP-250.
| |
| Part II. Emergem::y Pian Sections Reviewed (List all emergency plan sections that were reviewed for this activity by number and title. IF TI-IE ACTIVITY IN ITS ENTIRETY IS AN EMERGENCY PLAN CHANGE OR EAL OR EAL BASIS CHANGE, ENTER THE SCREENING PROCESS, NO 10 CFR 50.54(q)(2) DOCUMENTATION IS REQUIRED.
| |
| Section A: Assignment of Responsibilities Section I: Accidle!l'lt Assessment
| |
| * Section J:
| |
| Section K:
| |
| Protective ResporiSe Radiological Exposure Control Part Ill. Ability to Maintain the Emergency Plan (Answer the following questions related to impact on the ability to maintain the emergency plan):
| |
| : 1. Do ar:!I. elements of the activity change information contained in the emergency plan (procedure section 3.0[6])?
| |
| YES D NO 181 If YES, enter screening process for that element
| |
| : 2. Do any elements of the activity change an emergency classification Initiating Condition, Emergency Action Level (EAL). associated EAL note or associated EAL basis inforniation or their underlying calculations or assumptions?
| |
| YES O NO 181 IF YES, enter screening process for that element
| |
| : 3. Oo any elements of the aciivlty change the process or capability for alerting and notifying the public as described in the FEMA-approved Alert and Notification System design report?
| |
| YES O NO 18.l IF YES, enter screening process for that element
| |
| : 4. Do ar:!I. elements of the activity change the Evacuation Time Estimate results or documentalion?
| |
| YES LJ NO 18.l !F YES, enter screening process for that element
| |
| : 5. Do ar:!I.elements of the activity change the Onshift Staffing Analysis results or documentation?
| |
| YES U NO 18.l IF YES, enter screening process for that element
| |
| * I Revlskm: 12 Part JV. Maintaining the Emergem;y P813i!i Conclusion The quesl!ons in Part II do not represent Iha sum total of all condillons that may cause a change lo or Impact the ablllty to maintain Ille emergency plan. Originator and ieviewer slgrmlures in Part IV document thal a review of all elements of !he proposed cilange have been considered for their impact on the ab!!!ty lo mainlaln !he emergency plan and their polanllal to change the emergenc:y plan.
| |
| : 1. Provide a brief conclusion that describes how the conditions as described in Iha emergency plan am maintained wilh this aclivlly.
| |
| : 2. Check !he box below when the 10 CFR 50.54(q)(2) tavlew comp!eles all actions for all elamenls of the aci!lli!v - no 10 CFR 50.54(q){3} screening or avaluatlt:m is required for any element. Otherwise, leave lhe checkbox blank.
| |
| @ I have completed a review of lhis activity in acrordam:a with 10 CFR 50.S4(q)(2) :and delemiined lhat the effectiveness or the emergency plan is maintained. This aclhlily does not make MY changes to !he emergency plan No further aci!ons are required to screen orewl1.mte ihls activity under 10 CFR 50.54(q)(3).
| |
| Proposed change 1, 2, 4 arid 7. ReviHd Tabla Of Contents and .attachment section with ,u:lded attachment to support dafetkm of IP*!:P*250. Updated N1fo1enee seetloro wm, corred fleet proced1.m1.
| |
| Chl!lnge spaci119 in attachment This change does not change the int.mt cf itie proeac.h.on:i.
| |
| Proposed change 3 iiidded r8Spons!l!:!U!Ues of Offsite Team CoortUrtator to the responsibiiity :saeth:m.
| |
| ihH responslb!Ht!H &tav@ not baalfQ changed and whim, added to support the deletion of IP*t:P*2SO procedure and to ensure th responsibll!aias to this position ls maintained ff.or offsite monitoring.
| |
| This etumge does fbDt change the Intent of the procedure.
| |
| Proposed change 5 added the words "!e, protective clothing" to ensinra tills wau dlscussd during briefs to support deletil:m of IP-EP-25@. This c!umge does not change the lratent of the procedure.
| |
| Propostui change 6 m:.lded sntence to s Note that defines Plmne bcmn©lary which supp1tM1l!! th@
| |
| deletion of tf-EP-2SO. This change does not change llie Intent of the procedure*
| |
| Pii'oposcd chlln9ea 8 added eheeklist from JP*EP-250 for thl!l Offslte Taam Coorolnl!ltor to support daietlon of IP-EP-250. This wm ensure Offsita Monitoring wm continue to be performed throughout the <<:1vent. This ctumge does not chal'!lgo the Intent of the procedure.
| |
| A revlew of tfrlis ::.:tivity in accordance with 10 CFR 50.54(q)(2) has been complete<.9 awd determined that the effiactlveness of Rhe emergency plan is maintained. This actMS:y dces not make any changes to cffsite morl!toring or llie lPEC Eme.rgency Plan. No further actions are required tto screen or
| |
| @vidute this j!c;fMtv under 1@ CFR 50.54(41)(3).
| |
| Preparer Name (Prinl) Preparer Signature: Dale:
| |
| Rebecca A. Martin Sr. EP Project Manger ~vQ~~* 1/16/16 (OptiMal) Reviewer Name (Piinl) Reviewer Signature Date:
| |
| Reviewer Name (Print)
| |
| Timolhy F. Garvey Nuclear EP Project Manager Reviewer Name {Print)
| |
| Frank J. Mitchell
| |
| ,~~- Reviewer Signature Manager, Emergency Planning or deslgnae
| |
| | |
| Revision Matrix IP-EP.,,320 "Radlolo al Field Monitorin "Revision 12 Numb Location Existing Condition Proposed Editorial Impact on 50.47 planning er Condition Chan~e? Std.?
| |
| : 1. Added Attachment 16 Offsite Team Yes No - Added this attachment Coordinator due to the deletion of IP-EP-Page 2, Table of 250. This change does not Contents change the intent of the procedure.
| |
| : 2. Yes No- Revised the procedure IP-EP-250, Emergency Operations EN-EP-609, Emergency Operations number to fleet number due
| |
| * Page3 Facility Facility to the deletion of IP-EP-250.
| |
| Section 2.2 This change does not change the intent of the orocedure.
| |
| 'l 3. No No - Responsibility section Added 4.8- The Offsite Team updated for the OTC. The Coordinator is responsible for responsibilities are not Page4 Attachment 16, Offsite Team changed but added to the Section 4.8 Coordinator Checklist procedure due to deletion of IP-EP-250. This change does not change the intent of the procedure.
| |
| : 4. IP-EP-250, Emergency Operations EN-EP-609, Emergency Operations Yes No - revised the procedure Page6 Facility Facility number to the fleet number Section 6.2 and and added attachment 16 to 9.0 Attachment 16 Offsite T earn Attachment list.
| |
| Coordinator
| |
| : 5. No No - added protective Use of personnel and vehicle safety Use of personnel (protective clothing) clothing due to the deletion equipment. and vehicle safety equipment. of IP-EP-250. This change Page 16 does not change the intent of the procedure.
| |
| | |
| Revision Matrix IP...EP--320 "Radiological Field Monltorin " Revision 12
| |
| : 6. - No No - added the last sentence If traversing the plume, *.**.***. centerline. If traversing the plume, .*****centerline. due to the deletion of IP-EP-Page 19 - Note Plume boundary...*. window reading. 250. This change does not change the intent of the procedure.
| |
| : 7. Yes No - spacing change. This .
| |
| Spacing change change does not change the Page32 intent of the procedure.
| |
| 8.
| |
| - No No - Added the attachment Attachment 16 Offsite T earn I for OTC to ~upport deletion Page 50-54 I
| |
| 1 Coordinator Checklist . of IP-EP-250. This will ensure Offsite Monitoring I process is not changed. This I change does not change the intent of the procedure.
| |
| | |
| IPEC IMPLEMENTING PROCEDURE IP-SMM-AD~ 102 Rev: 15
| |
| * PREPARATION, REVIEW, AND APPROVAL ATTACHMENT 10.2 Procedure
| |
| | |
| ==Title:==
| |
| Procedure No.
| |
| Radiological Field Monitoring IP-EP-320 Existing Rev; 11 BPIEC PROCEDURE New Rev: 12 n.
| |
| ORN/EC No:
| |
| Page 35 of 43 REVIEW AND APPROVAL i:*, **r1*1Wi!**,*.¥:l ORN-17-02000
| |
| *i,: ... t'':< zz**s*;ito:#
| |
| Procedure Activity 0 Converted To IPEC, Replaces:
| |
| (MARK Applicable) 0 NEW PROCEDURE Uni! 1 Procedure No. . 0 tEI GENERAL REVISION 0 ADVANCE Temporary Procedure Change 0 PARTIAL REVISION 0 EDITORIAL REVISION Unit 2 Procedure No: 0 CONDITIONAL Temporary Procedure Change 0 VOID PROCEDURE Terminating Condition:
| |
| 0 SUPERSEDED Unil 3 Procedure No:
| |
| 0 RAPID REVISION Document in Microsoft Word:
| |
| tEI Yes O No 0 VOID DRN/TPC No(s):
| |
| Revision Summary See attached matrix. Editorial changes to TOC, and Attachment section, added some reguirements to brief . andQTC altacl'lment to S1!f.>f10rt deletion of IP-EP-250. - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - -
| |
| Implementation Requirements Implementation Plan? D Yes !ID No Formal Training? 0 Yes !IDNo Special Handling? 0 Yes tEINo RPO Depl: Writer: (Print Name/lExt/Sign): Rebecca A. Martin / x7106 /
| |
| '2- I'-/- r7
| |
| : 1. tE1 Technical Reviewer: Mary Ann Wilson /
| |
| : 2. 0 Cross-Disciplinary Reviewers:
| |
| Dept: Reviewer:
| |
| Print Name/ Signature/ Date)
| |
| Dept: Reviewer:
| |
| : 3. [El RPO* Responsibililies/Checldist: Frank J. Mitchell /
| |
| (Print Name/ Signature/ Oa a) 0 PAD required and is complete (PAD Approver and Reviewer qualifications have been verified) tEI Previous exclusion from further Ll-100 Review ls still valid 0 PAD not required due to type of change as defined in 4.6
| |
| : 4. D Non-Intent Determination Complete:
| |
| (Print Name/ Signature/ Date)
| |
| NO change of purpose or scope NO change to less restrictive acceptance criteria NO reduction in the level of nuclear safety NO change to steps previously identified as commitment steps NO voiding or canceling of a procedure, unless NO deviation from the Quality Assurance Program Manual requirements are incorporated into another procedure NO change that may result in deviations from Technical or the need for the procedure was eliminated Specifications, FSAR, plant design requirements,
| |
| : 5. 0 On-Shift Shift Manager/GAS:
| |
| ---------------------------- (Print Name/ Signature/ Date)
| |
| : 6. 0 User Validation: User: Validator:
| |
| : 7. 0 Special Handling Requirements Understood: .
| |
| (Print Name/ Signature/ Date)
| |
| | |
| IPEC NON-QUALITY RELATED IP*EP*AD2 Revision 10 le --::::::-Entergy EMERGENCY PLAN ADMINISTRATIVE PROCEDURES PROCEDURE REFERENCE USE Page 1 of 1 Attachment 9.1 Emergency Planning Document Change Checklist Form (All sections must be completed, N/A or place a check on the line where applicable)
| |
| Section 1 Doc/Procedure Type:
| |
| AdministrativeD Implementing ~ EPLAN Q N/AO Doc/Procedure No: IP-EP-320 Doc/Procedure
| |
| | |
| ==Title:==
| |
| Radiological Field Monitoring Corrective Action: YesD No~ N/AD CR#:
| |
| Section 2
| |
| * Change Description
| |
| : 1. Ensure the following are completed, or are not applicable and are so marked:
| |
| : a. 50.54q
| |
| : b. EN-FAP-OM-023
| |
| : c. IP-SMM-AD-102
| |
| : d. OSRC l8J NIA 0 18J N/A 0 18J NIA 0 O N/A 18J "-
| |
| : 2. Transmittals are completed: D NIA D Date:_ _
| |
| : 3. Ensure the proper revision is active in Merlin: D N/A D
| |
| : 4. Approved doc/procedure delivered to Doc. Control for distribution: D N/A D Date:
| |
| : 5. Position Binders updated: D N/A D Date: _ _
| |
| : 6. Copy of EPDCC placed in EP file: 0 NIA O Date: _ _
| |
| : 7. Supporting documentation is submitted as a general record in MERLIN: D N/A D Date: _ _
| |
| : 8. Word files are moved from working drafts folder to current revision folder in the EP drive:
| |
| D N/A D Date: _ _
| |
| Sheet 1 of 1
| |
| | |
| IP!EC SITE NON-QUALITY RELATED IP-EP-320 Revision 12 EMERGENCY PLAN PROCEDURE IMPLEMENTING PROCEDURE REFERENCE USE Page 1 CONTROLLED Radiological Field Monitoring
| |
| * Prepared by: Rebecca A Martin Print Name Date Approval: Frank J. Mitchell Print Name* Signature
| |
| ,&/tr Date Effective Date: January 24, 2018 This procedure excluded from further Ll-100 reviews.
| |
| IP~EP-320 (Rad Monitor) R12.doc
| |
| | |
| ~
| |
| IPEC SITE NON-QUALITY RELATED IP-EP-320 Revision 12
| |
| ~Efllergyt, EMERGENCY PLAN PROCEDURE IMPLEMENTING PROCEDURE REFERENCE USE Page i of 54 Table of Contents 1.0 PURPOSE.......................................................................................................................... 3
| |
| | |
| ==2.0 REFERENCES==
| |
| .................................................................................................................... 3 3.0 DEFINITIONS ........................................................................................................................3 4.0 RESPONSIBILITIES ............................................................................................................. 4 5.0 DETAILS............................................................................................................................ 5 6.0 INTERFACES ...................................................................................................................... 6 7.0 . RECORDS .......................................................................................................................... 6 8.0 REQUIREMENTS AND COMMITMENT CROSS-REFERENCE................................................... 6 9.0 A TrACHMENTS ATTACHMENT 1 OFFSITE MONITORING TEAM REPORTING AND INITIAL ACTIONS ..................................... 7
| |
| * ATTACHMENT 2 ATTACHMENT 3 ATTACHMENT 4 PERFORM PRE-OPERATIONAL INSPECTION & TESTING OF EQUIPMT.......................... 9 PERFORM INITIAL VEHICLE CONTAMINATION CHECK (IIF REQUESTED) ............................14 CONDUCT FIELD TEAM PRE-DEPLOYMENT BRIEFING .....................................................16 ATTACHMENT 5 PERFORM FIELD PLUME RADIATION MEASUREMENTS ....................................................18 ATTACHMENT 6 PERFORM FIELD AIR SAMPLING MEASUREMENTS ..........................................................23 ATTACHMENT 7 PERFORM ENVIRONMENTAL SURFACE CONTAMINATION SMEARS ....................................26 ATTACHMENT 8 PERFORM CONT.EXPOSURE REPORTING AND CONTROL ACTIONS ..................................29 ATTACHMENT 9 PERFORM POST-FIELD MONITORING ACTIONS ...............................................................30 ATTACHMENT 10 IPEC SITE MAP ...........................................................................................................32 ATTACHMENT 11 OFFSITE MONITORING LOCATIONS ............................................................................... 33 ATTACHMENT 12 REUTER STOKES LOCATIONS .......................................................................................39 ATTACHMENT 13 GPS MONITORING LOCATIONS.....................................................................................40 ATTACHMENT 14 SAMPLING POUIIT DISTANCE AND LOCATIONS ............................................................46 ATTACHMENT 15 RADIOLOGICAL FIELD MONITORING DISCUSSION ..........................................................47 ATIACHMENT 16 OFFSDTE TEAM COORDINATOR CHECKLIST........................................................50
| |
| | |
| *= E11lergy0 lPEC SITE NON-QUALITY RELATED IP-EPP320 Revision 12 EMERGENCY PLAN PROCEDURE IMPLEMENTING PROCEDURE Use REFERENCE Page } of M Radiological Field Monitoring 1.0 PURPOSE To describe the methods used to conduct radiological monitoring and related activities performed by the Field Monitoring Teams outside the Protected Area and their interaction within the Emergency Response Organization (ERO) during a radiological emergency at the Indian Point Energy Center (IPEC).
| |
| NOTE To expedite the actions of the Offsite Monitoring Teams (OMTs) and Offsite Team Coordinator (OTC), users of this procedure are permitted to proceed directly to
| |
| * Section 5.0 and related attachments and implement steps in any sequence as required for operational efficiency. Other portions of this procedure may be used for reference as needed.
| |
| | |
| ==2.0 REFERENCES==
| |
| | |
| 2.1 Indian Point Energy Center Emergency Plan 2.2 EN-EP-609, Emergency Operations Facility 2.3 EN-IS-120, Motorized Vehicle Safety 3.0 DEFINITIONS 3.1 Radiological Monitoring - Locating and defining a plume of radioactive airborne contamination and any surface contamination left in the wake of a plume.
| |
| 3.2 Monitoring Activities - Detecting beta radiation, measuring gamma radiation and sampling airborne and surface contamination at selected locations, recording data and reporting the data for additional analysis.
| |
| 3.3 Monitoring Data - Data reported to the EOF that may be used by the ERO to determine emergency action levels, emergency classifications, radiological exposure controls, protection for on-site personnel and emergency workers, and protective action recommendations for the general public.
| |
| 3.4 Emergency Sampling Points - Include some sixty points within the 10-Mile Emergency Planning Zone (EPZ) identified herein to facilitate dispatch of the Monitoring Teams.
| |
| 3.5 Mobilization - Offsite T earn Members are notified of a declared emergency at either Unit 2
| |
| ** or Unit 3, directed to report to the Emergency Operations Facility (EOF) and are expected at the EOF within the 60 minutes following the declaration. At the EOF, Offsite Team Members report to the Radiological Assessment Coordinator for assignment to the 1st or 2nd shift teams.
| |
| | |
| IPECSITE NON-QUALITY RELATED lP-EP-320 Revision 12 EMERGENCY PLAN PROCEDURE IMPLEMENTING PROCEDURE REFIERIENCE USE 3.6 Onsite Monitoring - Radiological Monitoring performed within the Protected Area Boundary.
| |
| : 3. 7 Offsite Monitoring - Radiological Monitoring petiormed outside the Protected and Owner Controlled Area Boundary.
| |
| 4.0 RESPONSIBIUTJES 4.1 The Shift Manager. (SM) or the Emergency Plant Manager (EPM), in absence of the Radiological Assessment Coordinator, may direct Offsite Monitoring Teams from the Central Control Room (CCR). -
| |
| 4.2 Offsite Monitoring Teams are dispatched, directed, and controlled by an Offsite Team Coordinator or Communicator from the CCR, the EOF or the AEOF.
| |
| 4.3 In Sectors 12 through 1 the perimeter is monitored by the Onsite Monitoring Radiation -
| |
| Protection Technicians from the OSC directed by the Radiation Protection Coordinator at the request of the Radiological Assessment Coordinator. Once the Onsite Monitoring Team has been dispatched, further direction will be administered by the Radiological Assessment Coordinator.
| |
| I Perimeter Position Team Sector Radiological 2-11 Assessment Offsite MonitoringTeam Coordinator Radiation Protection Radiation Protection 12, 13, 14, 15, 16, 1 Coordinator Technicians 4.4 The Dose Assessor (DA) in the EOF assures radiological controls are implemented for samples, equipment, materials, supplies and personnel in the EOF.
| |
| 4.5 Qualified Nuclear Environmental Monitoring (NEM) Technicians change DLRs and air sampling station filters at fixed sites within the 10 Mile EPZ, submit the DLRs and filters for analysis, sample soil and water and perform other activities prescribed in the station NEM Procedures.
| |
| 4.6 The steps of this procedure need not be followed in sequence and may be referred to in conjunction with instructions contained in the attachments.
| |
| : 4. 7 Use Form EP-3-ALL, Emergency Response Organization Log Sheet, to record Field Monitoring Team actions and activities.
| |
| 4.8 The Offsite Team Coordinator is responsible for Attachment 16, Offsite Team Coordinator
| |
| * Checklist.
| |
| | |
| IPEC SITE NON-QUALITY RELATED IP-EP-320 Revision 12 EMERGENCY PLAN PROCEDURE IMPLEMENTING PROCEDURE REFERENCE Use Page 2 5.0 DETAILS The following graphic depicts the Offsite Monitoring Team {OMT) process and also references the related attachments to be followed. (Further backgroa..n1d discussion is provided in Attachment
| |
| -15 at the end of this procedure).
| |
| FIGURE 1 IPEC Offsite Monitoring Team Process Steps NOTE: YOU WILL NEED THE FOLLOWING FORMS (IN POSITION BINDERSl:
| |
| D ERO Log (Form EP-3-ALL)
| |
| D Individual Exposure Tracking Log, (Form EP-36) o Field Team Inventory (Forms EP-AD6-1)
| |
| C Monitoring Team Sample Data (Forms EP-30 and EP-31)
| |
| Activi Referenced Job Aid Offsite monitoring team reporting and initial actions
| |
| : 1. See Attachment 1
| |
| * 2 3
| |
| Perform pre-operational inspection and testing of equipment Perform initial vehicle contamination check (if requested)
| |
| See Attachment 2 See Attachment 3 Conduct field team pre-deployment briefing 4 !l See Attachment 4 Perform field plume radiation measurements 5 See Attachment 5 Perform field air sampling measurements 6 See Attachment 6 Perform environmental surface contamination smears 7 See Attachment 1 Perform continuous exposure reporting and control actions 8 See Attachment 8 Perform post-field monitoring actions 9 See Attachment 9
| |
| '-----'--------------~-*-**----------------...,,.,,..._.,
| |
| | |
| JPECSITE NON-QUALITY RELATED IP-!!:P-320 Revision 12
| |
| -h11lergy$
| |
| EMERGENCY PLAN PROCEDURE IMPLEMENT1NG PROCEDURE REFERENCE USE Page § of 54 6.0 INTERFACES 6.1 IP-EP-210, Central Control Room 6.2 EN-EP-609, Emergency Operations Facility 6.3 IP-EP-115, Emergency Planning Forms 6.4 IP-EP-330, Airborne Sample Analysis 7.0 RECORDS All Logs, Completed Forms and other records generated during an actual emergency shall be considered Quality Records and maintained for the life of the plant. The following records are generated by implementation of this procedure:
| |
| 7.1 ERO logs, (Form EP-3-ALL) 7 .2 Individual Exposure Tracking log (Form EP-36) 7.3 Monitoring Team Survey Data (Form EP-30) 7.4
| |
| * Monitoring Team Sample Data (Form EP-31) 7.5 Field Team Inventory (Form EP-AD6-1) 8.0 REQUIREMENTS AND COMMITMENT CROSS~REFERENCE None 9.0 ATTACHMENTS
| |
| : 1. Attachment 1 - Offsite monitoring team reporting and initial actions
| |
| : 2. Attachment 2 - Perform pre-operational inspection and testing of equipment
| |
| : 3. Attachment 3 - Perform initial vehicle contamination check (if requested)
| |
| : 4. Attachment 4 - Conduct field team pre-deployment briefing
| |
| : 5. Attachment 5 - Perform field plume radiation measurements
| |
| : 6. Attachment 6 - Perform field air sampling measurements
| |
| : 7. Attachment 7 - Perform environmental surface contamination smears
| |
| : 8. Attachment 8- Perform continuous exposure reporting and control actions
| |
| : 9. Attachment 9 - Perform Post-field monitoring actions
| |
| : 10. Attachment 10 - IPEC Site Map
| |
| : 11. Attachment 11 - Offsite Monitoring Locations
| |
| : 12. Attachment 12 - Reuter Stokes locations
| |
| : 13. Attachment 13 - GPS Monitoring Locations
| |
| : 14. Attachment 14 - Sampling Points - Distance and Location
| |
| * 15. Attachment 15 - Background Discussion
| |
| : 16. Attachment 16 - Offsite Team Coordinator Checklist
| |
| | |
| IPECSITE NON-QUALITY RELATED IP-EP-320 Revision 12 EMERGENCY PLAN PROCEDURE IMPLEMENTING
| |
| !PROCEDURE REFERENCE Use Page z Attachment 1 Offsite Monitoring Team Reporting and Initial Actions Page 1 or 2 CJ Sign in at EOF Access Desk and on the board inside the EOF (or Alternative TSC/OSC).
| |
| Cl Report to the Offsite Team Coordinator (OTC) or the Radiological Assessment Coordinator
| |
| {RAC) for team assignment.
| |
| CJ IF assigned to a team for the current shift, THEN ensure the names of the Team members are entered on the EOF Personnel Status Board AND continue with this procedure.
| |
| (J IF NOT assigned to a team for the current shift, THEN continue with this procedure. Assist other teams until dismissed or assigned by the EOF Manager or the Radiological Assessment Coordinator.
| |
| CJ Each team, as a minimum, should consist of 2 members.
| |
| * CJ Obtain Offsite Monitoring Team Position Binder.
| |
| CJ Obtain Keys for a vehicle (offsite Monitoring Kits storage location).
| |
| 0 Obtain Vehicle and also a radio, cell phone and GPS.
| |
| D Start vehicle, check gas gauge and verify proper operation of: horn, flashers, turn-signals and headlights Inform Offsite Team Coordinator of any malfunctions or concerns.
| |
| CJ The following equipment and materials are available from the storage location:
| |
| e Monitoring Kit (two sealed cases, A and B, per set) Case A is for plume survey/sampling; initially. load only Case A in OMT vehicles. Case B is for REMP (post-plume) sampling only.
| |
| '° Obtain count rate meters and other equipment/supplies from storage and load in OMT vehicles after checks are performed.
| |
| 0 Record the "ERO Position:" [and the Team Name e.g.; "Mobile One"I "Date:" and the team member [s] "Name:'ts] on Form EP-3-AII.
| |
| CJ Use ERO Log Sheet(s) (Form EP-3-ALL) located in the Position Binder to record your activities .
| |
| _J
| |
| | |
| IPECSITE NON-QUALITY RELATED IP-EP-320 Revision 12 EMERGENCY PLAN PROCEDURE IMPLEMENTING PROCEDURE REFERENCE USE Attachment 1 Offsite Monitoring Team Reporting and Initial Actions Page 2 of2 NOTE:
| |
| An Offsite Monitoring Team will not necessarily use all the equipment and materials in the Monitoring Kits. Some equipment is exclusively for the use of NEM Technicians.
| |
| Cl Check the seal on each case in the kit. !E.Jhe seal is not broken, THEN the inventory is not required.
| |
| CJ IF the seal is broken, THEN inventory the equipment in that case. Record the "Kit#" and results on Form EP-AD6-1 for the kits. Complete "Comments", "Inventory Performed BY "and the "Date "on Form EP-AD6-1.
| |
| 0 Replace or exchange missing, out of calibration, and inoperative equipment, materials and supplies with what is available at the EOF. Do. not use any out of calibration equipment or expired material or supplies.
| |
| * 0 Tum on DOSE-GARD {press "M" button until 0.00 is displayed) .
| |
| a Assign DLR's to each Offsite Team member. Wear the DLR badge and DOSE-GARD electronic dosimeter on the chest between the waist and neck. Fill in the pertinent information for each Offsite Team member on the top half of Form EP-36.
| |
| NOTE:
| |
| Without a Radiological Assessment Coordinator in the EOF, Offsite Monitoring Teams may be directed through the Communicator in the CCR.
| |
| CJ IF there has been a release of radioactive material to the atmosphere, THEN as directed by the Radiological Assessment Coordinator or the ED, check the vehicle for contamination BEFORE leaving the Site using Attachment 3.
| |
| D Petform Pre-Operational Inspection and Testing of Equipment in Attachment 2. Radiation check sources for OMTs #1 and #2 aie stored on the shelf in the OMT Equipment Room at the EOF, and Spare OMT check sources are stored in the Apparatus Room storage cabinet at the Verplanck Fire Department.
| |
| 0 Place the case(s) in the vehicle with the Ludlum Model 177 count rate meter and the Model 9-3 ion chamber in the front seat (or back seat) .
| |
| | |
| ~ iPECSITE NON"QUAll'TY RELATED IP-EP-320 Revision 12
| |
| -=- Enlergy..,
| |
| EMERGENCY Pl.AN PROCEDURE IMPLEMENTING PROCEDURE 54 REFERENCE USE Page i of Attachment 2 Perform Pre-Operatmonal Inspection and Testing of Equipment Page 1 of 5 Ludlum Model 9-3 Jon Chamber Use: 5 micro curie Cs*137 source for operational check 0 Perform visual check of instrument for any physical damage, and slide open the shield on the bottom to ensure the Mylar window is not punctured.
| |
| Cl Close shield.
| |
| Cl Turn on meter by switching to "X1" scale.
| |
| Cl Perform battery check by pressing the "BAT TEST" button.
| |
| 0 While on the "X1" scale, if necessary zero the meter reading using the "ZERO ADJUST' thumbwheel.
| |
| CJ While on "X1" position the "Detector Area" of the instrument over the BLUE Cs-137 source.
| |
| (Number on source facing UP towards meter).
| |
| * Cl Allow the reading to stabilize (-15 sec.) and then read the meter.
| |
| 0 Verify that the meter responds within the range listed on the source container (typically Cl CJ between 0.5 and 2.0 mR/hr}.
| |
| Source reading obtained:
| |
| Toggle the "AUD" switch ON to verify audible response.
| |
| mR/hr CJ Tum range switch to "OFF" {all the way left). Turn back ON when deployed to the field.
| |
| Cl If any of the above checks are unsatisfactory return the meter to the storeroom and acquire another meter.
| |
| Cl Instrument is operational.
| |
| D Return the radiation check source to the storage location - DO NOT PLACE IN KIT.
| |
| Instrument Serial Number:
| |
| Team Member
| |
| --------- Cal Due D a t e : - - - - - - -
| |
| Date:
| |
| | |
| IPECStTE NON*QUALITY RELATED IP-EP-320 Revision 12
| |
| !EMERGENCY PLAN PROCEDURE IMPLEMENTING PROCEDURE REFERENCE USE Page 10 Attachment 2 Perform Pre-Operational Inspection and Testing of Equnpment Page 2 of 5 Ludlum Model 177 Count Rate Meter with HP 210 Probe Use: 1 micro curie Ba133 source for operability check.
| |
| lJ Perform visual check of instrument, cable and probe for any physical damage.
| |
| D Connect the HP-210 probe with the coaxial cable; to the meter on the front of the meter.
| |
| D Turn the power switch to "ON".
| |
| 0 Perform battery check by pressing the REIO "BAT TEST" button. If battery response is not adequate, then obtain spare meter.
| |
| lJ Tum the function switch to "X100", place probe in contact with ORANGE Ba133 source, until the meter reads upscale. (Number on source facing UP towards probe) 0 Verify that the meter responds within the range listed on the source container (typically
| |
| * between 5000 and 15,000 cpm) .
| |
| 0 Source reading obtained cpm D Tum up the Volume Dial. Ensure the volume is audible when near the check source.
| |
| Q If any of the above checks are unsatisfactory return the meter to the storeroom and acquire another meter.
| |
| 0 Instrument is operational.
| |
| lJ Return the radiation check source to the storage location - DO NOT PLACE BN KIT.
| |
| Instrument Serial Number:
| |
| Team Member _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ __
| |
| Cal Due Date:-------
| |
| Date: - - - - - - - - - -
| |
| | |
| IPEC SITE NON-QUALITY RELATED IP-EP-320
| |
| * Revision 12 EMERGENCY PLAN PROCEDURE IMPLEMENTING PROCEDURE REFERENCE USE Page .11 of 54 Attachment 2 Perform Pre"Operational Inspection and Testing of Equipment Page 3 of 5 F&J Model DFmAB40l Air Sampler (Using Sampler Battery)
| |
| CJ Attach the filter holder containing particulate and iodine collection media (Sea drawing below).
| |
| 0 Open the cover of the air sampler and check the status of the battery by pressing the button on the battery charge indicator.
| |
| 0 Verify that its charge is at least 75%; if not, select another sampler. If necessary. the air sampler's power cord may be plugged into the inverter or the provided charger cord may be plugged into the 12 V cigarette lighter receptacle in the OMT vehicle if there is not sufficient battery charge.
| |
| D Open the cover of the air sampler and place the BLACK "ON/OFF" toggle switch in the "ON" position.
| |
| 0 If circuitry is not energized by the previous step then push the YELLOW "ON/OFF" button to energize the circuitry.
| |
| 0 The LED display should read 0.00 cfm and the "flow" LED should be lit.
| |
| * CJ Press the "RESET" button to start the sample pump. After a few seconds, the LED display should gradually increase to approximately 1.0 cfm (0.8 cfm to 1.2 cfm).
| |
| C) After approximately 30 seconds, push the YELLOW "ON/OFF" button to stop the sample pump.
| |
| Place the toggle switch to the "OFF" position.
| |
| CJ Carefully close and latch the cover (avoid crimping the red wire).
| |
| 0 Instrument is operational.
| |
| Instrument Serial Number:-------- Cal Due Date:
| |
| Date: _ _ _ _ __...__ _
| |
| Team Member Direction of Air Flow Hltcr/ Cnrtridge Silver Zoolite Cartridge Alter holder lillcr holder ring (screws into air sampler) (SO'l."\\S into filter holder
| |
| | |
| IPECSITE NON-QUALITY RELATED Revision 12 EMERGENCY PLAN PROCEDURE IMPLEMENTING PROCEDURE REFERENCE USE Page 12 Attachment 2 Perform Pre-Operational Inspection and Testing of Equipment Page 4 of 5 CJ Check operation of the mobile radio, cellular phone and other communication equipment in the vehicle such as On-Star with the Communicator who is dispatching and controlling the team.
| |
| Record results on Form EP-3-All.
| |
| IPEC Offsite (Goosetown) Radio a Ensure the Offsite Team Coordinator is aware that you will be conducting a radio check.
| |
| o Turn vehicle ignition switch to "Run" or "Accessories".
| |
| a Push radio "On/Off' switch to "On".
| |
| a Select Channel 1 (or other offsite channels provided).
| |
| a Press the microphone "PIT" switch.
| |
| NOTE Radio call signs are transmitted automatically; transmitting by voice is no longer required. Use the station name; e.g., "Mobile One" for identification
| |
| * a Request radio check; e.g., "Indian Point EOF, this is Indian Point Mobile One, request radio check, over".
| |
| * a Record results on Form EP-3-ALL, ERO Log.
| |
| Team M e m b e r : - - - - - - - - - - Date:----------
| |
| : NOTE:'
| |
| liF radio communication with the EOF or AEOF is not established, THEN try 1) the cellular phone, 2) another location where radio or telephone communication is acceptable, 3) relaying messages through other stations in either "5 *** 0ffsite", "4*.* 0nsite1' or "9-13 .**Talk-around" modes or 4) a pay phone. JF all fail, THEN return to EOF or Alternative TSC/OSC.
| |
| | |
| IPECSITE l\!ON*QUALl1Y RELATED IIP-EP-320 Revision 12 EMERGE:NCY PLAN PROCEDURE IMPLEMENTING PROCEDURE REFERENCE Use of M Attachment .2 Perform Pre-Operational Inspection and Testing of Equipment Page 5 of 5 CELLULAR TELEPHONE
| |
| : 1. Tum phone power on.
| |
| : 2. Dasplay "SERVICE AVAILABLE".
| |
| : 3. Use the number in Emergency Telephone Directory for the Offsite Team Coordinator
| |
| : 4. Call the Offsite Team Coordinator.
| |
| : 5. If no contact, determine alternate means of communications in the event that the radio is inoperable.
| |
| : 6. Record results on (Form EIP-3-ALL) ERO Log.
| |
| ON-STAR- How to make a call using the OnStar telephone system:
| |
| : 1. Press the hands-free phone b1..1ttcm on the bottom of the rear-view mirror. When asked "ON-STAR" say "DIAL" .
| |
| : 2. When asked "Please say the entire phone number to dial" say the entire number to dial without pausing. (Each phone number is l~sted on dashboard).
| |
| : 3. OnStar wm repeat the number ask "YES" or "NO"
| |
| : 4. If number is correct say 11YES"; if not say "NO" to try again
| |
| : 5. OnStar responds with "OK, dialing". Your call wm be placed.
| |
| (Each vehicle phone number is posted on the dashboard)
| |
| GARMIN GPS UNITS Locations are Pre-programmed
| |
| : 1. Turn on "Where to" icon on main screen.
| |
| : 2. Select "Extras" icon.
| |
| : 3. Select "POI Point of Interest" (e.g. Select any survey point from next step for quick check of GPS).
| |
| : 4. Monitoring location can be identified by Sector and Mile, e.g. S1-M1, S2-M2. If not displayed, type desired location. See Attachment 13.
| |
| : 5. Press uGo".
| |
| : 6. Check that start to destination is Doaded and displayed *
| |
| | |
| ~ .
| |
| IPEC SITE NON-QUALITY RELATED IP-E:P-320 Revision 12
| |
| ~Entergy$
| |
| EMERGENCY PLAN PROCEDURE IMPLEMENTING PROCEDURE REFERENCE Use Page 14 of 54 Attachment 3 Perform initial Vehicle Contamination Check (if requested)
| |
| Page 1 of2 CJ If there has been a release of radioactive material to the atmosphere, THEN as directed by the Radiological Assessment Coordinator or the ED, check the vehicle for contamination BEFORE leaving the Site.
| |
| a When directed by the EOF to perform surface contamination checks, use Form EP-31, Surface Contamination Check, to record information using either of the 2 following methods:
| |
| (Preferred) Method Using the Ludlum 177 Count Rate Meter, with HP~210 Pancake Probe CJ Use the following equipment:
| |
| CJ Surgeon's rubber gloves
| |
| * 0 D
| |
| CJ Pen or pencil AND magic marker or grease pencil CJ Ludlum 177 Count Rate/HP-21 O Pancake Probe Ensure the meter has been pre-operationally checked, turned on and set to X1 scale.
| |
| Measure and record background reading away from the vehicle. (The background reading should be 300 cpm or less).
| |
| D Holding the pancake probe about % to 1 inch from the vehicle surfaces, check readings on the vehicle hood, side doors and accessible areas of the roof.
| |
| (J Enter the "Date", the name of the Field Team Member and "LOCATION" on Form EP-31.
| |
| (J Immediately inform the Offsite Team Coordinator and/or Radiological Assessment Coordinator of any vehicle surface readings exceeding 100 cpm above background.
| |
| OR,
| |
| | |
| IPECSITE NON-QUALITY RELATED 11?-EP-320 Revision 12
| |
| ~ Entergy~
| |
| EMERGENCY PLAN PROCEDURE IMPLEMENTING PROCEDURE REFERENCE USE Page 15 of 54 Attachment 3 Perform initial Vehicle Contamination Check (if requested) -
| |
| Page2 of2 Method Using Smears and the Ludlum 177 Count Rate Meter. with HP-210 Pancake Probe Q When directed by the EOF to perform surface contamination checks, use Form EP-31, Surface Contamination Check, to record information.
| |
| Cl Use the following equipment:
| |
| D Surgeon's rubber gloves 0 Smear or gauze wipes CJ Small paper envelope or plastic bag 0 Pen or pencil AND magic marker or grease pencil CJ Ludlum 177 Count Rate/HP-210 Pancake Probe O Ensure the meter has been pre-operationally checked, turned on and set to X1 scale.
| |
| * Q Enter the "Date", the name of the Field Team Member and uLOCATION" on Form EP-31.
| |
| NOTE:
| |
| Find at least 2 exposed exterior vehicle surfaces to sample for contamination, such as the vehicle hood and an accessible area of the vehicle roof. .
| |
| 2 CJ Find AND smear at least 2 surfaces Smear a 1OO-cm area. Put two fingers on a smear or wipe AND hold it with your thumb. Reach out AND drag it back across the surface in the pattern of an "S".
| |
| D Record the "Time" and the "SURFACE SMEARED" on Form EP-31.
| |
| CJ Annotate a small paper envelope for a smear or a small plastic bag for a gauze wipe with this information from Form EP-31:
| |
| 0 "Date" 0 "LOCATION" CJ "Time" Q "SURFACE SMEARED" (J Place the smear or wipe in the paper envelope or plastic bag.
| |
| (J Proceed to the ALARA location to count the samples .
| |
| * CJ Count the vehicle smears using pages 2 and 3 of Attachment 7.
| |
| | |
| IPECSITE NON-QUALITY RELATED Revision 12
| |
| -Entergy~
| |
| EMERGENCY PLAN PROCEDURE IMPLEMENTING
| |
| !PROCEDURE REFERENCE USE of 54 Attachment 4 Conduct Field Team Pre-Deployment Briefing
| |
| . Page 1 of 2 Begin Offsite Field Monitoring Team briefing on emergency conditions D Ensure that the Offsite Team Coordinator or designee has provided a Tearn designation (e.g., "Mobile One"), and has the Team member names and contact information along with their DLR numbers.
| |
| Review AND note conditions, monitoring locations, routes, and requirements with Offsite Team Coordinator or designee.
| |
| Plant conditions and emergency classification level.
| |
| D Release conditions o Release start and stop
| |
| * Noble gas / Iodine ratio (if known) o Expected dose rates, surface and airborne contamination o Current Reuters Stokes readings, if any e Potential for Offsite Monitoring Team vehicles to be contaminated (and the need if any to conduct pre-deployment check)
| |
| D Measured and forecast meteorological conditions
| |
| * Wind direction, speed, Pasquill stability class D Projected Plume location o Width (affected sectors)
| |
| Plume characteristic (cross, down or up valley)
| |
| CJ Areas, routes and locations, including Emergency Sampling Points to monitor D Any known traffic impediments or traffic-related issues.
| |
| CJ Use of personnel (i.e. protective clothing) and vehicle safety equipment.
| |
| D Monitoring requirements:
| |
| * Projected radiation fields in route (verify with count rate meter/ ion chamber CW readings when inside the vehicle)
| |
| * Projected radiation fields on location (verify with 3 ft. / 3 in *ow/CW readings when outside the vehicle)
| |
| * Airborne contamination (if known) 0 Surface contamination (if known)
| |
| | |
| ~
| |
| IPECSITE NON-QUALITY RELATED IP-EP-320 Revision 12 1$!..:3EnleffJYe EMERGENCY PLAN PROCEDURE IMPLEMENTING PROCEDURE REFERENCE Use Page 17 of 54 Attachment 4 Conduct Field Team Pre-Deployment Briefing Page 2 of 2 Review radiological exposure controls 0 Minimize time (Goal: <15 min.) spent within elevated radiation fields especially those near or within the plume.
| |
| 0 Record and report dosimeter readings every_._ minutes.
| |
| Cl ALARA locations.
| |
| Cl DO NOT enter a radiation field within a plume that is greater than 100 mR/hr except as directed by the Radiological Assessment Coordinator.
| |
| 0 Females who have declared pregnancy are advised that they are not authorized to exceed 10CFR20 limits and may need to be re-assigned.
| |
| NOTE:
| |
| * The Emergency Director (ED) may authorize an initial emergency exposure of 1 Rem TEDE and subsequent exposures in 1 Rem increments to 5 Rem TEDE.
| |
| CJ DO NOT exceed the authorized dose of Rem {i.e., dosimeter reading) except when directed by the Radiological Assessment Coordinator.
| |
| CJ The DOSE-GARD electronic dosimeter is pre-set to alarm at 1.00 R. If the DOSE-GARD alarms, immediately notify the EOF/AEOF and request instructions. (The alarm can be silenced by toggling "M" two times to get Alarm Acknowledge Mode. Hold "S" for 3 seconds and the alarm will be silenced and the mode returns to dose display).
| |
| NOTE:
| |
| The Emergency Director, using Form EP-4-ALL, Emergency Exposure Authorization, will authorize exposure exceeding 5 Rem TEDE.
| |
| CJ DO NOT exceed 5 Rem TEDE except when authorized by the ED.
| |
| NOTE:
| |
| Potassium Iodide (Kl) shall be used in accordance with IPEC's procedure for issuance of Kl and the NYS Kl Policy. Administration of Kl will be recommended for emergency responders at a General Emergency or a projected child thyroid dose of 5 Rem COE or more to the thyroid.
| |
| L_,, * - - - - - - - - - - - ~ - - - - - - - - * ,_ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _,,.,.,_,.,
| |
| D DO NOT take Kl except when authorized by the Emergency Director. Individuals who are allergic to iodine should not take Kl.
| |
| Cl Proceed as directed by the Communicator/ Offsite Team Coordinator:
| |
| | |
| ta
| |
| -=- Enlergy@
| |
| IPECSITE NON*QUALITY RELATED IP-EP-320 Revision 12 EMERGENCY PLAN PROCEDURE IMPLEMENTING PROCEDURE REFERENCE Use Page 18 of 54 Attachment 5 Perform Field Plume Radiation Measurements Page 1 of 5 Perform Downwind Radiaftaon Surveys Maintain radio or telephone communications with the Communicator/Offsite Team coordinator in route between locations. Each Offsite Monitoring Team should contact the Offsite Team Coordinator at approximately thirty (30) minute intervals.
| |
| CJ Monitor radiation fields at landmarks in route to and on arrival at the location.
| |
| Begin with the Ludlum Model 177 Count Rate Meter with Pancake Probe:
| |
| NOTE:
| |
| Rate Meter readings will increase as a plume of radioactive material is approached. Place the speaker switch to "ON".
| |
| * CJ CJ D
| |
| Put the function switch to "X1"*
| |
| Note the beginning background reading in CPM on Form EP-30.
| |
| Keep the rate meter and probe ,on the floor of the cab (probe facing up) with meter volume turned up.
| |
| 0 Read AND record on Form EP-30 approximately major changes (e.g., factor of ten}
| |
| of the reading (CPM) and the nearest landmark including the reading on arrival at the location.
| |
| CJ Report major changes in readings and landmark to the Communicator.
| |
| D WHEN the Rate Meter reads.about 1000 CPM or more at "X10" AND the Ion Chamber reads 0.2 mR/hr or more on the lowest mR/hr scale, THEN use the Model 9-3 Ion Chamber.
| |
| CAUT~ON:
| |
| Review radiological exposure controls (Attachment 8), prepare equipment and data forms, determine the route to the nearest ALARA location AND prepare to. implement personal protective measures as directed by the Radiological Assessment Coordinator before approaching and entering a plume .
| |
| * Continue with the Ion Chamber.
| |
| | |
| IPECSITE NON-QUALITY RELATED IP-EP-320 Revision 12 EMERGENCY PLAN !PROCEDURE IMPLEMENTING PROCEDURE REFERENCE USE Page ~
| |
| Attachment 5 Perform Field Plume Radiation Measurements Page 2 of 5 NOTES:
| |
| If traversing the plume, the closed window (CW} readings increase to reach a peak across the plume at the centerline. Plume boundary is defined as when the open window reading is 1.5 times the closed window reading.
| |
| Cl With the shield closed, read AND record on Form EP-30 each major change of the "CW mRlhr" (i.e., gamma) and the nearest landmark.
| |
| Cl Read AND record "CW mR/hr" (i.e., gamma) on Form 30 .
| |
| * D D
| |
| Continue to adjust the function switch to the appropriate scale for an on-scale reading.
| |
| WHEN the Ion Chamber reads less than 0.2 mR/hr, THEN use the Ludlum 177 Count Rate Meter with Pancake Probe.
| |
| Cl Report the data on Form EP-30 to the Offsite Team Coordinator.
| |
| D Arrive on location. Record Team arrival on Form EP-3-ALL Report Team arrival to the Offsite Team Coordinator.
| |
| | |
| 0 IPECSiTE NON-QUALITY RELATED IP-EP-320 Revision 12
| |
| "::::.,Enlergy 0 EMERGENCY PLAN PROCEDURE IMPLEMENTING
| |
| !PROCEDURE REFERENCE Use Page 20 of 54 Attachment 5 Perform Field Plume Radiation Measurements Page 3 of 5 D While proceeding to assigned location:
| |
| D Note where readings reach peak levels (plume centerline).
| |
| 0 When requested, conduct air sampling on the plume centerline using Attachment 6.
| |
| D When requested, conduct surface contamination checks using Attachment 7.
| |
| D Monitor radiation fields on location.
| |
| D Use the Count Rate Meter with Pancake Probe. If it reads more than 1000 cpm on the "X1 O" scale AND the Ion Chamber reads 0.2 mR/hr or more on the "X1"-scale, THEN use the. Ion Chamber.
| |
| D Record the "Team Name:" "Team Member Names:" and "Date:" on Form EP-31.
| |
| D Record the "Location:" including the details, on Form EP-31.
| |
| D Record the meter "Serial#:" and the "Time:" on Form EP-31.
| |
| D Leave the vehicle and proceed to an area that is open overhead.
| |
| 0 Measure OW and CW radiation fields at 3 feet and 3 inches above the ground Record the data on Form EP-31.
| |
| 0 When requested, conduct surface contamination checks using Attachment 7.
| |
| * CJ Keep pertinent current information on Form EP-3-ALL, ERO Log Sheet.
| |
| - Dosimeter readings
| |
| - Plant, radiological and meteorological conditions
| |
| - Monitoring requirements
| |
| - Radiological, exposure controls
| |
| - ALARA locations
| |
| - Landmarks on the route
| |
| | |
| 4i llPECSITe NON*QUALITY' RELATED IP-EP-320 Revision 12
| |
| ~Entergy~
| |
| EMERGENCY PLAN PROCEDURE IMPLEMENTING PROCEDURE REFERENCE USE Page 21 of 54 Attachment 5 Perform Field Plume Radiation Measurements Page 4 of 5 NOTE:
| |
| For Plume Characterization:
| |
| Outside the Plume: the Open Window (OW) readings are approximately equal to the Closed Window {CW) readings (e.g., OW readings are less than 1.5 times CW readings).
| |
| Inside the Plume: the Open Window {OW) readings are expected to be about 1.5 times or greater than the Closed Window (CW) readings.
| |
| '-----------------------------------*-..J 0 Ion Chamber @ 3 feet:
| |
| O Read AND record "(OW) (mR/hr)" Form EP-31.
| |
| O Read AND record "(CW) (mR/hr)" Form EP-31 .
| |
| * 0 Ion Chamber @ 3 inches:
| |
| 0 Read AND record "(OW) (mR/hr)" Form EP-31.
| |
| IJ Read AND record "(CW) (mRlhr)" Form EP-31.
| |
| 0 Return the Ion Chamber to the vehicle.
| |
| 0 Report the data on Form EP-31 to the Offsite Team Coordinator.
| |
| | |
| fl
| |
| -=- Enlergy4J IPECSITE NON-QUALITY RELATED IP-EP-320 Revision 12 EMERGENCY PLAN PROCEDURE IMPLEMENTING PROCEDURE REFERENCE Use Page 22 of 54 Attachment 5 Perform Field Plume Radiation Measurements Page 5 of 5 NOTE:
| |
| If ground deposition is present:
| |
| : 1. At three inches: the open window reading will be greater that the closed window reading.
| |
| : 2. The three foot open and closed window readings will be less than the three inch readings in ( 1} above.
| |
| : 3. A sample of surface materials (swipe) taken in the area and counted in a lower background area will indicate contamination.
| |
| * D When requested, conduct air sampling on the plume centerline. Using Attachment 6.
| |
| CJ When requested, conduct surface contamination checks using Attachment 7 .
| |
| | |
| ~
| |
| IP!ECSITE NON-QUALITY RELATED IP-EP-320 Revision 12
| |
| ~Enle,gy~
| |
| EMERGENCY PLAN PROCEDURE IMPLEMENTING PROCEDURE REFERENCE USE Page 23 of M Attachment 6 Perform Field Air Sampling Measurements Page 1 of 3 Perform air sampling on the plume centerline:
| |
| 0 Set up for Air Sampling:
| |
| D Place particulate filter in the first inlet filter holder (farthest from the pump with the rough side of the filter out).
| |
| 0 Place silver zeolite cartridge in the second inlet filter holder (closest to the pump), as appropriate:
| |
| NOTE:
| |
| Humidity may affect the silver zeoiite cartridge. Use sealed cartridge during an activation.
| |
| a Use silver zeolite cartridges during an activation (and "drill" silver zeolite cartridges during training or drills).
| |
| 0 Align the arrow on the cartridge in the direction of airflow through the holder.
| |
| * 0 Record the following on Form EP-31) o Sample ID number a
| |
| CJ Sampler Serial #
| |
| Dateffime Cl Start Air Sampler :as follows:
| |
| a Place the BLACK "ON/OFF toggle switch in the "ON" position.
| |
| Q If circuitry is not energized, by the previous step then push the YELLOW "ON/OFF" button to energize the circuitry.
| |
| 0 The LED display should read 0.00 cfm and the "flow" LED should be lit.
| |
| Q Press the "RESET" button to start the sample pump. After a few seconds, the LED display should gradually increase to approximately 1.0 cfm (0.8 cfm to 1.2 cfm).
| |
| 0 Record the sample start time and starting flow indication (in cfm) on Form EP-31.
| |
| 0 While the air sampler is running, take at least one 3-ft OW and CW reading to verify that you are still in the plume. Notify the OTC if conditions have significantly changed .
| |
| | |
| -===- Enlergy&
| |
| IPECSiTE NON-QUALITY RELATED IP-EP-320 Revision 12 EMERGENCY PL.AN PROCEDURE IMPLEMENTING PROCEDURE REFERENCE USE Page 24 of 54 Attachment 6 Perform Field Air Sampling Measurements Page 2 of 3 0 Wait until the sample pump stops automatically (in approximately 10 minutes). The sample volume is preset to 10 cubic feet. This can be verified by pressing the "volume" button after the sampler has stopped.
| |
| CJ At a location outside of the plume, with the loaded sample holder in place, PURGE the sample cartridge and filter by pressing the YELLOW On/Off button to "Off'' and then "On". Then press the RESET button. Let the sampler run for about 20 seconds.
| |
| CJ Press the RESET button again to stop the sample pump.
| |
| 0 Remove the filters from their respective holders:
| |
| D Use disposable gloves when handling samples taken in the radioactive plume .
| |
| * Count the Afir Samples:
| |
| 0 CJ Ensure that the Ludlum 177 meter is on with the HP-210 connected.
| |
| Place the HP-210 probe on the sample holder and check the background reading.
| |
| Cl Record the BACKGROUND CPM on Form EP-31.
| |
| Cl Obtain a clean metal planchet from the OMT case Ren:iove the sample holder from the air sampler, unscrew the filter holder and carefully remove the particulate filter with the tweezers provided.
| |
| 0 Place the particulate filter in a clean planchet, place the planchet in the sample holder and check the particulate filter with the HP-210 probe and obtain the GROSS CPM reading.
| |
| D Record the particulate filter GROSS CPM reading on Form EP-31.
| |
| 0 Subtract the BACKGROUND CPM from GROSS CPM to obtain NET CPM, and record on Form EP-31.
| |
| Cl Place filter in marked envelope and place in baggie. Discard planchet by placing in
| |
| * a waste bag provided in the case .
| |
| | |
| IPECSITE NON-QUALITY RELATED IP-EP-320 Revision 12 Entergy""
| |
| EMERGENCY PLAN PROCEDURE IMPLEMENTING PROCEDURE !REFERENCE USE Page 25 of 54 Attachment 6 Perform field Air Sampling Measurements Page 3 of 3 0 To count the iodine filter cartridges in the sample holders, modify the holders as follows:
| |
| 0 Using the SH-4a, pull out the slide.
| |
| a Remove the insert.
| |
| O Push the slide back in.
| |
| 0 Place the HP-210 probe on the sample holder and check the background reading.
| |
| D Record the BACKGROUND CPM on Form EP-31.
| |
| D Using disposable gloves, place the silver zeolite cartridge (inlet side up - arrows facing down) in the cavity created by removing the sample holder slide.
| |
| 0 Place the HP-210 probe on the sample holder and measure the cartridge reading .
| |
| CJ Record the iodine cartridge GROSS CPM on Form EP-31.
| |
| 0 Subtract the BACKGROUND CPM from GROSS CPM to obtain NET CPM, and record on Form EP-31.
| |
| D Place cartridge in separate baggie and place baggie inside other baggie containing filled out particulate filter envelope.
| |
| D Report the.data on Form EP-31 to the Offsite Team Coordinator.
| |
| D Load a new iodine cartridge and particulate filter in the air sample holder before moving to a new survey/sampling location.
| |
| 0 Return the sampler and holder, the count rate meter and probe, the counting fixture and tweezers to the vehicle.
| |
| 0 Return packaged samples to the vehicle.
| |
| 0 IF at an ALARA location, THEN remain there until directed otherwise. Continue monitoring for radiation fields from the vehicle. Periodically report conditions to the Offsite Team Coordinator. Prepare for reassignment.
| |
| | |
| ~
| |
| ~ IPECSITE NON-QUALITY RELATED IP-EP-320 Revision 12
| |
| -=- Entergy@
| |
| EMERGENCY PLAN PROCEDURE IMPLEMENTING PROCEDURE Page 26 of 54 REFERENCE USE Attachment 7 Perform Environmental Surface Contamination Smears Page 1 of 3 CJ When directed by the EOF to perform surface contamination checks 1 use Form EP-31, Surface Contamination Check 1 to record information.
| |
| 0 Use the following equipment:
| |
| CJ Surgeon's rubber gloves CJ Smear or gauze wipes a Small paper envelope or plastic bag D Pen or pencil AND magic marker or grease pencil D Enter the "Date", the name of the Field Team Member and "LOCATION" on Form EP-31.
| |
| NOTE:
| |
| Find a surface to sample for contamination. Avoid unfinished wooden and hard surfaces with sharp edges. Use smears for smoother surfaces and gauze wipes for rougher surfaces.
| |
| 0 Annotate a small paper envelope for a smear or a small plastic bag for a gauze wipe with this information from Form EP-31:
| |
| D "LOCATION" D "DATE" and "TIME" (J "SURFACE SMEARED" 2
| |
| CJ Find AND smear a surface. Smear a 1OO-cm area. Put two fingers on a smear or wipe AND hold it with your thumb. Reach out AND drag it back across the surface in the pattern of an "S".
| |
| CJ Record the "Time" and the "SURFACE SMEARED" on Form EP-31.
| |
| D Place the smear or wipe in the paper envelope or plastic bag.
| |
| 0 Proceed to the ALARA location to count the samples .
| |
| _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _J
| |
| | |
| ~
| |
| IPECSITE NON-QUALITY RELATED IP~EP-320 Revision 12 Entergy
| |
| "!!§!! EMERGENCY PLAN PROCEDURE iMPI..EMENTING PROCEDURE REFERENCE Use Page n. of 54 Attachment 7 Perform Environmental Surface Contaminatio111 Smears Page 2 of 3 NOTE:
| |
| Unless otherwise directed, count the samples where background is less than 300 CPM. If samples must be counted in background higher that 300 CPM, THEN the gross count rate for the sample must be greater than twice background. If necessary, relocate to a different location.
| |
| Measure the s11uface contamination samples.
| |
| CJ Use the following:
| |
| D Ludlum 177 Count Rate Meter, with HP~210 pancake probe 0 Surgeon's rubber gloves
| |
| * D Tweezers D Planchets D Smear or wipe in a small paper envelope or plastic bag 0 Form EP-31 used to record surface contamination sampling data.
| |
| Determine the activity (CPM) on the smear or wipe.
| |
| D Using either the Ludlum 177 with pancake probe to measure background for the smear or wipe, "BKGD CPM".
| |
| CJ Place the probe about one quarter inch above an empty planchet using the SHA4 holder.
| |
| 0 Adjust the function switch to the lowest multiplier without exceeding full scale on the meter.
| |
| 0 --
| |
| Read AND record the "BKGD CPM" on Form EP-31.
| |
| D Measure the smear or wipe, "SMEAR+ BKGD CPM".
| |
| D Remove, using tweezers, a smear or wipe from the envelope or plastic bag. Place the smear or wipe on the planchet.
| |
| | |
| ~.
| |
| IPECS1TE NON-QUALITY RELATED IP-EP-320 Revision 12
| |
| ~Enlergy 0 EMERGENCY PLAN PROCEDURE IMPLEMENTING PROCEDURE Page 28 REFERENCE USE of M Attachment 7 Perform Environmental Surface Contamination Smears Page 3 of 3 D Place the probe about one quarter to one half inch above the smear or wipe.
| |
| D Adjust the function switch to the lowest multiplier without exceeding full scale on the. meter.
| |
| l:J Read AND record "SMEAR+ BKGD CPM' on Form EP-31.
| |
| D Calculate AND record "SMEAR CPM". Subtract "BKGD CPM" from "SMEAR
| |
| +BKGDCPM".
| |
| 0 Return, using tweezers, the smear or wipe with the planchet to its small paper envelope or plastic bag CJ Remove the rubber gloves and place them in the bag designated for radiological trash.
| |
| CJ Repeat above steps for additional smears or wipes.
| |
| D Report the data on Form EP-31 to the Offsite Team Coordinator.
| |
| | |
| ~
| |
| IPECSITE. NON-QUALllY RELATED IP-EP-320 Revision 12
| |
| ~Enlergy*
| |
| EMERGENCY PLAN PROCEDURE IMPLEMENTING PROCEDURE REFERENCE USE Page 29 of M Attachment 8 Perform Continuous Exposure Reporting and Control Actions Page 1 of 1 a Use Form EP-3-ALL, ERO Log Sheet to record movement and activities conducted. Use the 10-Mile Emergency Planning Zone Wind Sector Map, Site Boundary Map, GPS Units and Street Atlases. Take note of any change in the frisker or survey meter that is located in the vehicle.
| |
| NOTE:
| |
| Attachments 10, 11 1 12, 13 and 14 may be used to identify destination.
| |
| Maintain radio or telephone communications with the Communicator / Offsite Team Coordinator in route between locations. Each Offsite Monitoring Team should contact the Offsite Team Coordinator at approximately thirty (30) minute intervals .
| |
| * CJ Verify the Communicator/ Offsite Team Coordinator has the position (e.g.,
| |
| "Offsite Team"), the name of the team (e.g., "Mobile One"), the names and the DLR numbers of the team members.
| |
| * Keep pertinent current information on Form EP-3-ALL, ERO Log Sheet.
| |
| e Dosimeter readings (Note readings on Form EP-36) 0 Plant, radiological, and meteorological conditions
| |
| * Monitoring requirements Radiological, exposure controls
| |
| * ALARA locations 0 Landmarks on the route shown on the maps and atlases; e.g., DLR sites, Reuter Stokes sites, schools, and intersections D IF at an AlARA location, THEN remain there until directed otherwise by the Radiological Assessment Coordinator. Continue monitoring for radiation fields from the vehicle. Periodically ensure both the Offsite Team and the Offsite Team Coordinator/Communicator have current information. Note the current information on Form EP-31 and dosimeter readings on Form EP-36.
| |
| 0 IF directed to another location THEN return to the beginning of this Attachment
| |
| | |
| IPEC SITE NON-QUALITY RELATED IP-EP-320 Revision 12 Entergy~
| |
| EMERGENCY' PLAN PROCEDURE IMPLEMENTING PROCEDURE REFERENCE USE of 54 Attachment 9 Perform Post.. field Monitoii"ing Actions Page 1 of 2 0 IF directed to deactivate; THEN continue below.
| |
| O Return to the designated EOF or Alternative TSC/OSC parking area or other location as directed by the Radiological Assessment Coordinator.
| |
| 0 Survey AND decontaminate the vehicle as directed by the Radiological Assessment Coordinator. Document results on Form EP-31. Return samples for additional analysis.
| |
| CAUTION:
| |
| Ask the Dose Assessor to determine which, if any, samples are radioactive and implement radiological cont.rols for those samples prior to removing them from the vehicle.
| |
| D Collect together the samples (i.e., filters, cartridges, smears) with the corresponding data forms .
| |
| 0 Ensure each sample is packaged, labeled and traceable to a data form.
| |
| NOTE:
| |
| Samples may be analyzed at the EOF, onsite by Chemistry or other radiological assessment facilities offsite. Non-radioactive samples may be shipped offsite using NEM procedures.
| |
| Radioactive samples may be shipped offsite using Radiological Waste procedures.
| |
| 0 Request a disposition for the samples from the Radiological Assessment Coordinator.
| |
| 0 Turn samples over to the Dose Assessor or representatives from the RP, Chemistry, NEM or Radiological Waste organizations as directed by the Radiological Assessment Coordinator.
| |
| D Return equipment, materials and supplies.
| |
| 0 Use the appropriate portions of Form EP-AD-6-1, "EOF Inventory Checklist''
| |
| and ensure kits are stocked.
| |
| D Read AND record dosimeter exposures on Form EP-3-ALL Deliver DLRs and completed Forms to the Radiological Assessment Coordinator.
| |
| * NOTE:
| |
| For drill purposes return DLRs to kits.
| |
| | |
| IPECSITE NON-QUALITY RELATED Revision 12 Entergy'&
| |
| EMERGENCY IPL.AN PROCEDURE IMPLEMENTING PROCEDURE REFERENCE Use Page 31 of 54 Attachment 9 Perform Post..field Monitoring Actions Page 2 of 2 O Request assistance from the Dose Assessor to check. decontaminate OR package contaminated equipment.
| |
| CJ Check that the listed equipment is returned to the kit. Report missing equipment to the Radiological Assessment Coordinator AND replace missing equipment as directed. Return the kit to the storage location.
| |
| D Check that the equipment removed earlier is returned to the storage location.
| |
| Report missing equipment AND replace as directed by the Radiological Assessment Coordinator.
| |
| | |
| ~
| |
| IPECSITe NON-QUALITY RELATED IP-EP-320 Revision 12 1
| |
| Enlergy$
| |
| *~
| |
| EMERGENCY PLAN PROCEDURE IMPLEMENTING PROCEDURE REFERENCE USE Page 32 of ~
| |
| Attachment 10 IPEC Site Map Page 1 of 1 HUDSON RIVER I
| |
| s T
| |
| II i:
| |
| | |
| ~ iPEC SITE NON-QUALITY RELATED IP-EP-320 Revision 12
| |
| ~Enlergy 0 EMERGENCY PLAN. PROCEDURE IIIIIPLEMENTII\IG PROCEDURE REFERENCE USE Page a of 54 Attachment 11 Offsite Monitoring Locations Page 1 of 6 Sector- Mile Ma12Number location Directions
| |
| {Grid) (1} {off major roads from site}
| |
| 1-2 W-1 (8-5} Roa Hook Rd., @0.1-0.2 mi. Rte. 9 North to Annsville Circle to Rtes. 6 & 202, fm Bear Mt. Bridge Rd. Bear Mt Bridge Rd. West. left to Roa Hook Rd.
| |
| "W-14 (G-4) (Radiation Monitor Sta. #1) 1-7 P-3 (B-9) Route 90 North @ 3.3-3.4 (See 1-2), Bear Mt. Bridge Rd. West to Bear Mt.
| |
| mi. north of Bear Mt. Bridge. Bridge. Right to Rte. 90 North.
| |
| * P-1 (W-5) [IJ (St Francis Friary) 1-10 P-2 (C-7) Route 9D North @ 0.2-0.3 Rte. 9 North. left to Rte. 403; Right to Rte. 9D mi. north of Bridge over North.
| |
| lndian Brook. (Derham X
| |
| * P-5(R-7) Rd.)
| |
| 2-2 W-1 (C-5) Old PemartAve. along R.R. Rte. 9 North to Rte's 202& 6, Main St. Right to to dead-end @ fence. (TLD Main St. Exit. Right to Main St. toward river to "W* 14 (G-5) Site). bottom of hill. Right to Old Pemart Ave.
| |
| * 2-3 2-6 W-1 (C-4)
| |
| * W-11(F- 6)
| |
| W-1 (D-2) also P-3 (D-10)
| |
| Highland Ave. @ [r] Sprout Brook Rd. (Truck Sales Room)
| |
| Rte. 13 (Sprout Brook Rd.)
| |
| @ [IJ Old Albany Post Rd. /
| |
| [r] Canopus Hollow Rd.
| |
| Rte. 9 North to Bear Mt. Pkwy. Ext. North, cross overpass, Right to Highland Ave. Exit. Right to Highland Ave.
| |
| Rte. 9 North, to Bear Mt. Pkwy Ext. North, Right to Division St. Exit. left to Division St., to Oregon Rd.
| |
| North. Left to Gallows Hill Rd. to Rte. 13 (Sprout
| |
| * W-17 (D-7) Brook Rd.).
| |
| 2-10 P-6 (E-8} Canopus Hollow Rd. @ [r] (See 2-6), Rte. 13, Sprout Bk. Rd. / Rte. 15, Bell Hollow Rd. Canopus Hollow Rd. North. left to Horton Hollow Rd. North. Left to (again) Canopus Hollow Rd.
| |
| * p.:z (T-15) North.
| |
| 3-1 Louisa St. @ R.R. Bridge. Rte. 9A North. left to Welcher Ave. Right to lower W-2 (C-6)
| |
| South St. North. left to Louisa St.
| |
| "W-14 (J*5)
| |
| (1) Key For County Maps For each monitoring point's grid locations either the Haggstrom road atlases (top) or the Geographia atlases (bottom with "') may be used which are shown by County map, page number and grid coordinates.
| |
| Legend: W =Westchester P= Putnam O=Orange R= Rockland
| |
| | |
| IPECSITE NON-QUALITY RElATED IP-EP-320 ReVi$iOn 12 EMERGENCY PLAN PROCEDURE IMPLEMENTING PROCEDURE REFERENCE USE Page 34 of 54 Attachment 11 Offsite Monitoring Locations Page 2 of 6 Sector- Ma; Number li:>cation Directions Mile (Grid) {off major roads from site}
| |
| 3-3 W-1 (D-5) Horton Dr.@ Hillcrest Rte. 9 North to Bear Mt. Ext. North. Right to Elementary School Carhart Ave. Right to Leda Drive. Right to Horton "W-14(G-7) Dr.
| |
| 3-6 W-1 (E-3) Oregon Rd. @ [r] Rte. 21, Rte. 9 North to Bear Mt. Ext. North. Right to Peekskill Hollow Rd. Division St. Exit. left to Division St., to Oregon Rd.
| |
| *W-17(E-9) North.
| |
| 3-10 P-6 (F-8) Rte. 21, Peekskill Hollow Rd. (See 3-6), Right to Rte. 21, Peekskill Hollow Rd.
| |
| @ [I] Tinker Hill Rd. --
| |
| "p. 2 (U-21) 4-1 W-2 (C-7) Lower South St. [r]@ 0.1-0.2 Rte. 9A North. left to Welcher Ave. Right to Lower mi. fm Welcher Ave. past South St. North.
| |
| A&P. (Englehardt Corp.
| |
| "W-14 (K-5) Entrance)
| |
| * 4-3 4-6 W-2 (D-6)
| |
| "W-14 (J-1)
| |
| W-11 (F-4)
| |
| "W -17 (G-10)
| |
| Maple Ave. @ [I] Chapel Hill Dr. {Chapel Hill Estates)
| |
| Lexington Ave.@ [r]
| |
| Townsend Rd.
| |
| Rte. 9A North. Right to Welcher Ave. left to Washington St Right to- Hudson Ave. Right to Maple Ave.
| |
| Rte. 9 North to Bear Mt. Ext. North. Right to Rte. 6 Exit. left to Rte. 6 East. Right to Lexington Ave. .
| |
| 4-10 W-11 (J-3) Somerston Rd. @ [I] Carol Rte. 9 North to Bear Mt. Ext. Right to Rte. 6 Exit.
| |
| Court Left to Rte. 6 East. Right on Curry St. left on "W -18 (E-16) Weskora Rd. Left on Somerston Rd.
| |
| 5-2 W-2 (C-7) McKinley St. @ [11 (former Rte. 9A North. Right to Welcher Ave. left on McKinley School). McKinley St.
| |
| * W 14 (K*5) 0 5-4 W-2 (E-7) Furnace Woods Rd. @ Rte. 9 South. Right to Montrose Exit. Right to Rte.
| |
| Maple Ave. 9A North. Right to Watch Hill Rd. left to Furnace
| |
| * W-14 (K-8) Woods Rd.
| |
| 5-7 W-12 (G-7) Hunterbrook Rd@ 0.3-0.4 Rte. 9 South. Right to Rte. 129 Exit. Left to mi North of Baptist Church Municipal Pl. left to Rte.129, Maple St North. left "W-14 (K-12) Rd. (Coaxlal Crossing #571) to Hunterbrook Rd.
| |
| 5-10 W-12 (J-7) Hanover St. @ Moseman Rte. 9 South. Right to Rte. 129 Exit. Left to Rd. (St Patrick's School) Municipal Pl. left to Rte.129, Maple St. North. left
| |
| * W-15 (K-16) to Underhill Ave. Right to Hanover St
| |
| | |
| IPECSITE NON-QUALITY RELATED IP-EP-320 Revision 12
| |
| -Enlergye EMERGENCY PLAN PROCEDURE iMPLEl\llENTING PROCEDURE REFERENCE Use Page 35 of 54 Attachment 11 Offsite Monitoring Locations Page 3 of 6 Sector- .M.ll! Ma1;2 Number Location Directions (Grid) (off major roads from site) 6-1 W-2 (C-7) Rte. 9A @ Tate Ave. Rte. 9A South to Tate Ave.
| |
| Westchester Industrial Park "W* 14 (K*5) 6-3 W-2 (D-8) Watch Hill Rd. @. [I] Rte. 9A South. left on Watch Hill Rd.
| |
| Mountainside Tr.
| |
| * W
| |
| * 14 (L-8) 6-7 W-12 (F-9) Rte. 129 North @ Hunter (See 5-10), Rte.129, Maple St. North.
| |
| Brook Bridge
| |
| * W-14 (N-11) 6-10 W-13 (J-10) Rte. 134@ Rte. 100 Rte. 9 South. left to Rte. 9A South. left to Rte.
| |
| * W* 12 (P-16) 134, Croton Dam Rd.
| |
| 7-1 W-2 (B-7) Westchester Ave. @ [I] 151 Rte. 9A South. Right to Tate Ave: Right to St. Westchester Ave.
| |
| "'W-14 (L*5) 7-4 W-2 (0-9) Watch Hill Rd. @ {I] (See 5-4), Right to Watch Hill Rd.
| |
| Westminster Dr.
| |
| "'W-14(1111-7) 7-6 W-3 (E-11) Cleveland Dr. @ [r] Hughes (See 5-10), Rte.129, Maple St North. Right to Old St. Post Rd. South. Left to Cleveland Dr.
| |
| "W-11 (P-9) 7-10 W-4 (G-13) North State Rd. @ Ryder Rte. 9 South. left to Rte. 9A South. Left to North Ave. State Rd.
| |
| "'W-9(U-13) 8-1 W-2 (B-7) Westchester Ave. @ (See 7-1), Westchester Ave. past 1st St., between (Buchanan Verplanck 4th St. and Pheasant Run.
| |
| ,. W-14 (L-4) Elementary School) 8-3 W-3 (C-9) Crugers Station Rd. @ [r] Rte. 9A South. Right to Crugers Station Rd.
| |
| Ripley Pl.
| |
| "W-11 (N-7) 8-7 W-3 (D-12) Croton Pt. Ave.@ Fixed Air Rte. 9 South. Right to Croton Pt. Ave. Exit. Right Sampling Sta. on Croton Pt. Ave.
| |
| "W-11 (R-7) 8-10 W-4 (E-15) Liberty St. @ Hudson St. Rte. 9 South. Right to Revolutionary Rd. Right to "W-9(V-10)
| |
| Rockledge Ave. left to Liberty St 9-1 W-2 (B-8) 14th St @ James St. (See tM), Westchester Ave. to 14th St. Right to 14th St.
| |
| "'W-14 (L-4) 9-3 W-2 (B-8) Montrose Pt. Road @ End Rte. 9A South. Right to Kings Ferry Rd. to (outside George's Island Montrose Pt. Rd.
| |
| * W-14(M-4) Park)
| |
| - j
| |
| | |
| ~
| |
| 1PECS1Te NON-QUALITY RELATED IP-EP-320 Revision 12 WEnlergy*
| |
| EMERGENCY PLAN PROCEDURE IMPLEMENTING PROCEDURE REFERENCE USE Page 36 of 54 Attachment 11 Offsite Monitoring Locations Page4 of6 Sector- Mile Ma12 Number location Directions (Grid) {off major roads from sitel 9-7 R--6 (X-12) Rte. 9W South @ Rte. 90, Bear Mt. Bridge West to Rte. 9W South.
| |
| South Mountain Rd.
| |
| *R-5(J-13) \
| |
| 9-10 R-9 (X-16) Kings Highway North @ .Old - (See 9-7), Rte. 9W South. Right to Rte. 303.
| |
| Mill Rd. Right on Rockland lake Rd. Right to Rte. 13, "R 2{lJ.iM3) 0 Casper Hill Rd. / Kings Highway North.
| |
| 10-1
| |
| * W-2 (B-8) 11th St.@ Highland Ave. Broadway South. Right to 11th St (Church)
| |
| "W-14 (L-3}
| |
| 104 R-3 (W-8} Grassy Point Rd. @ Beach (See 1-2), Bear Mt Bridge West to Rte. 9W/202 Rd. South. left to Rte. 108, Main St. to Grassy Point
| |
| *R* 6 (G-12) Rd.
| |
| 10-7 R--6 (T-12) Central Highway / Little Tor (See 1-2), Bear Mt. Bridge West to Rte. 9W/202 Rd. @ Rte. 90, South South. Right at Rte. 202 Westside Ave. left to
| |
| *R-5 (J-10) Mountain Rd. Rte.33, Central Highway/ Little Tor Rd.
| |
| 10-10 R-8 (S-15) West Clarkstown Rd. @ Palisades Pkwy. South. Right to exit 11. left to Palisades Pkwy. Overpass New Hempstead Rd. Right to West Clarkstown
| |
| "'R* 2 (M-10) Rd.
| |
| 11-1 W-2 (B-8) glh St. extension @ Radiation Broadway South. Right to 9th St. past gate, Monitor Sta. #11. (Lock between abandoned bunkers and transmission "W-14 (L*3) combination required) tower.
| |
| 11 R-3 (U-7) Adams Dr. @ Gilmore Dr. (See 1-2), Bear Mt. Bridge West to Rte. 9W/202 South. Right to Adams Dr.
| |
| "R
| |
| * 6 (F-11) 11--6 R-3 (S-9) Willow Grove Rd. @ Knapp Palisades Pkwy. South. Right to Exit 14. left to Rd. Willow Grove Rd.
| |
| * R-5(G-10) 11-10 Wilder Rd. @ Rte. 202 Palisades Pkwy. South. Right to Exit 13. Right R-5 (N-13) (Haverstraw Rd.) to Rte. 202 South, to Rte. 202 (Haverstraw Rd.)
| |
| Left to Wilder Rd.
| |
| .. R-4 (K-'1)
| |
| | |
| I~ IPECSITE 1\/JON-QUALITY RELATED IP~EP-320 Revision 12
| |
| -=- Entergy~
| |
| EMERGENCY PLAN PROCEDURE IMPLEMENTING PROCEDURE REFERENCE USE Page 31 of 54 Attachment 11 Offsite Monitoring locations Page 5 of 6 Sector- Mal;! Number location Directions Mile {Grid) foff major roads from site}
| |
| 12-2 R-3 (V-6) Rte. 9W/202 @ south end of (See sector 1-2) Bear Mt. Bridge West to Rte.
| |
| West Shore Dr. 9W/202 South. to south end of West Shore Dr.
| |
| (formerly Gays Hill Rd.)
| |
| * R- 6 (E-12}
| |
| 12-4 R-3 (T-7) Franck Rd. @ Richard C. Palisades Pkwy. South. Right to Exit 15. Right Brown Dr. on Rte. 106, Old Gate Hill Rd. to Cedar Pond Rd.
| |
| * R- 6 (lM1) Left to Bulsontown Rd. Right to Franck Road.
| |
| 12-7 R-3 (Q-7) Lake Welch Dr. @ Sewage Palisades Pkwy. South. Right to Exit 16. Right Plant. to Lake Welch Drive (Road closed during winter
| |
| "'R-6 (E-9) months).
| |
| 12-10 R-2 (K-9) Lake Welch Dr. @ Seven (See 12-7) continue on Lake Welch Drive. (Road Lakes Dr. closed during winter months).
| |
| * R - 3 (Insert BJ 13-2 R-1 (V-5) Rte. 9W/202 @ north end of (See 1-2) Bear Mt. Bridge West to Rte. 9W/202 West Shore Dr. South. left. to north end of West Shore Or.
| |
| "'R- 6 (D-12) (formerly Gays Hill Rd.)
| |
| 13-3 R-3 (U-5) Mott Farm Rd @entrance to (See 1-2) Bear Mt. Bridge West to Rte. 9W/202 Camp Addison Boyce. (Lake South. Right to Rte. 118A Right to Rte. 118,
| |
| * R*6 (E*12) Bullowa). Mott Farm Rd.
| |
| 13-9 0-21 (W-16) Arden Valley Rd. @ Arden Palisades Pkwy. South. Right to Exit 18 to Rd.I Bailey Town Rd. Seven Lakes Dr. to Lake Tiorati Circle to Arden
| |
| * 0 - 22 (WW-33} Valley Rd. West.
| |
| 14-2 R-1 (W-4) Thunder Mt. Rd. @ {See 1-2) Bear Mt. Bridge West to Rte. 9W/202 Radiation Monitor Sta. #14 South. Right to Thunder Mt. Rd.
| |
| *R-6 (D-12) 14-6 0-18 (Z-14) Rte. 6@ 1.0 mi. West of Palisades Pkwy. South. Right to Exit 18.
| |
| Palisades Pkwy Continue to Rte. 6 West.
| |
| .. 0 - 21 (BBB-30)
| |
| _ _ _J
| |
| | |
| IPECSITE NON-QUALITY RELATED IPuEP-320 Revision 12
| |
| - Enle,gy 0 EMERGENCY PLAN PROCEDURE IMPLEMENTING
| |
| !PROCEDURE REFERENCE Use Page 38 of 54 Attachment 11 Offsite Monitoring Locations Page6 of6 Sector- Mag Number Location Directions Mile {Grid} {off ma(or roads from site}
| |
| 14-10 0-17 (X13) Rte. 9, Smith Clove Rd. (See 14-6) Continue on Rte. 6 West. Right to North @ NYS TW'/. Averill Ave. Continue on Rte. 32 North. Right to 11 0 - 21 (WW-28) Overpass. Rte. 9, Smith Clove Rd. North.
| |
| 15-1 R-1 (W-4) Rte. 9W/202 @ Anchor (See 1-2), Bear Mt. Bridge West to Rte. 9W/202 Monument. (Directly South.
| |
| *R* 6 (D-13) across from Indian Point}.
| |
| 15-4 R-1 (U-2) Rte. SW/202, 0.5 mi. (See 1-2), Bear Mt. Bridge West to Rte. 9W/202 south of bridge @ Bear South. Right to Bear Mountain Inn.
| |
| "R
| |
| * 3 (Insert A} Mount Inn.
| |
| 15-6 0-18 (AA-13) Mine Rd. @ Weyants (See 1-2), Bear Mt. Bridge West to Rte. 9W North.
| |
| Pond Rd. left to Old Rte. 9W (Firefighters Mem. Dr.). left
| |
| * 0 - 21 (DDD-28) to Mine Rd.
| |
| 15-10 0-18 (Y-12) Smith Clove Rd. @ {See 14-6), Continue on Rte. 6 West. Right to Trout Brook Rd. / Averill Ave. Continue on Rte. 32 North. Right to "0-16 {YY-25) Mineral Springs Rd. Rte. 9, Smith Clove Rd. North.
| |
| 16-1 R-1 (X-4) Ayers Rd @ Radiation (See 1-2), Bear Mt. Bridge West to Rte. 9W/202 Monitor Sta. #16. South. left to Ayers Rd (Otd Rte. 9W).
| |
| * R-6 (D-13) 16-4 R-1 (U-1) Bear Mt. Bridge @ west {See 1-2), Bear Mt. Bridge Rd. West to Bear Mt.
| |
| end, (traffic circle). Bridge West.
| |
| * W-17 (E-1) 16-6 0-18 (BB-13) Morgan's Farm Rd. @ (See 16-4), Sear Mt. Bridge West to Rte. 9W North.
| |
| 0.7-0.8 Mi. West of Right to Exit. left to Rte. 218, to Morgan's Farm
| |
| * 0 -16 (FFF-26) Cragston lakes. Rd.
| |
| 16-9 0-18 (BB-11) Rte. 9W@ Rte. 293 (See 16-4), Bear Mt. Bridge West to Rte. 9W North to Rte. 293.
| |
| "0 - 16 (EEE-23)
| |
| | |
| IPECSITE NON-QUALITY RELATED IP-EP-320 Revision 12 EMERGENCY PLAN PROCEDURE IMPLEMENTING PROCEDURE REFERENCE USE of 54 Attachment 12 Reuter Stokes locations Page 1 of 1 I
| |
| Monitor Nu Locataon County Roa Hook Road & Cortlandt Town 1 Garaae Westchester Annsville Circle/Intersection of 2 Route 6 and Route 9 Cortlandt Westchester Hudson Street & Railroad Avenue 3 Peekskill Westchester 4 Lower South Street. Peekskill Westchester South Street & Welcher Avenue,
| |
| ! 5 Buchanan Westchester 6 Broadwav, Buchanan Westchester Broadway at Entrance to Service 7 Center, Buchanan l Westchester Broadway across from Unit 3 l 8 entrance, Buchanan Westchester
| |
| * 9 10 11 Broadway & St. Patrick's Cemeterv, Verplanck 11 m. Street & Highland Avenue, Verplanck End of gm. Street/ West side of Quarrv, Verolanck Westchester Westchester Westchester Route 9W & Gays Hill Road, 12 Stony Point Rockland Route 9W & Gays Hill Road 13 North, Stonv Point Rockland j Route 9W & Thunder Mountain 14 Road, Stonv Point Rockland 15 Route 9W, Jones Point Rockland 16 Avers Road, Jones Point Rockland
| |
| | |
| ~
| |
| IPEC SITE NON-QUALITY RELATED IP-EP-320 Revision 12
| |
| ~E11lergy0 EMERGENCY PLAN PROCEDURE IMPLEMENTING PROCEDURE REFERENCE Use of Page 40 M Attachment 13 GPS Monitorirag locations PaQe 1 0 f6 Longitude Latitude GPS location Designation location
| |
| -73.94767 41.29833 S1-M2 Roa Hook Road
| |
| -73.95872 41.31253 s1:.M3 Military Road
| |
| -73.95562 41.32737 S1-M4 Military Road
| |
| -73.95732 41.34182 S1-M5 SR-9d/Bear Mountain Beacon Highway
| |
| -73.95297 -41.35628 S1-M6 SR-9d/Bear Mountain Beacon Highway
| |
| -73.96911 41.36984 S1-M7, W SR-218/Bear Mountain Beacon Highway
| |
| -73.94713 41.37072 S1-M7 SR-9d/Bear Mountain Beacon Highway
| |
| -73.96509 41.38481 S1-M8, W Fenton Place
| |
| -73.94703 41.38518 S1-M8 Philipse Landing
| |
| -73.96291 41.39959 S1-M9 Upton Road
| |
| * -73.93302
| |
| -73.95708
| |
| -73.97219
| |
| -73.93453 41.39896 41.41413 41.41328 41.29556 S1-M9, E S1-M10, E S1-M10, W S2-M2 SR-9d/Bear Mountain Beacon Highway Market Street SR-218/Storm King Highway Old Pemart Avenue
| |
| -73.9309 41.3101 S2-M3 US-9/Albany Post Road/ CR-306
| |
| -73.92819 41.32471 S2-M4 US-9/Albany Post Road/CR-306
| |
| -73.91506 41.33645 S2-M5 Upland Drive
| |
| -73.90688 41.34955 S2-M6 Old Albany Post Road
| |
| -73.90214 41.36373 S2-M7 Old Albany Post Road
| |
| -73.89566 41.37736 S2-M8 Old Albany Post Road
| |
| -73.88383 41.3893 S2-M9 Canopus Hill Road/ Canopus Hill
| |
| -73.88109 41.38844 S2-M9 Canopus Hill Road/ Canopus Hill
| |
| -73.87298 41.40155 S2-M10 South Highland Road/ Highland Road
| |
| -73.93616 41.27838 S3-M1 CR-155/Louisa Street
| |
| -73.92418 41.28995 S3-M2 Central Avenue
| |
| -73.91147 41.30082 S3-M3 Frost Lane
| |
| -73.89579 41.30943 S3-M4 Locust Avenue
| |
| -73.88661 41.32299 S3-M5 Oregon Road
| |
| -73.87224 41.3326 S3-M6 Peekskill Hollow Turnpike
| |
| | |
| e-=- Enlergy lPECSITE NON-QUALITY RELATED IP-EP-320 Revision 12 0 EMERGENCY PLAN PROCEDURE IMPLEMENTING PROCEDURE ! REFERENCE IJSE Page 41 of 54 Attachment 13 GPS Monitoring locations Page 2 of 6 longitude latitude GPS Location Designation Location
| |
| -73.85761 41.34202 S3-M7 Boys Camp Road
| |
| -73.84244 41.35102 S3-M8 CR-21/Peekskill Hollow Road
| |
| -73.83322 41.36456 S3-M9 CR-21/Peekskill Hollow Road
| |
| -73.81264 41.36944 S3-M10 Barger Street
| |
| -73.93415 41.27601 S4-M1 lower South Street
| |
| -73.91695* 41.28244 S4-M2 Robin Drive
| |
| -73.8979 41.2856 S4-M3 Buttonwood Avenue
| |
| -73.88088 41.2924 S4-M4 US-202/Crompond Road/SR-35
| |
| -73.86359 41.29873 S4-M5 School Road
| |
| -73.84664 41.30567 S4-M6 Sylvan Road
| |
| -73.83351 41.31804 S4-M7 Stoney Street
| |
| -73.81069 41.31579 S4-M8 Strang Boulevard
| |
| -73.79165 . 41.31887 S4-M9 Gomer Street
| |
| -73.77506 41.3265 S4-M10 Driveway
| |
| -73.93241 41.26946 S5-M1 McGuire Avenue
| |
| -73.8938 41.27098 S5-M3 Pleasantside Road n
| |
| -73.87465 41.26829 S5-M4 Maple Avenue
| |
| -73.8555 41.26691 S5-M5 Maple Avenue
| |
| -73.83651 41.27619 S5-M6 Hunter Brook Road
| |
| -73.81731 41.27687 S5-M7 Taconic State Parkway
| |
| -73.79854 41.25862 S5-M8 CR-131/Underhill Avenuerrurkey Mountain Ave.
| |
| -73.77973 41.28321 S5-M9 US-202/Saw Mill River Road/SR-35/SR-118
| |
| -73.761 41.2868 S5-10 SR-35/Amawalk Road
| |
| -73:93321 41.26469 S6-M1 US-9/Briarcliff Peekskill Parkway
| |
| -73.91547 41.25922 S6-M2 Washington Street
| |
| -73.89935 41.25084 S6-M3 Flanders Lane
| |
| -73.86466 41.23849 S6-M5 Colabaugh Pond Road
| |
| * -73.84433
| |
| -73.82415 41.23679 41.23671 S6-M6 S6-M7 SR-129/Yorktown Road Croton Dam Road
| |
| | |
| e-=- Entergy'/!) IPIEC SITE NON-QUALITY RELATED !P-EP-320 Revision 12 EMERGENCY PLAN PROCEDURE '
| |
| IMPLEMENTING PROCEDURE REFERENCE use Page 42 of 54 Attachment 13 GPS Monitoring Locations Page 3 of 6 Longitude latitude GPS Location Designation location
| |
| -73.81237 41.22047 S6-M8 Taconic State Parkway
| |
| -73.79171 41.22024 S6-M9 SR-134/Kitchawan Road
| |
| -73.77188 41.21854 S6-M10 SR-100/RT-100/Somerstown TK/Saw Mill Ri Rd
| |
| -73.93918 41.25831 S7-M1 . Henry Street
| |
| -73.92418 41.24908 S7-M2 US-9/Briarcliff Peekskill Parkway
| |
| -73.91014 41.23923 S7-M3 Westminster Drive
| |
| -73.90105 41.22569 S7-M4
| |
| -73.88153 41.21991 S7-M5 Glengary Road Glendale Road
| |
| -73.85518 41.19892 S7-M7
| |
| -73.84096 41.1892 S7-M8 Grace lane
| |
| -73.83162 41.17585 S7-M9 Brookside Lane
| |
| -73.8152 41.16777 S7-M10 SR-100/Saw Mill River Road
| |
| -73.94353 41.25629 S8-M1 Tate Avenue
| |
| -73.93895 41.24208 S8-M2 Sunset Road
| |
| -73.92388 41.23138 S8-M3 Cortlandt Street
| |
| -73.91 1.21975 S8-M4 US-9/Briarc!iff Peekskill Parkway
| |
| -73.88757 41.19711 S8-M6, E Half Moon Bay Drive
| |
| -73.69637 41.17711 S8-M7 Croton Road
| |
| -73.87203 41.17125 S8-M8 Beach Road/Brayton Park
| |
| -73.91418 41.14232 S8-M9, W CR-BO/Rockland Lake Road I
| |
| -73.86092 41.15862 S8-M9 US-9/Hlghland Avenue
| |
| -73.86147 41.14174 S8-M10 US-9/South Highland Avenue/Albany Post Road
| |
| -73.95189 41.25505 S9-M1 Westchester Avenue
| |
| -73.94829 41.24065 S9-M2 Montrose Point Road
| |
| -73.96099 41.19754 S9-M5 liberty Street
| |
| -73.95553 41.18276 S9-M6 US-9W/S 9/Congers Avenue
| |
| * -73.9569
| |
| -73.95273
| |
| -73.95544 41.16831 41.15383 41.13938 S9-M7 S9-M8 S9-M9 SR-304 CR-BO/Congers Road/Congers Lake Road Waters Edge
| |
| | |
| a-=- Ellletgy<!I IPECSITE NON-QUAl..liY RELATED lf>-EP-320 Revision 12 EMERGENCY PLAN PROCEDURE IMPLEMENTING PROCEDURE IREFEREIIICE Use Page 43 of 54 Attaclhment 13 GPS Monitorh-ag Locations Page 4 of 6 longitude Latitude GPS Location Designatiol!ll Location
| |
| -73.95863 41.12493 S9-M10 Old Mill Road
| |
| -73.95779 41.25588 S10-M1 11 lh Street & Broadway
| |
| -73.97662 41.23048 S10-M3 CR-110/Beach Road
| |
| -73.98644 41.21802 S10-M4 US-9W/S Liberty Drive/US-202
| |
| -73.98357 41.20132 S10-M5 US-9W/S (W/Conger Avenue/US-202
| |
| -73.98863 41.18726 S10-M6 South Mountain Road/South Mountain Road
| |
| -74.00396 41.17642 S10-M7 CR-33/North Little Tor Road
| |
| -74.00504 41.16108 S10-M8 . CR-33/North Little Tor Road
| |
| -74.01475 41.14848 S10-M9 CR-BO/New Hempstead Road
| |
| -74.03562 41.1394 S10-M10 SR-45/North Main Street
| |
| -73.99196 41.23884 S11-M3 Miller Drive
| |
| -74.00488 41.22814 S11-M4 CR-47/Thiells Road
| |
| -74.02051 41.21951 S11-M5 CR-98/Willow Grove Road
| |
| -74.03122 41.20712 S11-M6 Wilbur Avenue
| |
| -74.04548 41.19745 S11-M7 Tamarack Lane
| |
| -74.05223 41.1822 S11-M8 US-202/Haverstraw Road
| |
| -74.07514 41.17897 S11-M9 US-202/Haverstraw Road
| |
| -74.08944 41.16932 S11-M10 US-202/Haverstraw Road
| |
| -73.98469 41.2553 S12-M2 US-9W/ North liberty Drive/US-202
| |
| -74.00733 41.25968 S12-M3 Skahen Drive/Fowler Drive
| |
| -74.02295 41.24891 S12-M4 CR-69/Cedar Flats Road
| |
| -74.03566 41.23519 S12-M5 CR-106/Gate Hill Road
| |
| -74.05344 41.22952 S12-M6 CR-106/Gate Hill Road
| |
| -74.0735 41.22762 S12-M7 CR-106/Gate Hill Road
| |
| -74.0981 41.23595 S12-M8 CR-106/Kanawauke Road
| |
| -74.1173 41.23417 S12-M9 CR-106
| |
| -74.136 41.231 S12-M10 CR-106
| |
| * -73.98964
| |
| -74.00825 41.26845 41.2635 S13-M2 S13-M3 Maple Place CR-118/Mott Farm Road
| |
| | |
| ~ IPIECSiie NON-QUALITY RELATED IP-EP-320 Revision 12
| |
| -=- Enle-gy 0 EMERGENCY PLAN PROCEDURE IMPLEMENTING PROCEDURE REFEFU.:NCE USE Page 44 of 54 Attachment 13 GPS Monitoring Locations Page 5 of 6 longitude Latfitude GPS location Designation location
| |
| -74.04471 41.25577 S13-M5 Palisades Interstate Parkway
| |
| -74.08545 41.27404 S13-M7 Tiorati Brook road
| |
| -74.10461 41.27443 S13-M8 Arden Valley Road
| |
| -74.12367 41.27902 S13-M9 Arden Road
| |
| -74.14296 41.27104 S13-M10 Clove Furnace Drive
| |
| -74.03501 41.30476 S14-M5 US-6/Seven lakes Drive
| |
| -74.05109 41.31268 S14-M6 US-6
| |
| -74.06732 41.32041 S14-M7 US-6
| |
| -74.08917 41.32071 S14-M8 US-6
| |
| -74.11484 41.31168 S14-M9 US-6
| |
| -74.12351 41.33378 S14-M10 SR-32/Albany Turnpike
| |
| -73.96343 41.28072 S15-M1 US-9W/North Liberty Drlve/US-202
| |
| -73.97286 41.29348 S15-M2 US-9W/North Liberty Drive/US-202
| |
| -73.9917 41.30039 S15-M3 Lemon Road
| |
| -74.00798 41.30858 S15-M4 7 Lakes Drive '
| |
| -74.01565 41.32322 S15-M5 WestPoint
| |
| -74.01702 41.32219 S15-M5 West Point
| |
| -74.01854 41.32106 S15-M5 West Point
| |
| -74.02024 41.33898 S15-M6 Mine Road
| |
| -74.04863 41.33928 S15-M7 Stillwell Lake Trail
| |
| -74.07387 41.3391 S15-M8 Bull Pond Road
| |
| -74.07616 41.35944 S15-M9 West Point
| |
| -74.08834 41.37071 S15-M10 CR-34/Trout Brook Road
| |
| -73.96003 41.28241 S16-M1 Old Route 9W/01d Ayers Road
| |
| -73.97065 41.29449 S16-M2 Old Route 9W
| |
| -73.96536 41.31158 S16-M3 US-6/US-202/Sear Mountain Bridge Road
| |
| -73.97207 41.3252 S16-M4, E SR-9D/Bear Mountain Beacon Highway
| |
| * -73.97801
| |
| -74.00757 41.33898 41.3452 S16-M5 S16-M6 US-9W/SR-218 North Deep Hollow Road
| |
| _J
| |
| | |
| lPECSITE NON-QUALITY RELATED IP-EP-320 Revision 12 EMERGENCY PLAN PROCEDURE IMPLEMENTING PROCEDURE REFERENCE USE Attachment 13 GPS Monitoring Locations Page 6 of 6 Longitude latitude GPS location Designation location
| |
| -73.99979 41.36392 S16-M7 North Deep Hollow Road
| |
| -74.00351 41.3784 S16-M8 North Deep Hollow Road
| |
| -74.01507 41.39046 S16-M9 Bog Meadow Road
| |
| -74.0134 41.4066 S16-M10 Bog Meadow Road I
| |
| | |
| -=- Enlergy#!,
| |
| IPEC SITE NON-QUALITY RELATED iP-EP-320 Revision 12 EMERGENCY PLAN PROCEDURE IMPLEl\llENilNG PROCECURE REFERENCE USE Pcnge 46 of ~
| |
| Attachment 14 Sampling Point - Distance and Locations Page 1 of 1 Sector Wind Site Verify. Cls Verify. II Reuter Reuter Direction Botmdary Poirot from Point I Stokes Stokes from Distance Distance True# Location Distance location (DEG}
| |
| Bear Mt. Rd.
| |
| 1N 169-190 2977m 3749m 0 Rt.202 & 3226 near Old Stone Rt. 6 on Hudson Rt. 202 & Annsville Circle 2NNE 191-213 3234m 3331m 22 l Rt. 6 3379 Texaco Station West. Co Hudson Street &
| |
| I 3NE 214-235 716m 1158m 45 Power 2574 ' Railroad Station Plant
| |
| \ Lower South St 4ENE , 236-258 701m 1094m 67 Broadwav 1448 Near West Iron Lower South St
| |
| * B B ass Diner 5E 259-280 762m 724m I 90 Broadwav 1287 6ESE 281-303 625m 609m 110 Broadwav 7SE 304-325 610m 617m 135 Broadwav Broadway 8SSE 326-348 701m 716m 157 Broadwav Broadwav Service Rdto 9S 349-101 006m 949m 180 Georgia 1126 Broadway
| |
| - Pacific Service Rd to 11 1h. Streetand 10SSW 11-33 ; Georgia 1287 Highland 1006m I 1030m 202 Pacific Georgia Pacific Trap Rock at 11W 34-55 488m 611m 225 Corp. 1287 end of9lh.
| |
| Proo. Avenue 12WSW 56-78 2349m 2494m 247 Rt. 9W 2494 Gavs Hill Rd.
| |
| Gays Hill Gays Hill Rd.
| |
| 13W 79-100 1802m 1834m 270 Road 1870 14WNW 101-123 1689m 1786m 292 Rt. 9W 1870 Rt. 9W 15NW 124-145 1432m 1529m 315 Rt9W 1648 Rts.9W & 202 16NNW 146-168 1416 1512m 337 Ayers 1770 Ayers Road Road I
| |
| | |
| ~ IPECSITE NON-QUALITY RELATED IP-EP-320 Revision 12
| |
| -=- Entergy/&
| |
| EMERGENCY PLAN PROCEDURE IMPLEMENTING PROC.EDURE REFERENCE USE Page 47 of 54.
| |
| Attachment 15 Radiological Field Monitoring Discussion Page 1 of 3 DISCUSSION a The purpose of radiological monitoring is to find and define a plume of radioactive airborne contamination and any surface contamination left in the wake of a plume.
| |
| a Monitoring activities include detecting beta radiation, measuring gamma radiation and sampling airborne and surface contamination.
| |
| a Monitoring data is reported to the EOF and may be used by the ERO to determine emergency action levels, emergency classifications, radiological exposure controls, protection for on-site personnel and emergency workers, and protective action recommendations for the general public.
| |
| a Offsite Monitoring Team Members will be notified of a declared emergency at either Unit 2 or Unit 3 and directed to report to the Emergency Operations Facility (EOF).
| |
| They are expected at the EOF within the 60 minutes following the declaration .
| |
| * a At the EOF, Offsite Monitoring Team-Members report to the Radiological Assessment Coordinator for assignment to the 1st or 2nd shift teams.
| |
| PRECAUTIONS AND LIMITATIONS a Continually review and practice the prescribed radiological exposure controls.
| |
| a Avoid cross contamination of samples and equipment.
| |
| I o When Open window vs Closed window is >= 1.5 you are in the plume.
| |
| a Each Offsite Monitoring Team is composed of members from those whose names are listed in the Emergency Telephone Directory.
| |
| a Onsite Teams from the OSC monitor inside the Protected Area fence within and around the Site Boundary. Offsite Monitoring Teams monitor outside this boundary.
| |
| o Emergency Sampling Point locations are listed in Attachments 11, 13 and 14 of this procedure.
| |
| a Vehicles are checked and decontaminated as prescribed in this procedure.
| |
| a The Dose Assessor (DA) in the EOF assures radiological controls are implemented for samples, equipment, materials, supplies and personnel in the EOF.
| |
| a Qualified Nuclear Environmental Monitoring (NEM) Technicians change DLRs and air sampling station tilters at fixed sites within the 10 Mile EPZ, submit the DLRs and filters for analysis, sample soil and water and perform other activities prescribed in the station NEM Procedures.
| |
| ..I
| |
| | |
| ~
| |
| IPECSITE NON-QUALITY RELATED IP-EP-320 Revision 12
| |
| ~E11lergy*
| |
| EMERGENCY PLAN PROCEDURE IMPLEMENTING PROCEDURE REFERENCE Use Page 48 of 54 Attachment 15 Radiological Field Monitoring Discussion Page 2 of 3 ,
| |
| EQUIPMENT AND MATERIALS a Equipment and material for the Offsite Monitoring Teams are at the EOF in a storage location behind the south wall in the east stairwell near the foot of the stairs.
| |
| a A key for the storage location is inside the key locker on the west wall of the Emergency Operations Facility (EOF) near the EOF Information Liaison station.
| |
| Another key is inside the red key box outside, near the entry door to the ECC, on the east wall.
| |
| o Equipment and material include three complete sets of monitoring kits. Each set has two sealed cases, A and B .. Case A is for plume survey/sampling; Case B is for REMP sampling only.
| |
| a Three vehicles, with mobile radio and cellular phone, are available for the Offsite Monitoring Teams. The keys are inside the storage location in the stairwell. Two of these vehicles are at the Buchanan Service Center (EOF 1
| |
| parking lot), and one is located at the Verplanck Fire Department, 238 8 h Street, Verplanck.
| |
| a Vehicles are equipped with 12 VDC/125 VAC inverters.
| |
| o Additional equipment is also available in the EOF storage location:
| |
| : 1. Potassium Iodide (Kl)
| |
| : 2. Batteries, "D" size o Offsite Monitoring Team Position Binders with procedures and forms are available in the EOF Conference Room.
| |
| o The cellular phones and GPS Units for use in the vehicles are available in the room next to the telephone room near the west entrance to the EOF.
| |
| c.1 Numbers for telephone extensions in the EOF and cellular phones in the vehicles are listed in the Emergency Telephone Directory.
| |
| | |
| ~ IPECSITE NON-QUALITY RIELATIEO IP-EP-320 Revision 12
| |
| -=- hntergy, b EMERGENCY PLAN PROCEDURE IMPLEMENTING PROCEDURE Page REFERENCE USE 49 of M Attachment 15 Radiological Field Monitoring Discussion Page 3 of 3 o The IPEC Radio Service has 16 modes of operation. The service includes two radio repeaters with fixed, mobile and portable radio control stations. Seven (4, 5, and 9 -13) modes are available with the mobile radios in the vehicles.
| |
| : 1. Mode 4, "Onsite": Repeater coverage for the JPEC to 2-3 miles around the Site. Stations: EOF, U2CCR, U3CCR, and vehicles.
| |
| : 2. Mode 5, "Offsite": Repeater coverage for the IPEC to 5-10 miles around the Site. Stations: AEOF, EOF, U2CCR, U3CCR, portables and vehicles.
| |
| : 3. Modes 9 -13, "Talk-around": line-of-sight coverage between fixed, mobile and portable radios. Stations: portables and vehicles .
| |
| | |
| ~ IPECSITE NON-QUALITY RELATED BP-EP-320 Revision 12
| |
| = E11lergyt, EMERGENCY PLAN PROCEDURE IMPLEMENTING
| |
| !PROCEDURE REFERENCE USE Page 50 of M Attachment 16 Offsite Team Coordinator Checklist Sheet 1 of 5 1.0 Initial ResponsibmtylActivity NOTES 1.1 Follow Responsibility/Activities in IEN-EP-609 Attachment 9.9 and the following:
| |
| 1.2 Assume the position of Offsite Team Coordinator.
| |
| A. !E it is the initial activation of position THEN:
| |
| : 1. Inform the Radiological Assessment Coordinator and Dose Assessor(s) that you are now Offsite Team Coordinator.
| |
| : 2. WHEN there are 4 Offsite Monitoring Team members present, establish two Offsite Monitoring Tearns.
| |
| WHEN two additional Offsite Monitoring Team
| |
| * members arrive, form an Onsite Monitoring Team or another Offsite Monitoring Team at a location designated by the Radiological Assessment Coordinator.
| |
| NOTE If for any reason the Entergy Offsite Monitoring Teams cannot be dispatched, contact Westchester County to assess status of their teams. Coordinate monitoring strategy with the county if possible.
| |
| Contact with Westchester County can be accomplished through the Dose Assessment Conference Bridge or through the Westchester County representative at the EOF.
| |
| : 3. If additional personnel are needed THEN inform the Radiological Assessment Coordinator or EOF Manager and request additional personnel.
| |
| : 4. Conduct a briefing with the Offsite Monitoring Teams.
| |
| If available, consider using an adjacent room for the briefing, using the guidance in Attachment 4 of this
| |
| * procedure
| |
| * e9\ IPl::CSITE NON-QUALITY RELATED IP-EP-320 Revision 12
| |
| -=- Enlergy0 EMERGENCY PLAN PROCEDURE IMPLEMENTING PROCEDURE REFERENCE USE Page 51 of 54 Attachment 16 Offsite Team Coordinator Checklist Sheet 2 of 5 Initial Responsibility/Activity (cont.) NOTES NOTE:
| |
| Offsite Monitoring Teams (OMTs) play a key role in the coordination of the State and local Counties Emergency Plans/Actions. It is an IPEC EXPECTATION to have the OMTs briefed and in the field as-soon-as-possible (i.e. within 45 minutes of their arrival at the EOF).
| |
| 1.3 Initial Offsite Team Briefing A. Prior to dispatching teams into the field, brief them using Attachment 4 of this procedure.
| |
| .B. IF manned, THEN Contact the ICP to inform them of the OMT departure .
| |
| * 1.4 Use of the Offsite Radio Using the Radio Headset or Phone Handset A. Can be used with either the stationary radio handset or a headset.
| |
| B. Headset is in the desk drawer near the console.
| |
| C. Unplug the handset cord from the phone unit and plug into the jackbox to the left of the radio handset. Remove handset from cradle (refer to job aid provided on OTC desk and in position binder).
| |
| D. Transmission can be completed using the "Transmit" button on the headset Push to talk (PTT); release to listen.
| |
| E. IF the headset is used, it is advised that the console microphone be moved out of the way to avoid any interference.
| |
| | |
| ~
| |
| IPEC SITE NON-QUALITY RELATED IP-EP-320 Revision 12
| |
| ~Entergy~
| |
| EMERGENCY PLAN PROCEDURE IMPLEMENTING .
| |
| PROCEDURE REFERENCE use Page 52 of 54 Attachment 16 Offsite Team Coordinator Checklist Sheet 3 of 5 Initial ResponslbiHtyfActivit;y (cont.) NOTES F. If using the handset, replace the handset in the phone cradle, unplug the cord from the jack-box and plug into the handset.
| |
| G. Transmission can be completed with the handset by using the "Transmit" button on the Push to talk (PTT);
| |
| release to listen.
| |
| 2.0 Continuous Res90111sibmty/Activity 2.1 Transmit directions to the Offsite Monitoring Teams NOTE Teams should be designated as Mobile,1, 2 etc. and Site Perimeter Team
| |
| * A. Use the Vehicle OnStar, radio or cell phones to communicate with teams.
| |
| B. Confer with the Radiological Assessment Coordinator and/or Dose Assessors to determine the sample points and the expected whole body exposure rates based on dose projections.
| |
| NOTE Be sure to dispatch Offsite Monitoring Teams to monitor the .
| |
| plume centerline and both sides of anticipated plume if practical.
| |
| C. Enter selected sample point(s) and assigned team on Monitoring Team Radiation Field Survey Data (Form EP-30).
| |
| D. Contact each team and direct them to the designated sample point providing following information:
| |
| : 1. The expected dose rates.
| |
| : 2. Methods of traversing the plume to keep their exposure as low as possible, such as going around plume or traveling through low field areas.
| |
| E. Have teams verify instructions by repeating them back.
| |
| | |
| lPECSITE NON-QUALITY RELATED IP-EP-320 Revision 12 EMERGENCY PLAN PROCEDURE IMPLEMENTING PROCECURIE REFERENCE Use Page 53.
| |
| Attachment 16 Offsite Team Coordinator Checklist Sheet4 of 5 Continuous Responsibmty/Activity (cont) NOTES 2.2 Receive and Record Offsite Monitoring Team Data A. Have teams state sample point for which data is being transmitted.
| |
| B. Record survey data on Monitoring Team Radiation Field Survey Data and Monitoring Team Sample Data (Form EP-30 and Form EP-31).
| |
| C. Verify numbers by repeating values back to the team.
| |
| D. Inform the Radiological Assessment Coordinator or Dose Assessor immediately of survey and sample results.
| |
| 2.3 Determine Radioactive Airbome Concentrations WHEN Offsite Monitoring Teams report air sample results THEN determine airborne concentrations as follows:
| |
| A. Use (Form EP-32), Determination of Radioactive Airborne Concentrations to calculate µCi/cc.
| |
| 8 .. Report concentration to Dose Assessor or Radiological Assessment Coordinator.
| |
| 2.4 Maintain Offsite Monitoring Team Exposure Records.
| |
| A. JF any exposure rates are above background THEN obtain team member whole body exposure (dosimetry readings).
| |
| B. If any team members are receiving radiological exposures THEN record exposures on Individual Exposure Tracking Log (Form EP-36) periodically.
| |
| 2.5 Keep Offsite Monitoring Teams informed of major changes in emergency status:
| |
| 0 Changes in emergency classification Start or stop of any offsite releases of radioactive materials.
| |
| A. Communications SHOULD be within 30 minutes of a change in conditions.
| |
| | |
| flt
| |
| -=- Enlergy IPECSITE NON-QUALITY RELATED IP-EP-320 Revision 12 0 EMERGENCY PLAN PROCEDURE IMPLEMENTING .
| |
| PROCEDURE REFERENCE Use Page 54 of 54 Attachment 16 Offsite Team Coordinator Checklist Sheet 5 of 5 Continuous Responsibility/Activity (cont.) NOTES B. Routinely contact Offsite Monitoring Teams approximately every thirty minutes.
| |
| 2.6 Obtain new sample locations and points from Radiological Assessment Coordfinator or Dose Assessor A. Repeat above steps to continue plume tracking until Radiological Assessment Coordinator determines surveys and sampling are no longer necessary.
| |
| : 2. 7 To ensure continuous Offsite Monitoring capabilities,
| |
| * Coordinate the relief of Offsite Monitoring Team personnel, if required.
| |
| A IF Offsite Monitoring Teams arE:} deployed AND "In-Field" turnover of team personnel is required THEN utilize a spare vehicle, if available, or call the Offsite Monitoring Teams back to the EOF, Alternative TSC/OSC or AEOF, one team at a time, to facilitate turnover. The replacement team SHOULD be pre-briefed i.a.w step 1.3 and ready to immediately deploy when the off going team returns to the EOF, Alternative TSC/OSC or AEOF.
| |
| | |
| IPEC IMPLEMENTING PROCEDURE IP-SMM-AD-102 Rev: 15 =
| |
| * PREPARATION, REVIEW, AND APPROVAL Procedure No.
| |
| Dose Assessment IP-EP-310 Existing Rev: 16 New Rev: 17 ORN/EC No:
| |
| Page 35 of 43
| |
| _ _ _, __,,,_""'°"""""""""""',,.,.,.."""""""""""""""_,.>l>~~~-=**=-=*~'.Z:ii"""::¥:::tt"".=----------**w1t~ffl;;;:==~~-----f,,,->i,.*,""'~
| |
| ATTACHMENT 10.2 Procedure
| |
| | |
| ==Title:==
| |
| IPEC PROCEDURE REVIEW AND APPROVAi..
| |
| 0 Converted To IPEC, Replaces:
| |
| D NEW PROCEDURE Unit 1 Procedure No. EDITORIAL Temporary Procedure Change D
| |
| !El GENERAL REVISION 0 ADVANCE Temporary Procedure Change D PARTIAL REVISION 0 EDITORIAL REVISION Unit 2 Procedure No: 0 CONDITIONAL Temporary Procedure Change 0 VOID PROCEDURE Terminating Condition:
| |
| 0 SUPERSEDED Unil 3 Procedure No:
| |
| Cl RAPID REVISION Document in Microsoft Word:
| |
| !El Yes O No Cl VOID DRNff PC No(s):
| |
| Revision Summary Two editorial changes made, and added a statement to support transmission of Implementation Requirements Implementation Plan? D Yes !El No Formal Training? 0 Yes !EINo Special Handling? 0 Yes !EINo RPO Dept; Emergency Planning Writer: (Print Name/Ext/Sign):,..,,R.:::e""b""ec,.,c..,.a'""A..,,,.-"M.,.a""rt""in..,_,_/=-,.,,_,.'-'-"'-"""""""'""'=-"'--..._..;;;._
| |
| Review and Approval (Per Attachment 10.1, IPEC Review And Approval Require~n,) _
| |
| : 1. !El Technical Reviewer: Mary Ann Wilson /
| |
| * l)..) l-
| |
| : 2. D Cross-Disciplinary Reviewers:
| |
| Dept: Reviewer:
| |
| Print Name/ Signature/ Date)
| |
| Dept: Reviewer:
| |
| : 3. !El RPO- Responsibilities/Checklist: Frank J. Mitchell /
| |
| (Print Name/ Signature/ Date) 0 PAD required and is complete (PAD Approver and Reviewer qualifications have been verllied)
| |
| IE! Previous exclusion from further Ll-100 Review is still valid 0 PAD not required due to type of change as defined in 4.6
| |
| : 4. D Non-Intent Determination Complete:
| |
| (Print Name/ Signature/ Date)
| |
| NO change of purpose or scope NO change to less restrictive acceptance criteria NO reduction in the level of nuclear saiety !::!Q change to steps previously identified as commitment steps NO voiding or canceling ol a procedure, unless NO deviation from the Quality Assurance Program Manual requirements are incorporated into another procedure NO change that may result in deviations from Technical or the need for the procedure was eliminated Specifications, FSAR, plant design requirements,
| |
| : 5. D On-Shill Shift Manager/CRS:
| |
| ----------------------------- (Print Name/ Signature/ Date)
| |
| : 6. 0 User Va!ida!ion: User: Validator:
| |
| : 7. D Special Handling Requirements Understood:
| |
| (Print Name/ Signature/ Date)
| |
| | |
| IPEC NON-QUALITY RELATED EMERGENCY PLAN IP-EP*AD2 Revision 10 PROCEDURE
| |
| ~~~ Entergy ADMINISTRATIVE PROCEDURES I REFERENCE Use Page 1 of 1 Attachment 9.1 Emergency Planning Document Change Checklist Form (All sections must be completed, N/A or place a check on the line where applicable)
| |
| Section 1 Doc/Procedure Type:
| |
| AdministrativeD Implementing [81 EPLANO N/AO Doc/Procedure No: IP-EP-310 Doc/Procedure
| |
| | |
| ==Title:==
| |
| Dose Assessment Corrective Action: YesD No~ N/AD CR#:
| |
| Section 2
| |
| * Change Description
| |
| : 1. Ensure the following are completed, or are not applicable and are so marked:
| |
| : a. 50.54q
| |
| : b. EN-FAP-OM-023
| |
| : c. IP-SMM- AD-102
| |
| : d. OSRC 1'8:1 N/A D 181 181 O
| |
| N/A NIA 0 0
| |
| NIA [8J
| |
| : 2. Transmittals are completed: D N/A D Date:_ _
| |
| : 3. Ensure the proper revision is active in Merlin: D N/A D
| |
| : 4. Approved doc/procedure delivered to Doc. Control for distribution: 0 N/A D Date:
| |
| : 5. Position Binders updated: 0 N/A D Date: _ _
| |
| : 6. Copy of EPDCC placed in EP file: 0 NIA O Date: _ _
| |
| : 7. Supporting documentation is submitted as a general record in MERLIN: D NIA D Date: _ _ .
| |
| : 8. Word files are moved from working drafts folder to current revision folder in the EP drive:
| |
| D NIA D Date: _ _
| |
| Sheet 1 of 1
| |
| | |
| ATTACHMENT 9.1 SHEET1 OF2 f?rocedlure/Documeni: Number: !P-EP*310 I Revision: 17 Equipmenilfacility/Other: Indian Point Energy Center (IPEC)
| |
| Titre: Oose Assessment Part I. Oescriptlon of Activity Being Reviewed (event or action, or series of actions that have the potential to affect the emergency plan or have the potential lo affect the implementation of the emergency plan):
| |
| Change 'l: Editorial -changed Part 2 to Part II and updated spacing of paragraph to be consistent throughout the procedure.
| |
| Change 2: Added a statement from IP-EP-250 "Emergency Operations Facility" to support deletion of the IPEC EOF facility procedure. This will ensure transmission of the notifications forms if electronic emailing and faxing does not work.
| |
| Change 3: Editorial - updated spacing of the paragraph to be consistent throughout the procedure.
| |
| Part II. Emergency Plan Sections Reviewed (List all emergency plan sections that were reviewed for this activity by number and title. IF THE ACTIVITY IN ITS ENTIRETY IS AN EMERGENCY PLAN CHANGE OR EAL OR !EAL BASIS CHANGE, ENTER THE SCREENING PROCESS. NO 10 CFR 50.54(q)(2) DOCUMENTATION IS REQUIRED.
| |
| Section E: Notifications Methods and Procedures Section I: Accident Assessment Section J: Protective Response Part m. Ability to Maintain the Emergency Plan (Answer the following questions related to impact on the ability
| |
| * to maintain the emergency plan):
| |
| : 1. Do ain:_ elements of the activity change information contained in the emergency plan (procedure section 3.0[6))?
| |
| 2.
| |
| YES D NO 18.1 If YES, enter screening process for that element .
| |
| Do any elements ofthe activity change an emergency classification Initiating Condition, Emergency Action Level (EAL), associated EAL note or associated EAL basis information or their underlying calculations or assumptions?
| |
| YES O NO 1'81 IF YES, enter screening process for that element*
| |
| : 3. Do any elements of the activity change !he process or capability for alerting and notifying the public as described in the FEMA-approved Alert and Notification System design report?
| |
| YES D NO 18.1 IF YES, enter screening process for that element
| |
| : 4. Do 8f!Y.elements of !ha activity change the Evacuation Time Estimate results or documentalion?
| |
| YES U NO 18.1 IF VES, ~nter screenirig process for that element
| |
| : 5. Do al'!Y. elements of the activity change the Onshift Staffing Analysis results or documentation?
| |
| YES U NO 18.1 IF V!'::S, enter screenim:i process for that element EN-EP-305 REV 5
| |
| _______ __J
| |
| | |
| ATTACHl\llENT9,1 10 CfR 50.54{~{~) REVl!:UII SHEET2©F2 Revision: 11
| |
| ,1oa!h1u: Indian Point Em.'!l'iY Cei!lter (tPl::C)
| |
| Part IV. Ma!ntaanlng the Emergency Plan Conclusion The questions In Part II do not represent the sum Iota! of ail conditions Iha! may i:ause a change lo or impact the ability to malnle!n the emergency plan. Originator and reviewer signatures in Pali IV doC!.lment !llal a re11iaw of a~ elements of Iha proposed change have Men considered ror their impact en the ab!Uty to maintain the emergency plan anti !hair pctenlial to change the emergency plan.
| |
| : 1. Provide a brief eoncluslon Iha! describes how Uie com:lillons as described In the emsrg,mcy plan are maintained wilh this actillily.
| |
| : 2. Check Iha box below when the 10 CFR S0.54(q)(2) review completes all actions for all elements of the sciivily - no 10 CFR 50.54(q)(3) scrtsning or evaluallon Is required for any element. Olherwisa, leave the checkbO)( blank.
| |
| t81 l have completed a review of this activity in aecordaru:e with 10 CFR 50.54(q)(2) and determined Iha! Iha effediveness of the emergency plan is mainlained. This aciiv!ly does noi make any changes to the emergency plan.
| |
| No further aclions are required to screen or evaluate lhls scli11ity under 10 CFR 50.54(q)(3).
| |
| Propo!'M:td ch~nge 1 and 3 ar~ &\10th editorJal. Change 1 corrt"&cted a typographic error of 2 vs II and both chmrnges 1 and 3 fixed spacing to be t@nsistent throuehout the procedure. This change does not change the lnte1nt of the procedure.
| |
| Proposed ch,mge 2 added a statement from iP-EP-250 on hew to tr.ainsmli m:itificataon 1orrms if the eiactvcmic emamng and f.roxlng is not avaHl:nble. This statement was moved from the EOF proced&m:11 tP-EP-250 which is being deleted. Moving this suitement ensure the notmcatlon process wm be mainmined. This change does not change the int.mt of the procedure*
| |
| * A review of fthis activity In accordance with 10 CFR 50.54(q)(2) has !been completed and determined !!hat the effl!l!ctiveness of the emergency plan fs maintained. This activity does not make any changeG to the dose assessm11:mt proce$s, the requirement for offsitll not!flcations or the IPIEC Emergency Pian. No further acaicms are required to screen or evaluate this .11divity 1.mder 10 CfR 50.54(q)(3).
| |
| Part V. Signatures:
| |
| Preparer Name (Print) Preparer Signature: Date:
| |
| ~~ (} (Vla;d;V\
| |
| Rebecca A Martin 01/16/18 Sr. EP Project Manger
| |
| {Optional) Reviewer Name (Print) Reviewer Signature Date:
| |
| Reviewer Name (Prlnl) ~11ie1rJ&r Dale:
| |
| Tlmolhy F. Garvey Nuclear EP Projecl Manager \~ l \ \'° \v&
| |
| Reviewer Name {P1!nt) Date:
| |
| Frank J. Milchell Manager. Emergency Planning or deslgnee
| |
| ;/;t/lc/
| |
| EN-EP-305 REV 5
| |
| | |
| ~
| |
| IP-IEP-310
| |
| -E
| |
| '=- 11lergy@
| |
| !PEC NON-QUALITY RELATED Revision 17 EMERGENCY PLAN PROCEDURE IMPLEMENTING PROCEDURES REFERENCE Use Page 1 of 22 Dose Assessment
| |
| * Prepared by: Rebecca A. Martin PnntName Approval: Frank J. Mitchell Pnntillame Effective Date: January 24, 2018 This procedure excluded from further U-100 revlew
| |
| /P-EEP-310 (Dose) R17.doc L__
| |
| | |
| ~
| |
| IPEC NON-QUALITY RELATED IP-EP-310 Revision 17
| |
| ~Entergy EMERGENCY PLAN PROCEDURE IMPLEMENTING PROCEDURES REFERENCE Use Page i of 22 Table of ConteniS 1.0 PURPOSE ................................ '"'"'"'" ..... ., ...................................,............. ,,.,. ........................... 3
| |
| | |
| ==2.0 REFERENCES==
| |
| ........................................................................."' ................................................... 3 3.0 DEFINITIONS,,... :..................... ,...,.......................................................................... ****************H****** 3.
| |
| 4.0 RES.PONSl911Jr1ES ................... ,, ...............................................,,, .............................. .,"".,... ,..... 4 S.O OETAJLS .................................................................................... "' .......... .-..................................... 4 6.0 lNTERFACES ...................,. ...........................................................................................,. ...... ., ....,,rn,, 10 7J) RECORDS ................................................................................................................,. ............,...,. 10 8.0 REQUJREMEr-.rrs AND COMMITMENT CROSS-REFERENCIL ........ ,........ ,.;,,, ........... ,;.,,.,. .. 10 9.0 ATTACHMENTS ................................................................ ,.., ......................................................... 10 9,1 SITE BOUNDARY Xµ!Q (m*t) BY PASQUlLL STABILITY CATEGORY..,,. ................ 11 9.2 XIJIQ VALUES FOR OTHER DISTANCES (m"2) ....,,. ................................... "" ............ 13 9.3 REUTER~STOKES lOCATtON Xµ/Q VALUES (rri") ,.,,,,, ....,. ...... "' ........................... 14 9.4 ACClDENT MONITOR.ING OF NOBLE GAS CONCENTRATION !N THE PLANT VENT ...................:..........................................................................." ........................... 15 9.5 DETERMlNATION OF NOBLE GAS RELEASE RATE - DtSCUSSION ..................... 17
| |
| !Hl DETERMINATION OF NOBLE GAS TO IODINE CONCENTRATION ANO DOSE RATE RATIOS FROM FlELO MONITORING DATA ....................,. .............. ,............ 19 9.7 USE OF CHEMISTRY SAMPLE TO DETERMINE RADlOlOD?NE RELEASE RATE
| |
| &,,THYRrnD DOSE CONVERSlON FACTOR ...........................................,................ 21 L __ _
| |
| | |
| ~
| |
| IPEC NON-QUALITY RELATED IP-EP-310 Revision 17
| |
| "!'..:-wEntergy<!;
| |
| EMERGENCY PLAN PROCEDURE IMPLEMENTING PROCEDURES REFERENCE Use Page 1 of 22 1J> PURPOSE To describe the methods of estimating the whole body and thyroid dose to the offsite population in the event of an accidental release of radioactivity to the environment. A manual method of calculation is provided in case the computer method is unavailable.
| |
| | |
| ==2.0 REFERENCES==
| |
| | |
| 2.1 IP-EP-330, Airborne Sample Analysis 2.2 IP-EP-340, Meteorological Information and Dose Assessment System (MIDAS) 2.3 IP-EP-510, Meteorological, Radiological & Plant Data Acquisition System 2.4 IP-2 Manual Determination of Release Rate (Form EP-17) 2.5 IP-3 Manual Determination of Release Rate (Form EP-18) 2.6 Manual Dose Assessment Worksheet (Form EP-13)
| |
| * 2.7 2.8 IPEC Manual Dose Assessment Worksheet/Back-Calculating Release Rate from Field Data (Form EP-19}
| |
| IPEC Manual Dose Assessment Worksheet/Estimating Containment Activity via R-25 / 26 (Form EP-11) 2.9 Determination of Radioactive Airborne Concentrations (Form EP-32) 3.0 DEFINITIONS 3.1 Meteorological Information and Data Acquisition System (MIDAS) - the computer system that collects radiation monitor data, meteorological data, and calculates/displays offsite radiation doses.
| |
| 3.2 Meteorological, Radiological, and Plant Data Acquisition System (MRP-DAS) - the system which provides meteorological, Reuter Stokes and certain plant parameter data (VC Temperature, VC Pressure, Plant Vent and VC High Radiation Monitors) 3.3 Total Effective Dose Equivalent (TEDE) - The sum of the Deep Dose Equivalent (DOE) and the Committed Effective Dose Equivalent (CEDE).
| |
| 3.4 Committed Effective Dose Equivalent - The sum of the products of the weighting factors applicable to each of the body organs or tissues that
| |
| * 3.5 are irradiated and the committed dose equivalent to these organs or tissues.
| |
| Committed Dose Equivalent-Thyroid {COE-Thy) - The committed dose
| |
| | |
| iPEC NON-QUALITY RELATED IP-EP-310 Revision 17 EMERGENCY PLAN PROCEDURE IMPLEMENTING PROCEDURES REFERENCE Use Page from an intake of radioactive material to a body organ.(i.e., thyroid).
| |
| 3.6 Site Boundary - For Dose Assessment and Protective Action Recommendation purposes, the Site Boundary is the closest distance at which members of the public would be exposed to a radioactive release. When the plume is traveling toward the water, the distance to the nearest point on the opposite side of Hudson River will be considered as the Site Boundary.
| |
| 4.0 RESPONSIBILITIES Dose Assessment staff in the Control Room (CR) and in the Emergency Operations Facility (EOF) are responsible for assessing actual and potential radioactive releases to the environment in an emergency.
| |
| 5.0 DETAILS NOTE All forms s ecified in Section 5.0 are rovided in IP-EP-115 .
| |
| * 5.1 Determine if there is a plant release above Federal limits based on the following table:
| |
| Release Point Rad Monitor Tech Spec Release Rate Set-ooint 1.3E+5 uCi/sec i Plant Vent R-27 (or 20 uCi/sec Iodine)
| |
| I Plant Vent R-44 (U2) / R-14 (U3) 4.0 E-3 uCi/cc*
| |
| P/S leak > 15 gpd and SG Safety or Main Steam Line Steam line activity> .01 Atmospheric Monitors uCi/cc with Atmospheric at Relief Valve 10% ooen or areater
| |
| ?
| |
| Hole in the VC R-25 / R-26 1 R/hr
| |
| * Note: Value based on Unit 3 Plant Vent design flow rate of 70,000 cfm (with 1 PAB fan in operation) aU'lld is more limiting than for
| |
| * 5.2 the comparable Unit 2 Plant Vent design flow rate
| |
| * Upon activation of the IPEC ERO and as the IPEC Plant Conditions require, perform dose assessment. When performing the Dose
| |
| | |
| IPEC NON-QUALITY RELATED IP-EP-310 Revision 17 EMERGENCY PLAN PROCEDURE IMPLEMENTING PROCEDURES REFERENCE USE Page ~ of Assessment function, use MIDAS (IP-EP-340) as the primary method.
| |
| If there is no access to a dose assessment software program, dose assessment is to be completed using Hand Calculations (Section 5.4).
| |
| 5.3 Necessary information to perform Dose Assessment is available using MRP-DAS {IP-EP-510).
| |
| 5.4 Hand calculations for dose assessment are to be performed if the necessary dose assessment software is not available. Perform hand calculations as follows:
| |
| NOTE:
| |
| IF a General Emergency has been declared, THEN use IP-EP-410 "Protective Action Recommendations" to determine what protective
| |
| ! action recommendations should be conveyed to the ED/RAC. Ensure the EPM in the TSC is made aware of any Protective Action Recommendations.
| |
| 5.4.1 Obtain the proper release rate calculation form {Form EP-17 for Unit 2 and Form EP-18 for Unit 3).
| |
| 5.4.2 Determine radioactive release concentration or rate (µCi/cc,
| |
| * µCi/sec, OR CPM) and enter onto the appropriate Release Rate calculation form (Form EP-17 for Unit 2 or Form EP-18 for Unit 3). Values determined from installed radiation monitors OR via a Chemistry sample may be entered directly into the Release Rate calculation form:
| |
| : a. IF a Chemistry sample is available, THEN use Attachment 9.7 to calculate the radioiodine release rate.
| |
| : b. IF the plant vent survey is to be used, THEN:
| |
| : 1. Follow guidance provided in Attachment 9.4, Accident Monitoring of Noble Gas Concentration in the Plant Vent.
| |
| : 2. Convert contact field reading on the plant vent to µCi/cc using conversion factor for appropriate time after shutdown, obtained from the appropriate Release Rate calculation form (form EP-17 for Unit 2 and Form EP-18 for Unit 3) .
| |
| . c. IF back-calculating the Noble Gas release rate (NGRR) from field readings, THEN use Form EP-19.
| |
| : d. IF using R-25 or R-26 to calculate the Noble Gas release rate (NGRR), THEN use Form EP-11.
| |
| !E back-calculating the release rate from airborne samples, e.
| |
| THEN refer to JP-EP-330, Airborne Sample Analysis, and Attachment 9.5.
| |
| _ __J
| |
| | |
| ~I
| |
| ~
| |
| iPEC NON*QUAUTY RELATED IP-EP-310 Revision 17 Enlergye
| |
| '@ EMERGENCY PLAN PROCEDURE IMPLEMENTING PROCEDURES REFERENCE USE Page §. of 22 5.4.3 If Noble Gas concentrations (µCi/cc) are entered in the Release Rate calculation form (Form EP-17 for Unit 2 or EP-18 for Unit 3), use the proper equation(s) on the appropriate section of the Release Rate calculation form to calculate the Noble Gas Release Rate (NGRR).
| |
| 5.4.4 Calculate the radioiodine release rate (Ci/sec) using the default equation (with the assumed NG/I ratio for the release point) on the appropriate Release Rate calculation form (Form EP-17 for Unit 2 and EP-18 for Unit 3).
| |
| JF a chemistry sample is available. THEN use Attachment 9.7 to:
| |
| : a. Calculate the radioiodine release rate, and
| |
| : b. Determine the sample-specific thyroid dose conversion factor.
| |
| 5.4.5 Obtain the appropriate Xµ/Qs from Attachment 9.1 or 9.2.
| |
| Record these values on the Manual Dose Assessment Worksheet (Form EP-13).
| |
| * 5.4.6 5.4.7 5.4.8 Obtain meteorological data in accordance with IP-EP-510 .
| |
| Enter the release rates (RR), wind speed (WS) AND appropriate constants on the Manual Dose Assessment Worksheet (Form EP-13).
| |
| Determine the TEDE (Whole Body} AND CDE-Thy dose rates at the site boundary, 2, 5, AND 10 mile distances. (Form EP-13)
| |
| NOTE 1 Use four (4) hours as the default release duration, unless information exists that clearly supports a different release duration.
| |
| 5.4.9 Determine exposure rates if desired, at other distances utilizing the Xµ/Q values from Attachment 9.2.
| |
| 5.4.10 Determine required Protective Action Recommendations (Procedure IP-EP-410, Attachment 9.1), IF the projected or actual doses at any offsite location exceed the following:
| |
| : a. 1 Rem Integrated Dose TEDE, or
| |
| : b. 5 Rem Integrated Dose COE-Thy THEN:
| |
| * e If in the CR, inform the Shift Manager (SM)/Emergency Director (ED).
| |
| | |
| ~
| |
| IPEC NON-QUALITY RELATED IP-EP-310 Revision 17 tJ'/,.:!,.."h)llergyf!;
| |
| EMERGENCY PLAN PROCEDURE IMPLEMENTING PROCEDURES REFERENCE Use Page 1 of 22
| |
| * If in the Emergency Operations Facility (EOF)/ Alternate Emergency Operations Facility (AEOF), inform the Radiological Assessment Coordinator.
| |
| 5.4.11 IF there is a radioactive release, THEN contact Chemistry /
| |
| Environmental Personnel as time permits to determine if it is above the Reportable Quantities set forth in 40 CFR302, Appendix B. If so, ensure the reportability requirements specified in IP-SMM-Ll-108 are met within 24 hours.
| |
| 5.4.12 1E there is a radioactive release to the environment above Federal limits (using the table in step 5.1 ), THEN complete Parts I & II of New York State Radiological Data Form (Forms EP-1 and EP-2) These forms can be filled in by hand or refer to procedure IP-EP-340, "Meteorological Information and Dose Assessment System" to have MIDAS automatically print out these forms.
| |
| 5.4.13 "New York State Radiological Emergency Data Form - Part II" (Form EP-2) SHALL be completed and transmitted:
| |
| * a. As soon as possible after it has been determined that a release above Federal limits exists.
| |
| : b. If there is a significant change in the radioactive release.
| |
| : c. With updates approximately every 30 minutes; time interval may be lengthened with concurrence of offsite agencies.
| |
| 5.4.14 IF electronic emailing and faxing using MIDAS is not operational, THEN process the NYS Radiological Emergency Data Form Parts I & U (Forms EP~1 and EP-2) as *'
| |
| follows:
| |
| : a. Receive form(s) from the Offsite Communicator, verifying that the form(s) are signed by thefEmergency Director (ED).
| |
| : b. Telecopy form(s) to NYS, Counties and JIC.
| |
| : c. Maintain Fax Report (printed from the fax machine) as record. *
| |
| : d. Make and distribute copies of the form to NRC, FEMA, State and County representatives in the EOF.
| |
| *e. Return original form and 2 copies to the Offsite Communicator.
| |
| | |
| taE
| |
| -=- nlergyf/!)
| |
| IPEC NON-QUALITY RELATED IP-EP-310 Revision 17 EMERGENCY PLAN PROCEDURE IMPLEMENTING PROCEDURES REFERENCE USE Page § of ~
| |
| * 5.4.15 To help visualize plume location, MIDAS plume data can be displayed directly from the MIDAS program or a MIDAS shape file can be exported to a Geographical Information System mapping software program in the EOF for display. Use IP-EP-410, Attachment 9.4 or the overlay book cover for manual plume visualization on the overlay table.
| |
| 5.5 In the EOF only:
| |
| 5.5.1 Calculate projected doses using MIDAS, or manual methods.
| |
| 5.5.2 If available, verify projected doses with actual field radiological data.
| |
| 5.5.3 At the earliest time when offsite radioiodine concentration is available, calculate the ratios of noble gas to iodine concentrations and corresponding dose rates using Attachment 9.6. Report the concentration ratio to the stakeholders on the Part II Form, Field Measurement Section.
| |
| : a. Obtain a closed window gamma reading in the plume (mrem/hr) .
| |
| : b. Obtain iodine concentration in the plume (uCi/cc).
| |
| : c. Convert gamma dose rate to noble gas concentration.
| |
| : d. Calculate the ratio of noble gas concentration to iodine concentration.
| |
| : e. Calculate the ratio of whole body dose rate to thyroid dose rate.
| |
| : 1. IF the dose rate ratio is about 0.2 or higher, THEN noble gas (whole body/TEDE) dose rates will be more limiting than iodine (COE-Thy) dose rates. Evaluate protective actions for possible changes.
| |
| : 2. IF the dose rate ratio is less than about 0.2, THEN iodine (CDE-Thy) dose rates will be more limiting than noble gas (whole body/TEDE) dose rates. Evaluate protective actions for possible changes.
| |
| 5.5.4 If offsite gamma dose rates are available, THEN verify release.
| |
| rates determined from plant data using the "IPEC Manual Dose Assessment Worksheet/Back-Calculating Release Rate from Field Data" (Form EP-19) .
| |
| 5.5.5 Review Site Perimeter surveys.
| |
| 5.5.6 Review Field Surveys.
| |
| | |
| IPEC NON-QUALITY RELATED IP-EP-310 Revision 17 E11lergyo; EMERGENCY PLAN PROCEDURE IMPLEMENTING PROCEDURES !REFERENCE USE Page i of 22 5;5.7 Review current and historical Reuter Stokes data, to determine if a release has occurred or is occurring. Attachment 9.3, "Reuter-Stokes Location Xµ/Q Values'' provides Xµ/Q values for comparison purposes.
| |
| 5.5.8 Exchange offsite monitoring and projected data with State and Counties.
| |
| 5.5.9 If required, estimate release rates utilizing High Range Vapor Containment radiation monitors R-25/26 (Form EP-11) .
| |
| | |
| A\
| |
| -=- hruiergy@
| |
| IPEC NON*QUALITV RELATED IP-EP-310 Revision 17 EMERGENCY PLAN PROCEDURE IMPLEMENTING PROCEDURES REFERENCE USE Page 10 of 22 6.0 INTERFACES 6.1 IP-EP-410, Protective Action Recommendations 6.2 IP-EP-340, Meteorological Information and Dose Assessment System (MIDAS) 6.3 IP-EP-510, Meteorological, Radiological & Plant Data Acquisition System 6.4 Westchester, Rockland, Putnam, Orange County Radiological Emergency Response Plans
| |
| * 6.5 2-CY-3940, Plant Vent Sampling During Accident Conditions 6.6 3-CY-3920, Sampling Containment Atmosphere and Plant Vent During Accident Conditions
| |
| : 6. 7 IP-SMM-U-108, Event Notification and Reporting 7.0 RECORDS
| |
| * Forms and reports completed during an actual emergency are permanent records.
| |
| 8.0 REQUIREMENTS AND COMMITMENT CROSS-REFERENCE IPEC Emergency Plan
| |
| ~.O ATTACHMENTS 9.1 Site Boundary Xµ/Q (m-2) by Pasquill Stability Category 9.2 Xµ/Q (m-2) Values for Other Distances 9.3 Reuter-Stokes Location Xµ/Q (m-2) Values 9.4 Accident Monitoring of Noble Gas Concentration in the Plant Vent 9.5 Determination of Noble Gas Release Rate - Discussion 9.6 Determination of Noble Gas to Iodine Concentration and Dose Rate Ratios from Field Monitoring Data 9.7 Use of Chemistry Sample to Determine Radioiodine Release Rate and Thyroid Dose Conversion Factor
| |
| | |
| ~ Enlergy.
| |
| IPEC EMERGENCY PLAN IMPLEMENTING NON-QUALITY RELATED PROCEDURE IP-EP-310 Revision 17 PROCEDURES REFERENCE Use Page 11 of 22 Attachment 9.1 Site Boundary Xp/Q (m"2) by Pasqum Stability Category Cross Valley (Wind Direction from 210° - 348° or Wind Speed> 4 mis)
| |
| Sheet 1 of 2 Sector Wind Distance Pasgum Categ_ories from {Meters}
| |
| A 8 C D E F G 1* 168.7° to 191.2° 2977 5.5 E-7 9.0 E-7 5.7 E-6 2.1 E-5 4.3 E-5 1.1 E-4 2.0 E-4 2* 191.2° to 213.7° 3234 5.2 E-7 1.0 E-6 5.0 E-6 1.9 E-5 3.9 E-5 9.6 E-5 1.8 E-4 3 213.7° to 236.2° 716 3.6 E-6 2.0 E-5 5.3 E-5 1.5 E-4 2.7 E-4 4.9 E-4 7.1 E-4 4 236.2D tO 258.7° 701 3.7 E-6 2.0 E-5 5.4 E-5 1.6 E-4 2.7 E-4 5.0 E-4
| |
| * 7.2 E-4 5 258. 7° to 2a1.2° 762 3.2 E-6 1.8 E-5 4.8 E-5 1.4 E-4 2.5 E-4 4.7 E-4 6.8 E-4 6 2a1.2° to 303.7° 625 4.7 E-6 2.5 E-5 6.4 E-5 1.8 E-4 3.1 E-4 5.5 E-4 7.9 E-4 7 303. 7° to 326.2° 610 4.9 E-6 2.6 E-5 6.6 E-5 1.9 E-4 3.2 E-4 5.6 E-4 8.0 E-4 8 326.2° to 348.7° 701 3.7 E-6 2.0 E-5 5.4 E-5 1.6 E-4 2.7 E-4 5.0 E-4 7.2 E-5 9 348. 7° to 11.2° 1006 2.1 E-6 1.0 E-5 3.2 E-5 9.9 E-5 1.8 E-4 3.6 E-4 5.4 E-4 10 11.2°to 33.7° 1006 2.1 E-6 1.0 E-5 3.2 E-5 9.9 E-5 1.8 E-4 3.6 E-4 5.4 E-4 11 33.7° to 56.2° 488 7.7 E-6 3.6 E-5 8.8 E-5 2.5 E-4 4.0 E-4 6.7 E-4 9.2 E-4 12* 56.2° to 78.7° 2349 6.6 E-7 1.5 E-6 8.3 E-6 3.0 E-5 6.0 E-5 1.4 E-4 2.6 E-4 13* 78. 7° to 101.2° 1802 8.1 E-7 3.2 E-6 1.3 E-5 4.3 E-5 8.5 E-5 1.9 E-4 3.3 E-4 14* 101.2° to 123.?0 1689 9.0 E-7 3.7 E-6 1.4 E-5 4.8 E-5 9.2 E-5 2.0 E-4 3.5 E-4 15* 123.7° to 146.2° 1432 1.2 E-6 5.1 E-6 1.9 E-5 6.1 E-5 1.2 E-4 2.4 E-4 4.0 E-4 16* 146.2° to 168.7° 1416 1.2 E-6 5.2 E-6 1.9 E-5 6.2 E-5 1.2 E-4 2.5 E-4 4.0 E-4
| |
| " Plume for these sectors goes over the waler before it touches public or private land. Site boundary in these cases is taken to be the landfall point at the sector center.
| |
| | |
| e-=- Entergy<& IPEC EMERGENCY PLAN IMPLEMENTING NON..QUALITY RELATED PROCEDURE IP-EP-310 Revision 17 PROCEDURES REFERENCE USE Page u of n Attachment 9.1 Sheet 2 of 2 Site Boundaay Xp/Q (m"2) by Pasqum Stability Category Up Valley Plumes (wind speed ~4 mis) Wind Direction from 102° - 209° (1)
| |
| Pasgum Categories A B C D E F G 5.2 E-7 1.0 E-6 5.0 E-6 1.9 E-5 3.9 E-5 9.6 E-5 1.8 E-4 Site Boundary Xp/Q (m"2) by Pasquill Stability Category Down Valley Plumes (wind speed ~4 mis) Wind Direction from 349° -101° (2)
| |
| Pasgum Categories A B C D E F G 3.7 E-6 1.0 E-5 3.2 E-5 9.9 E-5 1.8 E-4 3.6 E-4 5.4 E-4
| |
| {1) Plume centerline will always cross the site boundary at Sector 2. Therefore, the Sector 2 Xµ/Q values are used.
| |
| (2) Plume centerline will cross the site boundary at either Sector 8 {Pasquill Category A) or Sector 1O(for Pasquill Category B- G)
| |
| | |
| ~*
| |
| ~Enlergy0 IPEC EMERGENCY PLAN IMPLEMENTING NON-QUALITY RELATED PROCEDURE IP-EP-310 Revision 11 PROCEDURES REFERENCE Use Page 13 of 21 Attachment 9.2 2
| |
| Xµ/Q Values for other Distances (m" )
| |
| Sheet 1 of 1 Miles Distance Pasgum Categories (Meters}
| |
| A B C D E F G 1.0 1608 9.5 E-7 4:0 E-6 1.5 E-5 . 5.0 E-5 9.0 E-5 2.1 E-4 3.4 E-4 1.5 2412 6.3 E-7 2.1 E-6 1.1 E-5 2.0 E-5 5.4E-5 1.3 E-4 2.2 E-4 2.0 3216 5.2 E-1 8.3 E-7 5.0 E-6 1.9 E-5 3.9 E-5 9.6 E-5 1.8 E-4 2.5 4020 4.4 E-7 5.8 E-7 3.5 E-6 1.4 E-5 3.7 E-5 7.0 E-5 1.7 E-4 3.0 4624 3.6 E-7 5.0 E-7 2.8 E-6 1.0 E-5 2.2 E-5 5.7 E-5 1.3 E-4 3.5 5628 3.2 E-7 4.2 E-7 2.0 E-6 8.1 E-6 1.8 E-5 4.7 E-5 1.1 E-4 4.0 6432 2.8 E-7 3.7 E-7 1.6 E-6 6.8 E-6 1.5 E-5 4.0 E-5 9.4 E-5 4.5 7236 2.6 E-7 3.5 E-7 1.4 E-6 5.8 E-6 1.3 E-5 3.5 E-5 7.3 E-5 5.0 8040 2.4 E-7 3.2 E-7 1.2 E-6 5.1 E-6 1.1 E-6 3.1 E-5 6.7 E-5 5.5 8844 2.1 E-7 3.1 E-7 9.9 E-7 4.4 E-6 1.0 E-5 2.8 E-5 5.9 E-5 6.0 9648 2.0 E-7 2.7 E-7 8.3 E-7 3.8 E-6 9.1 E-6 2.5 E-5 5.4 E-5 6.5 10452 1.9 E-7 2.5 E-7 7.5 E-7 3.5 E-6 8.2 E-6 2.3 E-5 5.0 E-5 7.0 11256 1.8 E-7 2.4 E-7 6.7 E-7 3.2 E-6 7.5 E-6 2.1 E-5 4.7 E-5 7.5 12060 1.7 E-7 2.3 E-7 6.1 E-7 3.0 E-6 6.9 E-6 1.9 E-6 4.3 E-5 8.0 12864 1.6 E-7 2.2 E-7 5.5E-7 2.7E-6 6.3 E-6 1.8 E-5 4.1 E-5 8.5 13668 1.5 E-7 2.1 E-7 5.0E-7 2.5 E-6 5.8 E-6 1.7 E-5 3.8 E-5 9.0 14472 1.5 E-7 2.0 E-7 4.6E-7 2.3 E-6 5.5 E-6 1.6 E-5 3.6 E-5 9.5 15276 1.4 E-7 1.9 E-7 4.2 E-7 2.1 E-6 5.4 E-6 1.5 E-5 3.4 E-5 10.0 16080 1.4 E-7 1.8 E-7 4.0 E-7 2.1 E-6 *5.3 E-6 1.5 E-5 3.4 E-5
| |
| | |
| IPECSITE NON-QUALITY !RELATED RP-EP-310 Revision 17 EMERGENCY PLAN PROCEDURE IMPLEMENTING PROCEDURE REFERENCE IJSE Of 22 Attachment 9.3 2
| |
| Reuter.Stokes location XJJ/Q Vah.1es (m* )
| |
| Sheet 1 of 1 Stability Cfass
| |
| **-* - - - - - * -*-**--r Sedor Monitor A B C D E F G Distance (m) i *4.0E-5 9.SE-5 1.8E-4 1 3226 5.3E-7 8.4E-7 5.lE-6 l.9E-5 2 3379 5.2E-7 8.3E-7 5.0E-6 I.8E-5 3.9E-5 9.7E-5 1.7E-4 3 2574 6.3E-7 l.2E-6 7.3E-6 2.6E-5 5.3E-5 l.2E-4 2.4E-4 4 1448 l.2E-6 4.6E-6 1.8E-5 6.JE-5 l.lE-4 2.4E-4 3.9E-4 5 1287 1.4E-6 6.4E-6 2.3E-5 7.3E-5 l.4E-4 2.8E-4 4.4E-4 6 643 4.3E-6 2.2E-5 6.0E-5 1.8E-4 3.0E-4 5.SE-4 7.7E-4 7 643 4.3E-6 2.2E-5 6.0E-5 1.8E-4 3.0E-4 5.SE-4 7.7E-4 8 804 2.9E-6 1.7E-5 4.SE-5 1.3E-4 2.4E-4 4.SE-4 6.6E-4 9 1126 l.8E-6 8.5E-6 2.6E-5 8.lE-5 l.5E-4 3.2E-4 4.9E-4 10 1287 l.4E-6 6.4E-6 2.3E-5 7.3E-5 l.4E-4 2.8E-4 4.4E-4 11 1287 1.4E-6 6.4E-6 2.3E-5 7.3E-5 1.4E-4 2.8E-4 4.4E-4 12 2494 6.4E-7 l.3E-6 7.SE-6 2.7E-5 5.6E-5 1.2E-4 2.4E-4 13 1870 8.0E-7 2.7E-6 1.2E-5 4.2E-5 8.IE-5 1.8E-4 3.2E-4 14, 1870 8.0E-7 2.7E-6 1.2E-5 4.2E-5 8.lE-5 l.8E-4 3.2E-4 15 1648 9.4E-7 3.9E-6 1.SE-5 5.0E-5 9.7E-5 2.lE-4 3.6E-4 16 1770 8.4E-7 I 3.3E-6 1.3E-5 4.5E-5 8.8E-5 1.9E-4 3.4E-4
| |
| | |
| a IPECSITE NON-QUALllY RELATED IP-EP-310 Revision 11
| |
| ~Entergy&
| |
| EMERGENCY PLAN PROCEDURE IMPLEMENTING PROCEDURE REFERENCE USE Page 15 Of 22 Attachment 9.4 Accident Monitoring of Noble Gas Concentrations in the Piarnt Vent Sheet 1 of 2 NOTE
| |
| : 1. The Operations Support Center (OSC) Rad/Chem Coordinator will determine which reading to obtain first; plant vent or back-up plant vent monitoring.
| |
| : 2. Locations and equipment may be different from Unit 2 or Unit 3 Radiation readings may be obtained on the plant vent by the following:
| |
| : a. Follow the provisions used by the OSC to plan and track team assignments.
| |
| : b. Use a telescoping radiation monitoring instrument (e.g. teletector or equivalent) to perform this function.
| |
| : c. As requested by OSC Rad/Chem Coordinator or Control Room (CR),
| |
| REPORT radiation levels .
| |
| * d.
| |
| e.
| |
| f.
| |
| Proceed to the Containment Airlock area.
| |
| Using the fan-building wall for shielding, obtain radiation readings by Vapor Containment purge and exhaust ducts.
| |
| CAUTION
| |
| * The door leading out to the plant vent area may lock when closed. To prevent being trapped in the plant vent area, BLOCK OPEN THE DOOR prior to going to the plant vent area.
| |
| : g. Proceed through the door to the plant vent area.
| |
| h; Obtain radiation readings at the following locations:
| |
| : i. 6 feet from the plant vent 10 feet above the floor.
| |
| : j. Contact with the plant vent 10 feet above the floor.
| |
| : k. Notify the OSC o~ CR that radiation readings have been obtained and follow instructions as directed .
| |
| | |
| aa.
| |
| IPEC SITE NON-QUALITY RELATED np;.1::p.310 Revision 17
| |
| ~Enle,gy&
| |
| EMERGENCY PLAN PROCEDURE IMPU:MENTING PROCEDURE REFERENCE USE Page 16 Of 22 Attachment 9.4 Accident Monitoring of Noble Gas Concentrations in the Plant Vent Sheet 2 of 2 Backup plant vent monitoring readings may be obtained by the following:
| |
| : a. Request a team be dispatched to obtain and analyze Plant Vent Sample.
| |
| : b. IF a sample from the plant vent is required from Unit 2 THEN follow chemistry procedure 2-CY-3940 "Plant Vent Sampling During Accident Conditions"
| |
| : c. IF a sample from the plant vent is required from Unit 3 THEN follow Chemistry procedure 3-CY-3920 "Sampling Containment Atmosphere and Plant Vent During Accident Conditions"
| |
| : d. Report the results to the OSC or CR and FOLLOW INSTRUCTIONS as directed .
| |
| | |
| ~
| |
| IPECSITE NON-QUALITY RELATED IP-EP-310 Revision 17
| |
| ~Entergy EMERGENCY PLAN PROCEDURE IMPLEMENTING PROCEDURE REFERENCE USE Page 17 Of 22 Attachment 9.5 Determination of Noble Gas Release Rate - Discl!lssion Sheet 1 of 2 The following instrumentation/methodology can be used to determine the noble gas release rate.
| |
| * Plant vent monitor-low range (Direct Readout) 0 Plant vent monitor-high range (Direct Readout)
| |
| * Plant vent survey-hand held instrument or remote readout
| |
| @ Isotopic analysis of sample taken from release point e Condenser air ejector monitor (Direct Readout).
| |
| s Main steam line monitors.
| |
| * Back-calculating a release rate based on actual field radiological data.
| |
| e Containment radiation monitors R-25 and R-26 to measure the source term within containment and to estimate potential releases from containment.
| |
| * Potential exposure to the population if a future release of the existing containment source term occurs, utilizing the following information:
| |
| : 1. Containment pressure relief line contains three isolation valves (one in containment and two outside).
| |
| : 2. Containment purge system contains two isolation valves on the Inlet Duct (one in containment and one outside).
| |
| : 3. Containment purge system contains two isolation valves on the Exhaust Duct (one in containment and one outside).
| |
| : 4. Weld Channel (WC) and Isolation Valve Seal Water System (IVSWS) are pressurized to ensure that during accident conditions, a pressure build up to AT LEAST 50 psi in containment would NOT cause a leak of radioactive material to the environment as long as the isolation valves remained in the closed position .
| |
| | |
| IPECSm: NON-QUALITY RELATED IP-EP-310 Revision 17 EMERGENCY PLAN PROCEDURE IMPLEMENTING PROCEDURE Page j! Of Attachment 9.5 Determination of Noble Gas Release Rate - Discussion Sheet 2 of 2
| |
| : 5. WITHOUT WC AND IVSWS, BUT with isolation valves closed, the containment leak rate is expected to be LESS THAN 0.1 % of the containment volume per day (Tech Spec) WITH a pressure buildup to 50 psi inside containment At lower pressures the leak rate would be smaller, approaching zero as the pressure differential approaches zero.
| |
| : 6. Containment Volume= 2.6 x 10 6
| |
| ft.3 = 7.4x 1010 cc
| |
| : 7. For Post-Steam Generator Tube Rupture (SGTR) cool-down using blow-down situations, the determination of the gaseous release rate from the blowdown flash tank SHALL be accomplished by determining the noble gas concentration in the faulted SG blowdown (Chem sample µCi/cc) AND the blowdown rate (GPM).
| |
| : 8. Complete Form EP-32, Determination of Radioactive Airbome Concentrations by using the following general formula when applying Airborne Sample Data to
| |
| * determine concentration or release rate. This is for a 10 cubic foot sample.
| |
| : a. NG Release Concentration, µCi/cc =
| |
| mR/hr in field DCF, mR/hr per µCi/cc b . NG Release Rate, Ci/sec =
| |
| 3 Concentration(Ci/m )
| |
| * Wind Speed (m/sec)
| |
| Xµ/Q (m- 2) 3 Note That µCi/cc = Ci/m
| |
| | |
| IPECSITE NON-QUALITY RELATED Revision 17
| |
| - Entergy~
| |
| EMERGENCY PLAN PROCEDURE IMPLEMENTIIIIG .
| |
| PROCEDURE REFERENCE Use Of 22 Attachment 9.6
| |
| !Determination of Noble Gas to Iodine Concentration and Dose Rate Ratios from field Monitoring Data Sheet 1 of 2 Part 1 - Flow Chart- Gamma Dose Rates, and NG and Bodine Air Sample Concentrations Obtain Gamma Reading ata = mremlhr location in the (G) (Time after Shutdown, Hrs) plume (mrem/hr)
| |
| NGDCF Determine Noble
| |
| = (G) mremlhr I DCF (mremlhr per ucilcc)
| |
| Gas Activity I
| |
| (uCi/cc) = uCilcc (NG Cone.)
| |
| Obtain Iodine Sample at same location as
| |
| = [ _ I _ _, _ . _ _ _ !_ _ , j x, 4.6 E-9 I/ j 10 cu ft gamma reading the plume
| |
| = [ I (cpm) - Bkg (cpm) J x 4.6 E-9 I Sample Vol (ff) "'
| |
| = uCilcc (I Cone.)
| |
| * Equation based on frisker efficiency (of about 0.0034 cpm/dpm) and the conversions of dpm to uCi and cu. fl. to cc.
| |
| NOBLE GAS DOSI; CONVERSIOH FACTORS K1 Whole Body at Time After Shutdown for NO!m!: Gas ~
| |
| Time after stiutdown Noble Gas OCf Time airer sh~ Noble Gas OCF (houm, (mRemlhr per pCilcc) (hoorn) mRemlhr per µCi/cc) 0-1.5 HOt.t!1 4.7E+5 4.5-6.5Hwm 1.7E+5 1.5-25 Hours 2.8E+5 6.5 -12.5 Hoor3 1.2E+5 2.5-3.5 .Hoofs 2.3E+5 >1l5tb.n 5.BE+4 3.5-4.5 Hours 20E+S
| |
| | |
| IPECSITE NON-QUALITY RELATED IP-EP-310 Revision 17 EMERGENCY PLAN PROCEDURE IMPLEMENTING PROCEDURE REFERENCE USE Page ~
| |
| Attachment 9.6 Determination of Noble Gas to Iodine Concentration and Dose Rate Ratios from
| |
| * Field Monitoring Data Sheet 2 of 2 Part 2 - Flow Chart - Ratio Determinations Concentration Dose Conversion Dose Rate (uCi/cc) Factor (mrem/hr (mrem/hour) r ruiCilcc
| |
| * Noble Gas (Whole Body) iodines* 8.0 E+S (COE-Thy)
| |
| Ratio NG/ Iodine (Whole Body/ CDE-Thy)
| |
| NIA 2.
| |
| * Note: if time is > 24 hr, then use an iodine dose conversion factor of 2.6 E+9.
| |
| (1) NG / Iodine Concentration Ratio:
| |
| Use NG/I concentration ratio for future release rates for dose projection calculations.
| |
| (2) Dose Rate Ratio:
| |
| * IF the dose rate ratio is about 0.2 or higher, THEN noble gas (whole bodyfrEDE) dose rates will be more limiting than iodine (COE-Thy) dose rates. (i.e., Whole Body/TEDE will reach PAG limit before iodine/ COE-Thy) ..
| |
| * IF the dose rate ratio is less than about 0.2, THEN iodine (COE-Thy) dose rates will be more limiting than noble gas (whole bodyfrEDE) dose rates. (i.e., COE-Thy dose will reach PAG limit before Whole Body/TEDE).
| |
| Note: The above calculation is for one location at one time a few hours after plant shutdown. If
| |
| * practical, 3 or more such determinations of NG/I ratios from multiple locations should be performed.
| |
| \.
| |
| | |
| IPECSrre NON-QUALlrf RELATED !P-EP-310 Revision 17 EMERGENCY PLAN* PROCEDURE IMPLEMENTING PROCEDURE REFERENCE USE Of 22 Attachment 9. 7 Use of Chemistry Sample to Determine Radioiodine Release Rate and Thyroid Dose Conversion Factor Sheet 1 of 2 Part 1 - Determine Radioiodine Release Rate Based on Chem. Sample Multiply [iodine uCi/cc] x [volume or mass release rate] x [constant]= iodine Ci/sec For plant vent or air ejector:
| |
| uCi/cc iodine Cfm Constant (1) iodine Ci/sec 4.70E-04 For main steam line release uCi/cc iodine : lbm/hr Constant {2) Iodine Ci/sec
| |
| * i I
| |
| For steam generator blow down release 3.2 E-6 uCJ/cc iodine* GDm I Constant (3) Iodine Ci/sec
| |
| * ~,,,_A_"'="~
| |
| 6.30E-05 (1) constant converts uCi/cc x cfm to Ci/sec, using Ci/uCi, cc/cu ft, and min/sec (2) constant converts uCi/cc x lbm/hr to Cf/sec, using Ci/uCi, expected steam density, and hr/sec (3} constant converts uCi/cc x gpm to Ci/sec, using Ci/uCi, cc/gal, and min/sec
| |
| | |
| IPECSITE NON-QUALITY RELATED IP-EP-310 Revision 17 EMERGENCY PLAN PROCEDURE IMPLEMENTING PROCEDURE REFERENCE Use Of 22 Attachment 9. 7 Use of Chemistry Sample to Determine Radioiodine Release Rate and Thyroid Dose Conversion Factor Sheet2 of2 Determination of Iodine Dose Factor Based on Chem. Sample Sample Date Sample Time i,
| |
| .,!;,**. .,..'.i:~:J'<;'/',s;/ .*** * .,'* *. ,,,;<*
| |
| **'** \. ***...* ',, **.. :;,; ;,>.*** * .:.;fCc,h*.*. ::<:..:
| |
| *i:'.{';;;.;,~y(, <'\ *? .f,risf".. '.\'!
| |
| Sample Description and Unit of Measurement (e.g.,
| |
| anCi/cc)
| |
| *.* '\'to*,,,< ......, ,,:,, , /,'' ,,*,c-,: ,,.:,.
| |
| ""': //*;;.; ,''''.':'
| |
| '*.. )'.{,1111'1'. .. }tt *, ./- ,: /,, > _.
| |
| .*,. :, , *.*"''';S'J.,"; '.,,, ''
| |
| Col.1 Col.2 Col.3 Col. 4 = CoJ 2 x 3 Thyroid Dose Concentration of Weighted Iodine lsoto[l)es Conv. Factor !K2) iodine lsotol!'.'les Conversion Factor i
| |
| 1-131 2.60E+09 1-132 1.50E+07 1-133 4.40E+08 1-134 2.60E+06 1-135 7.60E+07 Total N/A
| |
| * Wtd, K2 = sum of K2 = mrad/hr per uCi/cc Iodine (mrad Col. 4 divided by COE-Thy per hour breathed) sum of Col. 3 L_
| |
| * ATTACHMENT 9.1 SHEET1 OF2 Procedure/Document Number: IP-EP-260 Equipment/Facility/Other: Indian Point Energy Center (IPEC}
| |
| I Revision: 9 10 CFR 50.54(<2)(2} REVIEW
| |
| | |
| ==Title:==
| |
| Joint Information Center Part I. Description of Activity Being Reviewed (event or action, or series of actions that have the potential to affect the emergency plan or have the potential to affect the implementation of the emergency plan):
| |
| Change 1, 2, 3, and 4: Editorial - Updated Table of contents and Attachment section to include attachment added. Updated the interface section to include the fleet procedures and fixed typo in the org chart.
| |
| Change 5: added an attachment for the Public Information Liaison. This is to support the deletion of IP-EP-250 and will ensure the information .from EOF to the JIC is maintained.
| |
| Part ii. Emergency Plan Sections Reviewed (List all emergency plan sections that were reviewed for this activity by number and title. IF THE ACTIVITY IN ITS ENTIRETY IS AN EMERGENCY PLAN CHANGE, EAL CHANGE OR EAL BASIS CHANGE, ENTER THE SCREENING PROCESS. NO 10 CFR 50.54(q)(2) DOCUMENTATION IS REQUIRED.
| |
| ,Section A: Assignments of Responsibility ,,
| |
| Section B: Station Emergency Response Organization Section G: Public Education and Information
| |
| * Section H: Emergency Facllltles and Equipment Part m. Ablllty to Maintain the Emergency Plan (Answer the following questions related to Impact on the ability to maintain the emergency plan): *
| |
| : 1. Do an.}'._ elements of the activity change inronnation contained in the emergency plan (procedure section 3.0(6])?
| |
| YES D NO l8l IF YES, enter screening process for that element
| |
| : 2. Do any elements of the activity change an emergency classification Initiating Condition, Emergency Action Level (EAL), associated EAL note or associated EAL basis infonnation or their underlying calculations or assumptlons?
| |
| YES D NO 181 IF YES, enter screening process for that element
| |
| : 3. Do any elements of the activity change the process or capability for alerting and notifying the public as described In the FEMA-approved Alert and Notification System design report?
| |
| YES O NO l8l IF YES, enter screening process for that element *
| |
| : 4. Do Bf!t elements of the activity change the Evacuation Time EsUmate results or documentation?
| |
| YES U NO 181 If YES, enter screening process for that element
| |
| : 5. Do af!telements of the activity change Ifie Onshift Staffing Analysis results or documentation?
| |
| YES U NO 181 IF YES, enter screenln~ process for that element
| |
| * EN-EP-305 REV 5
| |
| * ATTACHMENT 9.1 REVB!:W 10CFR Part IV. Maintaining the Em<:trge11cy Plan CcncSusion The quaslions In Part Ii do not represent the sum lo<<a! or all condiilons that may eciuse a change to or Impact the abllliY to malnlain Che emergency plan. Originator and mviewer signab.ares In Part IV document that a review of all elements of the proposed change have been considered for their impact on tae abilily to mialntaln the amerge!'ICy plan and their potenlla! Io change the emergency plan.
| |
| : 1. Provide a brief com::lusion lhat describes how Llie condilions as described In lie emergency plan are maintained wilh this activity.
| |
| : 2. Check the box below when the 10 CFR 50.54(q)(2) review completes ell actions for all elements or the acUvity- no 10 CFR 50.54(q){3) screening or evah.1aUon Is raquirad for any .element. .O!he!Wise, leave the d1ecld.>OK blank.
| |
| 1811 have completed a review or this activity In accordance with 10 CFR 50.54(q)(2) and determined that lha effectiveness of the emergency plan Is maintained. This activity does not make any changes to the emergency plan.
| |
| No further actk.lns are required to i!icreen or avah.ieta this m:Uvity under 10 CFR 50.S4(q)(3).
| |
| Proposed changes 1, 2, 3 and 4 are editorlal. Chtmge 1 updat@d table of contents. Change 2 Updl1ti!d the interface with the correct fleet procedures, change 3 added the new 1ttachm~m to the att1chmiemt seictim1, ctu1miga 4 fixed a typo in this) org chart.. Th12se changes do not charnga the intent of the procedure.
| |
| Propo$~d chiiu1ge 5 added th::i Ptt.1blic lnformaih::m lhilso11 checldist fro this procdw-e to support the deletion of BP..EP~250. This wm ensure the information fmm the EOf es provided to the Joint Information Center. The rre1ponsibility of the Pll has not been changed or modified. Th.ls chi!nge does not change the intent of th priocediJre.
| |
| A review of this ..u::tivity in accordance wm, 10 CfR 50.54(q)(2) has lbiaen complel'td and ss determined that the effectiveness of the emergency plan maintained. This activity does not maike any changes to the iPEC Emsrgeney Plan. No further actions t1Bre required to screen or evahJata this activity under 10 CfR 50.54(q)(3).
| |
| Preparer Name (Print) Preparer Signature
| |
| ~~
| |
| Rebecca A. Martln SR. EP Project M1:mager (Optional) Reviewer Name (Print) Reviewsr Signature Date:
| |
| Reviewer Name (Print}
| |
| ilmolhy F. Garvey Nuclear EP Pm}ecl Manager Appmvar Name (Print) frank J. Mltehell Manager, Emergency Planning or designee
| |
| | |
| IPEC NON°QUALITY RELATED EMERGENCY PLAN IP-EP-AD2 Revision 10 PROCEDURE
| |
| ~Entergy ADMINISTRATIVE PROCEDURES REFERENCE Use Page 1 of 1 Attachment 9.1 Emergency Planning Document Change Checklist Form (All sections must be completed, N/A or place a check on the line where applicable}
| |
| Section 1 Doc/Procedure Type:
| |
| AdministrativeD lmplementino 1Z1 EPLAN D N/AO Doc/Procedure No: IP-EP-260 Doc/Procedure
| |
| | |
| ==Title:==
| |
| Joint Information Center Corrective Action: YesLJ No~ N/AD CR#:
| |
| Section 2
| |
| * Change Description
| |
| : 1. Ensure the fallowing are completed, or are not applicable and are so marked:
| |
| : a. 50.54q
| |
| : b. EN-FAP-OM-023
| |
| : c. IP-SMM-AD-102
| |
| : d. OSRC 18.l l8J
| |
| !8J O
| |
| NIA D N/A 0 NIA 0 N/A 18J
| |
| : 2. Transmittals are completed: D NIA O Date:_ _
| |
| : 3. Ensure the proper revision is active in Merlin: D N/A D
| |
| : 4. Approved doc/procedure delivered to Doc. Control for distribution: D NIA D Date:
| |
| : 5. Position Binders updated: D NIA D Date: _ _
| |
| : 6. Copy of EPDCC placed in EP file: 0 N/A O Date: _ _
| |
| : 7. Supporting documentation is submitted as a general record in MERLIN: D NIA D Date:.--*
| |
| : 8. Word files are moved from working drafts folder to current revision folder in the EP drive:
| |
| D N/A D Date: _ _
| |
| Sheet 1 of 1
| |
| | |
| &PEC IMPLEMENTING PROCEDURE IP-SMM-AD-102 Rev: 15
| |
| * PREPARATION, REVIEW, AND APPROVAL ATrACHMENT 10.2 Procedure
| |
| | |
| ==Title:==
| |
| Procedure No.
| |
| Joint Information Center IP-EP-260 Existing Rev: 8 New Rev: 9 DRN/ECNo:
| |
| Page 35 of 43 IPEC PROCEDURE REVIEW AND APPROVAL
| |
| *".'1,1:;;:,,~W;;;:;},c-.,,,=,!-.._,,,,_==--=----=-~~:::-.::..,*4,- - - - - - - - - - - ~ - ~ - - -
| |
| ORN-17-02025 Etolfedure ActMtl;! D Converted To IPEC, Replaces: Tem2orar~ Procech.ma Change (MARK Applicable) (MARK Appl!cable)
| |
| D NEW PROCEDURE Unit 1 Procedure No. EDITORIAL Temporary Procedure Change D
| |
| IEi GENERAL REVISION D ADVANCE Temporary Procedure Change D PARTIAL REVISION 0 EDITORIAL REVISION Unit 2 Procedure No: D CONDITIONAL Temporary Procedure Change D VOID PROCEDURE Terminating Condition:
| |
| D SUPERSEDED Unit 3 Procedure No:
| |
| D RAPID REVISION Revision Summary Document in Microsoft Word:
| |
| f.EI Yes 0 No To VOID DRNfrPC No(s):
| |
| Added EOF PIL Attachment to support deletion of IP-EP-250 and fixed typos.
| |
| Implementation Requirements Implementation Plan? D Yes ffil No Formal Training? D Yes ffilNo Special Handling? 0 Yes ffilNo APO Dept: Emergency Planniog Writer: (Print Name/Ext/Sign): Rebecca A. Marlin / x7106 /
| |
| Review and Approval (Per Attachment 10.1, IPEC Review And Approval Require t )
| |
| : 1. IEi Technical Reviewer: Mary Ann Wilson /
| |
| _ __:__ _ _ _ _-1.._u.i;..o.~~>c,,A,~~~~"-4'~.!::l-!-4-_-A-w:::;;,H--L-!-..JI.....II...---
| |
| : 2. 0 Cross-Disciplinary Reviewers:
| |
| Dept: Reviewer:
| |
| Print Name/ Signature/ Date)
| |
| Dept: Reviewer:
| |
| :;i'}N~gnature/ Date)
| |
| : 3. IEi RPO- Responsibilities/Checklist: Frank J. Mitchell/ ,;ti/~ ;~7/1 (Print Name/ Signature/ Date)
| |
| D PAO required and is complele (PAD Approver and Reviewer qualifications have been verified)
| |
| IE Previous exclusion from further U*100 Review is still valid D PAD not required due to type of change as delinad in 4.6
| |
| : 4. D Non-Intent Determination Complete:
| |
| (Print Name/ Signature/ Date)
| |
| NO change of purpose or scope NO change to less restrictive acceptance criteria NO reduction in the level of nuclear safety NO change to steps previously identified as commitment steps NO voiding or canceling of a procedure, unless NO deviation from the Quality Assurance Program Manual requirements are incorporated into another procedure NO change that may. result in deviations from Technical or the need for lhe procedure was eliminated Specifications, FSAR, plant design requirements,
| |
| : 5. D On-Shift Shift Manager/CR$:
| |
| (Print Name/ Signature/ Date)
| |
| : 6. D User Validation: User: Validator:
| |
| : 7. D Special Handling Requirements Understood:
| |
| (Print Name/ Signature/ Date}
| |
| | |
| Revision Matrix IP.. EP-260 Joint Information Center Rev 9 Number location Existing Condition Proposed Editorial Impact on 50.47 planning Ccmdition Change? Std.?
| |
| : 1. None Added Attachment 9.18 Public Yes No - This attachment was Information liaison Checklist added due to the deletion of Page2 IP-EP-250. This change does not change the intent of the procedure.
| |
| : 2. IP-EP-250, Emergency Operations Facility EN-EP-609, Emergency Operations Yes No - change in procedure Facility number due to deletion of IP*
| |
| Page 12 EP-250 and IP-EP-610. This IP-EP-610, Termination and Recovery EN-EP-613, Recovery from a change does not change the Declared Emergency intent of the procedure.
| |
| 3.
| |
| Page 13 None Added Attachment 9.18 Public Yes See #1 above.
| |
| Information Liaison Checklist
| |
| : 4. Line attached Company Spokesperson to Line attached Company Yes No - fixed reporting error.
| |
| Emergency Director Spokesperson to JIC Manager This change does not Page70 change the intent of the orocedure.
| |
| : 5. None Added Attachment 9.18 Public No No - This attachment was Information liaison Checklist with added due to the deletion of Page72 & 73 responsibilities IP-EP-250. This change does not change the intent of the procedure.
| |
| | |
| I
| |
| /
| |
| IPEC NON-QUALITY RELATED
| |
| ."... Entergy IP-EP-260 Revision9 EMERGENCY PLAN PROCEDURE IMPLEMENTING PROCEDURES REFERENCE Use Page 1 of 73 CONTROLLED Joint Information Center Prepared by: Rebecca A. Martin Print Name Mo;dwr Signature l~~l11,
| |
| * Approval: Frank J. Mitchel!
| |
| Print Name Signature
| |
| /;;
| |
| Effective Date: January 24, 2018 procedure e1<ciuded further U-'!00 review
| |
| --~----------*'"*'*'******-*****~~.............-..................-..., *--*.*-**----------
| |
| \
| |
| ENN-IP-EP-260 (JIC) R9.doc
| |
| | |
| IPEC NON-QUALITY RELATED IP-EP-260
| |
| -::::=- Entergy EMERGENCY PLAN PROCEDURE Revision 9 IMPLEMENTING PROCEDURES REFERENCE Use Page 2 of 73 Table Qf Contents Section Page 1.0 PURPOSE AND BAC.KGROUND INFORMATION ....................................................."' .............. 3
| |
| | |
| ==2.0 REFERENCES==
| |
| .**;...........................................................................................................................*4
| |
| :3,$,.0 DEf lNlTl ONS *~'""'~ . I<*,:.,~* .. *~-~,.~,...................... **"*" ......,...;"'""~_,,... .,,....... "'""'-Ii~¥ ........ --,.,.~~,.~:,::,.,..~ .. ,. ... *I' ~t"l ld'i*!t ii ~
| |
| i'-t;t"'", ..... , "'~ )-*~"' ~,,*~,. ........... ..... ,.".,~,.*"'""'""~ .. *"">I-* ... 4 4.0 RESPONS1Bl!TIES .~...................,.* ;............................................................................................. 5 5.0 DETAILS (PR*OCESS OVERVIEW) .; .............,............................................................................... 8.
| |
| 6.0 INTERFACES .....;.......................................................;..,.............._... ~........................................... 12 8,0 REQUIREMENTS AND COMMtTMENT$ .. ~.................................,........................ ,.,<< ................ 12 9,0 ATTACHMENTS ...... .,., ...... : ......................................................................................, ...,13 9.1; Pre.ss R~ease Writer Checldtst ................,; *.. ;....................................................................... 14 9.2; JiC_ Manager Checklist ................,..........................:******"'"""-''''''"-''""''"***...;.......................... 22.
| |
| 9.3: Company Spokesperson Checklist. ................................................................, .............:******** 28 9.4: 'Technical Advlsor Checldfst ... ,...........................................,. ..........................,*.,_ *., ................ 33 9.5: Radiological AdvlsorChecklist ........................................................................,;,,................. 37 ..
| |
| **
| |
| * 9.6: Admln & Logrstics Coordinator Checldlst .....;,,.,, ................, .............,.......................,..,,,,,....
| |
| * 9.7: Media Liaison Checklist ... ,. .......................................;.,.,,,,.,,;..i,: ............................................. 43 9.,8: Audio Visual Coordinator Checldlst ,.......................;;., ..., ..............;...* ;..;'"'."'''""""'"""'"';........ 46 9.9; Audio Visual Graphics Support Checklist .......................................;...................... "".'""*.... ;.* 49 9.10: Media Monitoring Checklist. .......................................................,........................................ 53 9.11: Documenter Checklist ......................................., ...,..........................................." .............. 55 9.12: Support,Staff Cnecldist .......................................................,~ .....,...........................,. ........... 58 9.13: IT Speciallst Checktist .........................................................................,............................... 61 9.14: Inquiry Response Coordinator C'*1cldist,,,..... :........................ .,............................,,; .. ,...... 63 S.15: JJC Driving Dkec!Jons and Floor Plans ..................... :.................................,, ..................... 66 9.16: JIG Organlzation Chart .......................,,.....................,. ........................................_............... 70*
| |
| 9.11: !PEC JfC ERO Stafflnf:J ....................................................................,...~.............................. 71' 9.18: Public Information liaison Checklist. ............... ,,," ..... ., .......................... ,.................72
| |
| | |
| IPEC NON-QUAUTV RELATED
| |
| ~Entergy IP-EP-260 Revision 9 EMERGENCY PLAN PROCEDURE IMPLEMENTING PROCEDURES REFERENCE USE Page 3 of 73 Joint Information Center (JIC) 1.0 PURPOSE AND BACKGROUND INFORMATION 1.1 This procedure establishes the framework for timely, coordinated and accurate release of protective and response information to the public and the media during an event at Indian Point Energy Center (IPEC). This procedure describes the Joint Information Center (JIC) concept being used, including the facility where the JIC is housed and the supporting processes which will allow remote participation and coordination among necessary entities.
| |
| 1.2 The JIC is located within the State-run Hudson Valley Transportation Management Center (HVTMC) at 200 Bradhurst Avenue in Hawthorne, NY 10532. Directions to the HVTMC and JIC Floor Plans are attachments to this procedure.
| |
| 1.3 The purpose of the JIC is to act as the official distribution point for the coordinated release of information from the four counties of Westchester, Rockland, Putnam and Orange, the State of New York, and Entergy's Indian Point Energy Center. The JIC is staffed and operated to:
| |
| o Provide information to the media, through briefings or written statements on plant conditions and on emergency response actions being taken to protect the public.
| |
| Ensure that the public receives credible, accurate and timely information, and to identify and correct rumors or misinformation through coordinated pubic inquiry functions, as well as via coordinated media referral and media monitoring response operations.
| |
| Support further distribution of Emergency Alert System (EAS) emergency advisories to the public in the 10-mile Emergency Planning Zone (EPZ}.
| |
| 1.4 The JIC supports the emergency response plans of Entergy, the New York State and Westchester, Putnam, Rockland and Orange County organizations related to an IPEC event, as well as the response plans of the US Nuclear Regulatory Commission (NRC) and the Federal Emergency Management Agency (FEMA).
| |
| 1.5 This procedure defines how Entergy will coordinate with and disseminate information to:
| |
| * State and County Public Information Officers
| |
| * NRC and FEMA Public Information Officers G The News Media Members of the Public
| |
| * Entergy Employees.
| |
| | |
| IPEC NON.QUALITY RELATED Revision 9
| |
| -- Entergy EMERGENCY PLAN PROCEDURE IMPLEMENTING PROCEDURES REFERENCE USE Page 4 of 73 1.6 This procedure also establishes the Entergy processes on preparation and release of emergency information and describes the basic functions, processes and facilities that support operation of the JIC. It also establishes Entergy policies and procedures for interaction among other emergency response entities participating through the JIC, as well as other Entergy departments and teams supporting the response.
| |
| 1.7 This procedure and the position-specific checklists in the attachments address:
| |
| * Process and provisions for staff notification and facility activation
| |
| * Entergy's initial or first communications response prior to the JIC becoming operational
| |
| * The JIC organizational structure
| |
| * Overview of JIC operations Flow of information to, within and from the JIC
| |
| * Preparation and review of information for dissemination to the news media e Interaction among entities at or remotely connected to the JIC o Equipment and supplies.
| |
| * 1.8 Detailed information on the responsibilities and actions of the Entergy JIC positions and reference materials for individuals filling those roles is contained in the attachments of this procedure, as well as in JIC Position Binders maintained at the JIC facility. In both cases, these documents are controlled through the IPEC Emergency Planning Department.
| |
| | |
| ==2.0 REFERENCES==
| |
| | |
| 2.1 Indian Point Energy Center Emergency Plan 3.0 DEFINITIONS 3.1 Activated - an order has been made to activate an emergency response facility, and the facility is in the process of being staffed.
| |
| 3.2 Staffed - The emergency response facility has been activated and sufficient personnel are available to perform the required functions as determined by the facility manager.
| |
| 3.3 Operational - Status of an emergency facility declared by the appropriate facility manager upon determining that the facility is adequately staffed and equipment is setup and available to perform the emergency functions assigned to that facility .
| |
| | |
| IPEC NON*QUAlliY RELATED IP-EP-260 Revisions
| |
| ~Entergy EMERGENCY PLAN PROCEDURE IMPLEMENTING PROCEDURES REFERENCE USE Page 5 of 73 4.0 RESiPONSJBJUTIES 4.1 The New York State Office of Emergency Management (NYSOEM) and Entergy JIC staff will be physically located in the HVTMC working in a unified command structure. The counties participate remotely utilizing video conference, telephone, and computer capabilities and linkages. The NRC and FEMA can be accommodated at the JJC if they choose to respond there.
| |
| 4.2 Entergy, State, County and federal public information staffs are responsible to share emergency response information and dissemination plans, which will support timely and coordinated release of information to the public and news media. The coordination assures all parties are aware of each other's actions concerning plant status, response and protective actions, public inquiry and media monitoring, and provides the opportunity to resolve inconsistencies 4.3 The JIC can be declared operational by either the NYSOEM or Entergy in response to an event at IPEC once either entity is prepared to operate on its own behalf, and will be considered fully operational once both the State and Entergy have sufficient staff, communications, equipment operability and participation by all parties (NYSOEM, Entergy and the four counties) to carry out the primary JIC functions in a coordinated manner as
| |
| * 4.4 described in this procedure and any governing procedures. In the event NYSOEM is late in arriving at the JIC, Entergy may declare the JIC operational after consulting with NYSOEM.
| |
| NYSOEM will notify news organizations by media advisory or similar means that the JIC is operational.
| |
| Activation of the JIC for an IPEC event will be automatically initiated at the declaration of an Alert or higher classification. JIC use is otherwise discretionary.
| |
| 4.5 NYSOEM, Entergy and the Counties' chief elected officials will cooperatively decide to terminate JIC operations.
| |
| 4.6 NYSOEM is responsible for the overall physical set-up, operability and functionality at the HVTMC. Details of the specific maintenance responsibilities are described further separately in documents maintained by IPEC Emergency Planning.
| |
| 4.7 The Entergy JIC Manager is responsible for Entergy JIC staff, and to ensure that the implementation of the information dissemination process meets Entergy's needs. The JIC Manager and the Company Spokesperson are responsible for Entergy's operations at the JIC.
| |
| 4.8 Prior to JIC activation, the Press Release Writer, in conjunction with the Onsite Emergency Response Organization, maintains responsibility for the release of information to the media.
| |
| Once the Emergency Operations Facility is activated, the Public Information Liaison is responsible to facilitate sharing of information among the EOF, and/or the JIC.
| |
| 4.9 Once the JIC is operational, media and public communications from Entergy concerning the plant become the responsibility of the JIC under the overall direction of the JIC Manager.
| |
| | |
| IPEC NON-QUALITY RELATED IP-EP-260 Revision 9
| |
| -- Entergy EMERGENCY PLAN PROCEDURE IMPLEMENTING PROCEDURES REFERENCE USE Page 6 of 73 4.10 The Company Spokesperson is the senior communications person at the JIC for Entergy, and is responsible for the communications strategy and successful information dissemination regarding the event.
| |
| 4.11 Entergy shares responsibility for certain communications functions, which will be performed jointly or in coordination with other JIC and responding entities.
| |
| A Media monitoring is a shared responsibility performed in the JIC between the NYSOEM and Entergy. Any identified misinformation or rumors are coordinated among all entities.
| |
| B. The State, on behalf of all JIC entities with the exception of Westchester, coordinates with the New York State Tax and Finance call center (Public Inquiry call center) to provide information to respond to inquiries from the public.
| |
| C. IPEC Communications and White Plains Office Communications manage media referral activities on behalf of Entergy at the JIC, and coordinate any information dissemination with the JIC.
| |
| D. White Plains Office Government Affairs manages all government communications with elected and other government officials on behalf of Entergy, and coordinates any information dissemination with the JIC.
| |
| * 4.12 E.
| |
| F.
| |
| Media Liaison efforts will be shared by Entergy and NYSOEM staff.
| |
| IT operability, logistics and administrative support will be provided primarily by NYSOEM personnel, and will be supplemented by Entergy JIC staff.
| |
| In addition to the major functions of the JIC, are various support actions that must occur at the JIC. The Entergy JIC staff is organized and assigned responsibility to perform these functions to fulfill Entergy's requirements for information dissemination during an emergency at IPEC. An organization chart is contained in Attachment 9.16 depicting the communications response and JJC positions. Additionally, other designated IPEC positions provide support and/or input to the JIC staff. These functions and the positions supporting them are also described below.
| |
| A. Gathering Information:
| |
| * Prior to activation of the EOF or Alternate EOF, the Shift Manager/Emergency Director (ED) in the Control Room will be responsible for providing information to the Press Release Writer who is the lead communicator.
| |
| a Once the EOF is operational, the Public Information Liaison will provide information to the Press Release Writer and/or Technical Advisor at the JIC.
| |
| * Once the JIC is operational, the Technical Advisor, Radiological Advisor, JIC Manager will gather information from electronic connection to plant resources and via direct personal contact with the EOF .
| |
| | |
| tl!IJb,.
| |
| ~ JPEC NON-QUALITY RELATED Revision 9 Entergy IP-EP-260
| |
| --===- EMERGENCY PLAN PROCEDURE IMPLEMENTING PROCEDURES REFERENCE USE Page 7 of 73
| |
| ~ Once established, the Public Inquiry call centers, Media Monitoring, JPEC Communications and White Plains Office (WPO) Communications staff will provide the JIC with any rumors and/or misinformation identified.
| |
| B. Processing and Review:
| |
| o The Documenter logs pertinent information on a running plant status log.
| |
| a The Radiological Advisor gathers and provides information and advice to the JIC on radiological conditions, and supports the efforts of the Technical Advisor.
| |
| * The Press Release Writer prepares written statements based on information from the plant.
| |
| 0 The Company Spokesperson develops talking points based on available plant information in preparation for Media Briefings.
| |
| C. Dissemination, Distribution and Feedback:
| |
| : 1. Information is released from the JIC to the news media verbally through Media Briefings and in writing via various forms of written statements. The Entergy JIC*staff supports a broad distribution of all written statements, include posting to the NYALERT/JIC Website, electronic distribution to
| |
| * pre-defined subscriber lists which include the media and other means .
| |
| * The Company Spokesperson provides formal statements to the news media in Media Briefings, and through written statements.
| |
| Immediately after each media briefing, the JIC Manager, Technical Advisor, Media Liaison and Radiological Advisor update the Company Spokesperson on pf ant status and developments, and provide feedback on the briefing conduct, open questions and issues.
| |
| Media Monitoring gathers reports of rumors and misinformation from various media sources, and provides this information to the inquiry Response Coordinator.
| |
| The Inquiry Response Coordinator ensures that the JIC Manager is aware of the reports of rumors and misinformation.
| |
| The Inquiry Response Coordinator interfaces with the NYS Public inquiry Coordinator to ensure that the Public Inquiry call centers' information is updated, and coordinates on Entergy's behalf with the counties and state.
| |
| The Inquiry Response Coordinator ensures that the JJC Manager is aware of the state and county information dissemination plans.
| |
| The JIC Manager also ensures that the information processes are completed in a manner to support the timely dissemination of information.
| |
| The Admin & Logistics Coordinator and Support Staff support the administrative and logistical needs of the facility.
| |
| | |
| IPEC NON-QUALITY RELATED
| |
| ~Entergy IP-EP-260 Revision 9 EMERGENCY PLAN PROCEDURE IMPLEMENTING PROCEDURES REFERENCE Use Page 8 of 73
| |
| * The Media Liaison interfaces with the media, ensuring they have the latest information.
| |
| The Audio Visual Coordinator and Audio Visual Graphics Support provide the Audio Visual needs of the media briefing and Work Rooms.
| |
| o The Documenter maintains a running log of actions/decisions of the JIC.
| |
| I.') The IT Specialist provides support for the Entergy Eport connections and coordinates with the State IT Spe~ialist to maintain computers, telecommunications systems and connectivity in the JIC.
| |
| 5.0 DETAILS (PROCESS OVERVIEW) 5.1 The primary functions of the JJC are to:
| |
| A. Provide timely, accurate and coordinated information to the media, through briefings or written statements such as news releases, on plant conditions and on emergency response actions being taken to protect the public's health and safety.
| |
| B. Ensure the public receives accurate and timely information, and to coordinate efforts to identify and correct rumors or misinformation.
| |
| Support further distribution of emergency advisories to the public in the 10-mile C.
| |
| Emergency Planning Zone (EPZ) through the Emergency Alert System (EAS). (State and County function managed primarily within the respective Emergency Operations
| |
| * Centers.)
| |
| 5.2 Upon declaration of an Alert (or more severe emergency classification), the JIC is activated and staffed by Entergy and NYSOEM. The facility may also be activated sooner and/or at other times at the discretion of Entergy senior management and Communications personnel.
| |
| A. Notification of the Press Release Writer and JIC staff occurs via the ERO notification system. Entergy follows an "All-Call", fit-for-duty policy for the ERO. JIC staff should immediately report to the HVTMC, or initiate duties from home, office or other locations, as defined by individual position checklists.
| |
| B. Entergy staffing of the JIC should take place within two (2) hours of the emergency declaration. If designated to report for a second shift during an event, personnel will have a turnover period for position transition. During this turnover period, staff should work with the person currently in the position to:
| |
| * Determine the status of activities and information, Review available logs and documentation and o Ensure an understanding of activities completed and in progress.
| |
| C. Either IPEC Unit 2 or Unit 3 Control Room will ensure initial information is provided to the on-duty Press Release Writer during emergencies .
| |
| | |
| IPEC NON-QUALfN RELATED IP-EP-260
| |
| ~ Entergy Revision 9 EMERGENCY PLAN PROCEDURE IMPLEMENTING PROCEDURES REFERENCE USE Page 9 of 73 D. If necessary and appropriate, JIC management may re-assign available and appropriate staff to temporarily fill positions to facilitate activation. The key Entergy JIC positions for Minimum Staffing are the Company Spokesperson, The JIG Manager and the Technical Advisor.
| |
| 5.3 Prior to the JIC being declared operational, the Press Release Writer serves as the communications lead.
| |
| A. The Press Release Writer responds from any location where they have the computer and telephone equipment, and uses boilerplate news releases to assist the prompt development of an initial news release within one (1) hour of the classification, if possible.
| |
| B. The Press Release Writer gathers essential information, drafts the initial news release(s), and distributes the final news release via the NYALERT/JIC Website and internet/email to the media, other response entities and throughout Entergy.
| |
| C. After the first news release is issued and posted, the Press Release Writer will proceed to the JIC and continue the preparation of news releases.
| |
| 5.4 The Emergency Operations Facility (EOF) and the plant organization serve as primary sources of information for the JfC. After EOF operability, the Public Information Liaison
| |
| * facilitates continued sharing of information among the EOF, Press Release Writer and/or the JIC, once staffed. Both telephone and email contact is used to ensure prompt and timely notification to the JIC of changing information and answers to questions.
| |
| A. If necessary, an Alternate EOF (AEOF) may need to become operational, and all staffing including the Public Information Liaison will be established at the alternate site. Additionally, a "Recovery Center," if required, may provide information to the JIC.
| |
| B. The Public Information Liaison and JIC will communicate over regular telephone lines to support the relay of emergency information. If the AEOF is activated, the Public Information Liaison will establish contact with the JIC on regular telephone lines.
| |
| C. The Public Information Liaison provides data to the JIC Technical Advisor verbally, electronically and/or via fax. Plant information is also available online through computer access at the JIC.
| |
| 5.5 The Company Spokesperson is the senior communications person at the JIC for Entergy, and is responsible for the Entergy communications strategy and implementation of successful information distribution to the public and news media.
| |
| 5.6 The Company Spokesperson serves as the source of all statements and information disseminated from the JIC by Entergy. The Company Spokesperson develops talking points based on available information in preparation for Media Briefings.
| |
| A. Entergy, the State or Counties, NRC or FEMA can call for Media Briefings as significant events occur or critical information becomes available. Planning and scheduling Media Briefings is done by consensus of the participants. As a general
| |
| | |
| IPEC NON-QUALIT'i' RELATED IP-EP-260 Revision 9 EMERGENCY PLAN PROCEDURE IMPLEMENTING PROCEDURES REFERENCE USE Page 10 of 73 rule, Media Briefings will be scheduled following (usually within one hour) changes in emergency classification, protective action decisions, rumor control, radiological release and for periodic updates during extended emergency situations.
| |
| B. The Company Spokesperson identifies support materials needed for briefings to summarize key information, clarify plant systems and components and illustrate explanations. The Company Spokesperson coordinates production or availability of graphics, photographs or other materials with the Audio Video Graphics Coordinator.
| |
| C. Information that will be presented at Media Briefings is first shared in either verbal or written form during Pre-Briefings. Spokespeople for all parties participating in Media Briefings participate in Pre-Briefings that are coordinated by the NYSOEM (as Moderator). Each party at the conference summarizes the status of their actions and the information they will present at the briefing.
| |
| D. Information is presented to the news media in a briefing area of the building lobby.
| |
| The NYSOEM and Company Spokespersons will be located at a podium with microphones. Large display screens project the counties spokespeople into the lobby area for their participation. The JIC has two (2) briefing areas. One is located in the lobby and the second is located on the third floor in the Clerestory Room. The briefing area may have chairs for news briefing attendees. Audio Visual equipment
| |
| * E.
| |
| F.
| |
| is available to display diagrams, overheads, slides, videotapes and maps.
| |
| The Media Liaison supports the media present in the Media Briefing area before and after briefings to ensure they get the information they need.
| |
| Immediately after each briefing, the JIC Manager, Technical Advisor, Media Liaison and Radiological Advisor update the Company Spokesperson on plant status and developments, and provide feedback on the briefing conduct, open questions and issues.
| |
| : 5. 7 The JIC Manager and the Company Spokesperson periodically participate with NYSOEM and other state staff to coordinate the JIC response. The County PlOs will also participate in coordinating efforts telephone and/or videoconferencing capabilities.
| |
| A. The JIC Unified Command links the various responding entities and provides a forum for these entities to make consensus decisions, and coordinate information dissemination efforts.
| |
| B. Information coordination is also facilitated by the Inquiry Response Coordinator, who works directly with the NYS PIO and the PIO Hotline Coordinator.
| |
| 5.8 The Press Release Writer prepares and ensures technical accuracy and approval of written statements (news releases, media advisories and chronologies) to provide written documentation of events and response activities.
| |
| A. The Press Release Writer has boilerplate news releases to assist in the prompt development of technically accurate written statements. News Releases are issued
| |
| * within one (1) hour of event classification or other major status change .
| |
| | |
| IPEC NON-QUALITY RELATED IP-EP-260 Revision 9 EMERGENCY PLAN PROCEDURE IMPLEMENTING PROCEDURES REFERENCE iJSE Page 11 of 73
| |
| , B. "The JIC Press Release Writer provides a copy of the draft press release to the EOF via the Public Information Liaison for Emergency Director technical review and approval. Press releases are also vetted through the Incident Commander, or designee, to ensure a review is performed by Site Security, Local, State and Federal law enforcement agencies such as the FBI, NY State Police, etc."
| |
| C. The Press Release Writer posts to the JIC Web Site and WebEOC all Entergy approved news releases.
| |
| 5.9 Major events and information provided from the plant are logged and displayed by the Documenter in the JIC Work Room. The Documenter also supports the Work Room by documenting the communications strategy, priorities, key messages, scheduled briefings and other relevant information.
| |
| 5.10 Communications feedback is received via the Inquiry Response Coordinator (from the counties via the PIO Hotline Coordinator and from Westchester and the NYSOEM Public Inquiry Coordinators), Media Monitoring and Media Liaison, as well as from other JIC staff.
| |
| A. The JIC Manager will work with the Company Spokesperson and Press Release Writer to implement any corrective actions specifically rumors and misinformation.
| |
| 5.11 Support Staff assist in the distribution of written materials through copying, faxing,
| |
| * 5.12 5.13 electronic and direct distribution, and provide other administrative and logistical support (such as second shift staffing) as needed.
| |
| IT Specialist ensures operability of Entergy Eport and computers, and works with the NYS IT support personnel to ensure full operability of Entergy work areas.
| |
| The JIC may remain operational after event termination and during Recovery:
| |
| A. The Emergency Director and/or Recovery Manager will advise the Company Spokesperson (or JIC Manager) to develop a recovery action plan (Issues/Strategies) and determine JIC staffing requirements for Recovery.
| |
| B. The Recovery Manager will continue verification and technical concurrence of information released by the Company Spokesperson that pertains to the emergency or recovery from the accident.
| |
| 5.14 JIC Deactivation will occur when the Emergency Director terminates the emergency or at some point during Recovery, and the decision to terminate JIC operations will be cooperatively reached by Entergy, Counties' chief elected officials and New York State.
| |
| A. The deactivation will be announced both at a close-out Media Briefing and by a NYSOEM media advisory announcing the termination of JIC operations, with points of contact for follow-on inquiries.
| |
| 5.15 All other personnel assigned to the JIC are responsible to carry out their tasks as outlined in their position specific checklist, attached to this procedure.
| |
| | |
| IPEC . NON-QUALITY RELATED Revision 9 EMERGENCY PLAN PROCEDURE IMPLEMENTING PROCEDURES REFERENCE Use Page 12 of 73 5.16 Due to the limited parking spots available at the HVTMC, parking has been arranged at the Holy Rosary Church located at 170 Bradhurst Avenue, Hawthorne NY.
| |
| 5.17 Attachments 9.1 through 9.14 are checklist instructions for JIC positions. The person(s) responding for each of these positions SHALL use the appropriate checklist and associated referenced tools to perform their assigned duties. Position binders are maintained for every position and they include the checklists and other tools and guidance materials needed to perform each position's function.
| |
| 6.0 INTERFACES 6.1 Indian Point Energy Center Emergency Plan Entergy Documents:
| |
| * IP-EP-115, Emergency Plan Forms 0 EN-EP-609, Emergency Operations Facility
| |
| * 7.0 RECORDS 0
| |
| 11!1 IP-EP-251, AEOF EN-EP-613, Recovery from a Declared Emergency Any logs, forms and documents generated at the JIC during an actual declared emergency are permanent Quality Records.
| |
| l 8.0 REQUIREMENTS AND COMMITMENTS This procedure implements the following requirements/commitments:
| |
| 111 NL-00-111-C01 (IP2) 11 Nl-99-116-C13 (IP2) 0 NL-81-157-C41 (IP2)
| |
| | |
| IPEC NON*QUALllY RELATED IP-EP-260
| |
| -- Entergy Revision 9 EMERGENCY PLAN PROCEDURE IMPLEMENTING PROCEDURES REFERENCE Use Page 13 of 73 9.0 ATTACHMENTS 9.1 Press Release Writer Checklist 9.2 JIC Manager Checklist 9.3 Company Spokesperson Checklist 9.4 Technical Advisor Checklist 9.5 Radiological Advisor Checklist 9.6 Admin & Logistics Coordinator Checklist 9.7 Media liaison Checklist 9.8 Audio Visual Coordinator Checklist 9.9 Audio Visual Graphics Support Checklist 9.10 Media Monitoring Checklist 9.11 Documenter Checklist 9.12 Support Staff Checklist 9.13 IT Specialist Checklist 9.14 Inquiry Response Coordinator Checklist 9.15 JIC Driving Directions and Floor Plans 9.16 JIC Organization Chart 9.17 IPEC JIC ERO Staffing 9.18 Public Information Liaison Checklist
| |
| | |
| IPEC l\lON-QUAllTY RELATED IP-EP-260 Revision 9 EMERGENCY PLAN PROCEDURE IMPLEMENTING PROCEDURES REFERENCE Use Page 14 of 73 Attachment 9.1 Press Release Writer Checklist Sheet 1 of 8 Primary IResponsibUities Serve as primary information gatherer and communications representative during initial emergency response; prepare and get approval of initial news release(s); complete courtesy notification to select local officials relative to the event and impending external dissemination of information to the media; distribute approved news releases; after the posting of the first news release report to the JIC to work with the JIC Manager and Company Spokesperson to provide continued communications support for verbal and written statements.
| |
| When notified by IPEC's notification system or upon hearing the emergency assembly alarm, the Press Release Writer initiates the initial communications response. Emergency information and written statements are prepared and issued by the Press Release Writer, using the following steps:
| |
| * Obtain Information
| |
| * Determine Initial Response s
| |
| Draft Written Statement (using Boilerplate News Releases available on USB drive and on Entergy's drive folder \\ipcsnetsp004\press release templates)
| |
| Obtain Written Statement Technical Review and Approval Pre-approved Emergency Classification Level (ECL) news releases do not need review/approval Ensure Courtesy Calls to Select local Officials
| |
| * Distribute Written Statement(s) via JIG Website/NYAlert and WebEOC.
| |
| 1.0 Initial Responsibmty/Activity 1.1 Initial Orientation.
| |
| A. Upon initial notification of the event by the plant, obtain current information from the Control Room and/or EOF as is available regarding:
| |
| Emergency Classification Level (ECL) and time declared 0 Emergency Action Level (EAL) number o Any radioactive material release; above or below federally approved limits
| |
| * 0 Any known injuries or fatalities Brief description of plant events
| |
| | |
| IPEC NoN-OUALITY RELATED BP-EP-260 Revision 9
| |
| -- Entergy EMERGENCY PLAN IMPLEMENTING PROCEDURE PROCEDURES REFERENCE Use Page 15 of 73 Attachment 9.1 Press Release Writer Checklist Sheet2 of8 Initial Responsibility/Activity (cont)
| |
| B. Contact the EOF, depending on timing, to determine if anyone is present to assist in information gathering and initial actions.
| |
| 2.0 Continuous Responsibility/Activity 2.1 Notifications and Courtesy Calls A. Upon receiving emergency information on initial plant conditions and following development of draft initial news release (while under review for approval):
| |
| : 1. Coordinate with IPEC's Communications Manager and contact designated officials informing them of the event
| |
| * underway and the planned issuance of a news release (as required}, using the Courtesy Call Guide or equivalent provided by the Communications Manager and call list located in the position binder. However, coordinate with IPEC's Communications Manager for guidance and for the latest call/media list.
| |
| : 2. Utilize the initial NUE, Alert, Site Area Emergency or General Emergency boilerplate news release templates to facilitate timely issuance of the initial news release.
| |
| NOTE:
| |
| The four generic initial ECls Boilerplate News Releases do not need approval prior to issuance.
| |
| : 3. BEFORE issuing any news release information (with the exception of the four generic initial ECL Boilerplate New Releases), obtain approval of draft news releases from the Emergency Director (ED), or whoever is in charge of the emergency at that time. Once the JIC is staffed, the Company Spokesperson reviews all written statements for technical review and concurrence .
| |
| | |
| IPEC NON-QUALITY REI.ATED IP-EP-260 Revision9 EMERGENCY PLAN PROCEDURE IMPLEMENTING PROCEDURES REFERENCE USE Page 16 of 73 Attachment 9.1 Press Release Writer Checklist Sheet 3 of 8 Continm.:,us Responsibili!Y/ Activaty
| |
| : 4. Coordinate with IPEC's Communications Manager and document your actions. Complete the Courtesy Call Guide (Form EP-34) or equivalent provided by the Communications Manager as calls are completed to capture numbers used and times of calls. Sign the bottom of the form and document the time of completion of all calls for the record.
| |
| 2.2 Maintain a log A. A written log of information and actions must be maintained, including date, time and name of source(s) furnishing information (use Emergency Response Organization Log Sheet in your binder).
| |
| 2.3 News Release Development A. Take immediate action to determine details of the situation including current plant conditions, time of event, emergency action level, emergency classification level, quantify radioactive release above/below federally approved limits, and known injuries or fatalities.
| |
| : 8. Prepare written statements by gathering, compiling and reviewing plant information and response actions. Develop an initial news release based on available information.
| |
| C. With the exception of the first press release, utilize WebEOC to process the press release with the Public Information Liaison and to obtain ED approval. As a backup to WebEOC, send the press release to the Public Information Liaison as an attachment to an email.
| |
| : 0. Once staffed the Public Information Liaison can assist in information gathering, and facilitate review, approval and support in distribution of news releases from within the EOF. Coordinate with and provide the Public Information liaison with guidance as needed for ED review and the distribution of additional news releases prior to JIC being declared operational.
| |
| E. Develop additional news releases if appropriate and necessary.
| |
| * Coordinate activities with JIC Manager.
| |
| | |
| IPEC NON-QUALITY RELATED IP-IEP-250 Revision 9 EMERGENCY PLAN PROCEDURE IMPLEMENTING PROCEDURES REFERENCE USE Page 17 of 73 Attachment 9.1 Press Release Writer Checklist Sheet4 of 8 Continuous Responsibility/Activity {cont) 2.4 Dissemination and Gathering of Information A. BEFORE issuing any written statement, the Press Release Writer in coordination with IPEC's Communications Manager must complete courtesy notifications to Buchanan, Peekskill, Cortlandt officials. (See 2.1.A)
| |
| : 8. Distribute the news release(s) to media/wire services, EOF, JIC and to the designated local officials by using any available methods.
| |
| : 1. Post to the NYALERT/JIC Website
| |
| : 2. Post to WebEOC
| |
| * C.
| |
| : 3. Email If the NYAlert/JIC Website is not available as a backup contact IPEC's Communications Manager for distribution to the media via email. As a secondary backup in the event email is also not available continue to support the JPEC Communications Manager with either faxes (Form EP-28) or with phone calling the media.
| |
| D. Provide the Public Information Liaison with guidance and coordinate as needed for news release approval and distribution.
| |
| Utilize WebEOC for review, comment and updating of news releases. When seeking Shift Manager approval to news releases prior to EOF operability, the Press Release Writer must fax or email the press release to the Control Room as the Shift Manager may not have access to WebEOC. However, this approval will not be required when using the initial pre-approved news releases.
| |
| E. Maintain contact with the plant or the Public Information Liaison once staffed, for updated information on plant status and until responsibility for the development and issuance of emergency information is transferred from offsite to the JIC and/or the event is resolved and media interest will be handled by normal Corporate Communications staff.
| |
| | |
| IPEC NON-QUALITY RELATED IP-EP-260 Revision 9 EMERGENCY PLAN PROCEDURE IMPLEMENTING PROCEDURES REFERENCE Use Page 18 of 73 Attachment 9.1 Press Release Writer Checklist Sheet 5 of a ContimJous ResponsibmtyJActivity (cont)
| |
| F. Once staffing begins at the JIG, coordinate with the JIC Manager.
| |
| The Public Information Liaison will receive an email from the Press Release Writer advising him of their ability to receive information through their personal Entergy email address. The Public Information Liaison can be emailed at "EOFLiaison" (EOFliaison@entergy.com}
| |
| G. As the primary point of contact for the media {as listed on any disseminated news releases), remain available at phone number provided on news releases to handle media inquiries until the JIG is operational, or an alternative contact point is available/provided. Complete Media Inquiry Log (Form EP-33) to document all media calls. The JPEC Communications Manager is
| |
| * 2.5 the primary media referral.
| |
| Overall Responsibmties Upon Arriving at the JIC Under the overall direction of the JIC Manager with additional direction from the Company Spokesperson, ensure prompt written statement issuance on the event. Prepare written statements (within one hour or sooner of Emergency Classification or plant/events change);
| |
| provide draft statements to Technical Advisor for review; work with the Technical Advisor or the Public Information Liaison directly to ensure approval from the Emergency Director; obtain technical review and concurrence by the Company Spokesperson; add time, date and print final/approved statements; post to NYALERT/JIC Website, WebEOC and electronically distribute to news media; and provide copy of final to Adm in & Logistics Coordinator for distribution and records keeping.
| |
| 2.6 lnitiai Responsibility/Activity at the JIC A. Sign in on Entergy Sign-In Board on the wall adjacent to the door for the NYSOEM alternate EOG. Proceed to the JIC Work Room, and refer to position binder and checklist.
| |
| : 8. Turn on computer/monitor, test word processing program and printer, and create new file folder on C: drive for event (label with event date)
| |
| C. Locate Boilerplate News Release files in the JIC Work Room/Press Release Writer's desk. '
| |
| D. Obtain plant status/emergency response updates from JIC Technical Advisor.
| |
| | |
| IPEC NON-QUALITY RELATED IP-EP-260 Revision 9
| |
| ~Entergy EMERGENCY PLAN PROCEDURE IMPLEMENTING PROCEDURES REFERENCE USE Page 19 of 73 Attachment 9.1 Press Release Writer Checkl.ist Sheet 6 of 8 ContimJous Responsibility/Activity (conU E. IF relieving another shift THEN perform a formal turnover for your position, including a review of the position activity log, a briefing on the emergency and actions completed or in progress.
| |
| : 2. 7 Written Statements A. Written Statements should be made as soon as possible, but within a target of one hour of:
| |
| : 1. Initial plant emergency declaration (made before JIC becomes activated).
| |
| : 2. A new Emergency Classification (escalation).
| |
| : 3. When plant events warrant public notification, such as
| |
| * (a) A fatality or serious injury, (b) Release of radioactivity beyond the site boundary, in quantities exceeding those allowed by regulation (c) Personnel exposures to radiation exceeding limits allowed by regulation (d)'Emergency event termination.
| |
| : 8. Development: With support from JIC Manager, Company Spokesperson and Technical Advisor prepare written statement drafts using sample boilerplates and standard phraseology combined with information provided by EOF; when using sample boilerplates review all wording for accuracy and applicability.
| |
| : 1. Utilize WebEOC to review, comment, update and approve news releases . Communicate with the Public Information Liaison as appropriate.
| |
| : 2. Print draft statement without date or time for a technical accuracy review by Technical Advisor first, and then by the Company Spokesperson. The JIC Manager should also review statements for communications messages and to provide input, as appropriate.
| |
| : 3. Make changes to draft statements, based on reviews, as directed by Company Spokesperson, Technical Advisor and/or JIC Manager.
| |
| | |
| IPEC NON-QUALITY RELATED IP-EP-260 Revision 9 EMERGENCY PLAN PROCEDURE IMPLEMENTING PROCEDURES REFERENCE Use Page 20 of 73 Attachment 9.1 Press Release Writer Checklist Sheet 7 of 8 Continuous Responsibility/Activity (cont.)
| |
| C. Technical Approval - Draft Written Statements are also reviewed by the Emergency Director for technical. accuracy and approval.
| |
| D. Ensure prompt review and feedback, or contact the Public Information Liaison to facilitate.
| |
| E. Add the time/date ONLY upon approval from the Emergency Director.
| |
| : 1. Print final approved written statement for distribution, after adding the time and date to indicated final revision.
| |
| F. Distribution: Ensure prompt and proper (external and internal) distribution and posting of written statements.
| |
| * 1. Print/provide final statement to Admin & Logistics Coordinator for internal JIC distribution and record keeping.
| |
| : 2. Save a copy of the final approved statement and post it to the NYALERT/JIC Website and to WebEOC. Electronically distribute statement using the NYALERT/JIC Website, WebEOC and the Public Information Liaison.
| |
| G. Ensure all statements are saved in appropriate computer folder with current date.
| |
| 2.8 Media Briefings A. Monitor Media Briefings, time permitting, from JIC Work Room and complete Media Briefing issues from Form EP-22 if any open issues or follow-up requests are identified. Provide complete forms to JIC
| |
| * Manager after briefings. '
| |
| 3.0 Closeout Activity 3.1 Participate in debriefing and return work area to start up condition.
| |
| 3.2 Provide documentation and materials to JIC Manager.
| |
| | |
| IPEC NON-QUALITY RELATED Revision 9 EMERGENCY PLAN !PROCEDURE IMPLEMENTING PROCEDURES REFERENCE Use Page 21 of 73 Attachment 9.1 Press Release Writer Checklist Sheet 8 of 8 Written Statement Content Considerations The following information should be considered for inclusion, as applicable:
| |
| Reference Information:
| |
| 0 Buchanan, NY (for initial releases) and Hawthorne, NY (for JIC releases) 11 Time and date of written statement (upon final approval ONLY)
| |
| Ill Contact for further information (duty IP Press Release Writer-name/phone number) or Media Referral What Happened:
| |
| 111 Emergency description - description of the event, systems, components or security involved, etc.
| |
| * Time and date of the event 111 Emergency classification, with brief description of its meaning
| |
| * Emergency Action Level (EAL), with brief description of its meaning
| |
| ., Injuries/fatalities to personnel, if any m Radiological releases, if any 111 Status of unaffected unit; status of entire site Emergency Response ~ What's Being Dorne:
| |
| * Emergency Response Organization mobilized s Notification of off-site officials (NRC, Counties and NYSOEM, FEMA, etc.)
| |
| 11 In-plant actions to correct or mitigate the situation, repair equipment, investigate tampering, etc.
| |
| s Support from off-site organizations Ill Off-site radiological monitoring activities
| |
| * Accountability of personnel on site, and status of non-essential personnel Implications - What it Means:
| |
| m Current plant condition, stability
| |
| = Anticipated resolution (e.g., reactor shutdown and cool-down by [time].
| |
| 111 Termination of any releases
| |
| " Measured off-site radiation levels e Off-site protective actions (refer to state authorities)
| |
| Notes:
| |
| : 1. After the initial news release, subsequent releases should not repeat all of the details previously covered; in composite, however, the releases should give a complete picture
| |
| * The checklist above provides suggested content; release writers use judgment .
| |
| with respect to content and sequence of information.
| |
| | |
| IPEC NON-QUALITY RELATED Revision 9 EMERGENCY PLAN PROCEDURE IMPLEMENTING PROCEDURES REFERENCE USE Page 22 of 73 Attachment 9.2 JIC Manager Checklist Sheet 1 of6 Primarv Res12onsibilities Reporting to the Emergency Director, supervise and direct JIC staff, establish and maintain emergency communications strategy and key messages; ensure operation of the JIC facilitates the flow of information from the plant and emergency facilities to the news media and public; assist in the JIC staffing; direct shift and personnel changes; conduct periodic JIC Work Room briefings; manage and oversee all communications processes in the JIC Work Room; and ensure corrective actions are taken and documented to address rumors and misinformation.
| |
| 1.0 !notlal Responsibility/Activity This is a Minimum Staffing Position 1.1 Initial Orientation on arrival at JIC.
| |
| A. Go through HVTMC security and registration, showing Entergy ID and receive JIC access badge.
| |
| B. If you are the first to arrive, place the Entergy JIC registration binder on the registration desk containing the JIC Staffing Form from the Entergy JIC Work Room.
| |
| C. If you are the first to arrive, proceed to the JIC Work Room and turn on the computers and related equipment.
| |
| D. Sign in on Entergy Sign-In Board on the wall adjacent to the door for the NYSOEM alternate EOC. Proceed to the JIC Work Room, and refer to position binder and checklist.
| |
| E. Obtain status on JIC staffing and set-up activities, and provide direction as necessary to complete a first shift roster.
| |
| F. Assume title of JIC Manager and overall responsibility of Entergy JIC staff and operations. Direct the Technical Advisor to confirm the time with the EOF, and instruct the Admin & Logistics Coordinator to synchronize all Entergy clocks, fax machines, etc. wherever applicable.
| |
| G. Call directly, or confirm that either the Company Spokesperson or Technical Advisor is establishing contact with the Public Information Liaison to confirm JIC activity and obtain updates .
| |
| | |
| IPEC NON-QUALITY RELATED IP-EP-260 Revision 9
| |
| * ~Entergy EMERGENCY PLAN PROCEDURE IMPLEMENTING PROCEDURES REFERENCE USE Page 23 of 73 Attachment 9.2 JIC Manager Checklist Sheet 2 of 6 Initial Responsibility/Activity (cont.)
| |
| H. Obtain status of the initial Press Release and the status of the Press Release Writer traveling to the JIC.
| |
| : 1. All new releases issued prior to the operation of the JIC should be available via the JIC WebSite. JIC Support Staff should be instructed to make copies for direct distribution within the Entergy JIC work area as required.
| |
| I. Ensure all staff refers to their detailed position checklists, and support set up and operation.
| |
| J. Entergy may declare the JIC staffed when minimum staffing has been attained.
| |
| : 1. NYSOEM may declare the JIC staffed when they feel that the necessary resources are available.
| |
| : 2. Entergy coordinates with NYSOEM to declare the JIC operational as soon as it is staffed.
| |
| : 3. However, the decision to declare the JIC operational is vested with NYSOEM.
| |
| K. IF relieving another shift THEN perform a formal turnover for your position, including a review of the position activity log, a briefing on the emergency and actions completed or in progress.
| |
| 2.0 Contim.llOUS Responsibility/Activiw 2.1 Declare JIC Staffed and/or Operational A. Notify the Admin & Logistics Coordinator that the JIC is staffed, and request they inform all other appropriate personnel. Direct Technical Advisor to notify EOF and Documenter to log time.
| |
| B. When NYSOEM declares the JIC operational, notify Admin &
| |
| Logistics Coordinator that the JJC is operational, and request they inform all other appropriate personnel. Direct Technical Advisor to notify EOF and Documenter to log time .
| |
| | |
| IPEC NON-QUALITY RELATED IP-EP-260 Revision 9
| |
| ~Entergy* EMERGENCY PLAN IMPLEMENTING PROCEDURE PROCEDURES REFERENCE USE Page 24 of 73 Attachment 9.2 JJC Manager Checklist Sheet 3 of 6 Continuous Responsibility/Activity (cont.)
| |
| 2.2 Command, Control and Operations A. Establish and maintain command and control over the Entergy JIC operations.
| |
| B. Ensure Documenter logs Work Room briefing times, scheduled pre-briefing and Media Briefing times, and communications strategy/priorities.
| |
| C. Review plant status reports, written statements, news releases, EAS messages and other related information as it becomes available, and provide comments where appropriate.
| |
| D. Formulate crisis communications strategy and priorities (along with Company Spokesperson). Maintain the strategy, priorities and key messages, ensuring they are included in the written statements and talking points for Media Briefings by the Company Spokesperson.
| |
| : 1. Upon arrival of Press Release Writer, direct that key messages and crisis communications strategy be included in written statements and media briefing talking points E. Conduct periodic briefings with Entergy Staff keeping them apprised of changing events, JIC priorities and other important information.
| |
| F. Participate in Pre-Brief meetings if requested.
| |
| G. Ensure the coordination of information and timely, accurate communications flow within/out of the JIC Work Room, among JJC staff and especially to the media.
| |
| H. Direct appropriate rest periods and shift changes for Entergy personnel (working with Admin & Logistics Coordinator). Confirm second shift staff assignments with the Admin & Logistics Coordinator, and advise the Emergency Director upon completion of a second shift roster. Ensure an overlapping transition period is, established to allow incoming personnel to become familiar with the status of the situation, information and or planned activities .
| |
| | |
| IPEC NON-QUALITY RELATED Revision 9 EMERGENCY PLAN PROCEDURE IMPLEMENTING PROCEDURES Page 25 of 73 Attachment 9.2 JIC Manager Checklist Sheet4 of6 Contim.Rous Responsibmty/Activity (cont.)
| |
| I. Release second shift personnel from JIC, after second shift assignment is made and they are informed of their assignments/reporting time. (It is not necessary to keep personnel until the shift roster is complete)
| |
| J. Receive information from the Inquiry Response Coordinator and Media Monitoring on needed corrective actions to address rumors, incorrect information or news reports identified by those functions.
| |
| Assign Entergy-related corrective actions to JJC staff, and notify the Documenter to log completion of the corrective actions.
| |
| 2.3 Written Statements A. Monitor the development of written statements to ensure the process functions smoothly, ensuring appropriate timing/scheduling of written
| |
| * statements, appropriate communications focus and orientation, and facilitating timely approval and distribution.
| |
| B. Review written statements as required to provide communications input.
| |
| C. Ensure Press Release Writer makes revisions as necessary based on input, and direct Admin & Logistics Coordinator to supervise proper distribution within the JIC and support immediate copy/access needs.
| |
| D. Ensure prompt technical review and concurrence of draft written statements by Emergency Director (working through the Press Release Writer and Technical Advisor).
| |
| E. Ensure final written statements are distributed by the Press Release Writer and Admin & Logistics Coordinator.
| |
| 2.4 Media Briefings A. Assist Company Spokesperson, as needed, to compile Media Briefing talking points and key messages. Each briefing should focus on three areas of information: what happened; what we're doing about it; and what it means .
| |
| | |
| IPEC NON-QUALITY RELATED IP-EP-260 Revision 9
| |
| ~Entergy EMERGENCY PLAN IMPLEMENTING PROCEDURE PROCEDURES REFERENCE Use Page 26 of 73 Attachment 9.2 JIC Manager Checklist Sheet 5 of 6 Ccmtillu.nous Responsibility/Activfity (cont.)
| |
| B. Ensure the State PIO is promptly advised of requests for Pre-Briefings and Media Briefings.
| |
| C. Ensure Technical Advisor updates the Company Spokesperson on plant and JIC Work Room activities during his/her absence for Media Briefings or other activities.
| |
| D. Monitor Media Briefings for salient content points, for follow-up and unanswered questions. Ensure the JIC Technical and Radiological Advisors, Inquiry Response Coordinator, Media Monitoring, and Media Liaison are available, document open items on a Media Briefing Jssues form (Form EP-22).
| |
| E. Ensure a prompt and short critique is conducted after each Media Briefing to provide input and cover issues for the Company Spokesperson.
| |
| F. Review media questions collected at the conclusion of the media briefings to assist in preparing notes for future Media Briefings, in preparing the Company Spokesperson and for inclusion in written statements, if appropriate.
| |
| G. lf events change during Media Briefings (e.g. classification change or radiation release underway), ensure a message is relayed to the State PIO to end the briefing.
| |
| 2.5 Recovery Support Activitfies A. Receive request from the Emergency Director to assist in developing a Recovery Action Plan, including identifying Issues/Strategies and determining the JIC Recovery Organization staffing requirements.
| |
| Coordinate this activity with the Company Spokesperson.
| |
| * B. Coordinate with the Company Spokesperson to participate in a joint conference convened by the ED, to:
| |
| : 1. Review the recovery issues/strategies action plan.
| |
| : 2. Review the JIC recovery staffing requirements .
| |
| | |
| IPEC NON~QUAI..ITY REU\TED Revision 9 EMERGENCY PLAN PROCEDURE IMPLEMENTING PROCEDURES REFERENCE Use Page 27 of 73 Attachment 9.2 JIC Manager Checklist Sheet6 of6 Contirmous Responsibility/Activity (cont.)
| |
| C. Receive verification and concurrence of written statements from the Recovery Manager. The Recovery Manager will continue verification and technical concurrence of information released by the Company Spokesperson that pertains to recovery activities from the accident.
| |
| D. Ensure the Company Spokesperson provides a final Media Briefing on the emergency and recovery operations, prior to the Recovery Manager terminating the recovery phase.
| |
| 3.0 Closeout Activity .
| |
| A. Terminate JIC operations after a joint decision is reached by Entergy, New York State and the counties' chief elected officials.
| |
| B. Direct JIC personnel to return all equipment to proper storage locations and provide necessary JIC documentation to the Admin &
| |
| Logistics Coordinator for packaging C. Conduct facility de-briefing D. Review all JIC documentation to verify that logs, forms and other documentation are complete E. Provide all documentation to the Emergency Planning Manager F. Return work area to startup condition before departing facility
| |
| | |
| IPEC NON-QUALITY RELATED IP-EP-260 Revision 9
| |
| ~Entergy EMERGENCY PLAN IMPLEMENTING PROCEDURE PROCEDURES REFERENCE Use Page 28 of 73 Attachment 9. 3 Company Spokesperson Checklist Sheet 1 of 5 Primary Responsibmties Working with the JIG Manager, and Emergency Director, coordinate all outgoing information from the JIC and serve as primary source of plant information on public health and safety; review incoming plant/event information from EOF {via Technical and Radiological Advisor), review written statements, obtaining technical concurrence from the ED; develop talking points for Media Briefings including key messages; participate in pre-briefings with state and county PIOs; serve as Company .
| |
| Spokesperson at Media Briefings responding to media questions; ensure follow up and closure of open questions/correction of rumors and misinformation.
| |
| This is a minimum Staffing Position.
| |
| 1.0 lnitia[ Responsibility/Activity 1.1 On Arrival at JIC A. Go through HVTMC security and registration, showing Entergy ID and receiving JIC access badge.
| |
| B. If you are the first to arrive, place the Entergy JIC registration binder containing the JIC Staffing Form from the JIG Work Room on the registration desk.
| |
| C. If you are the first to arrive, proceed to the JIC Work Room and tum on the computers and related equipment.
| |
| D. Sign in on Entergy Sign-In Board on the wall adjacent to the door for the NYSOEM alternate EOG. Proceed to the JIC Work Room, and refer to position binder and checklist.
| |
| E. Confer on plant events with JIC Staff or establish contact with the EOF directly if not yet done. Obtain update(s) on plant activity from JIC Technical Advisor directly or from the Public Information Liaison/Emergency Director.
| |
| F. Begin formulating crisis communications strategy and priorities (along with JIC Manager, if present).
| |
| G. If relieving another shift THEN perform a formal turnover for your position, including a review of the position activity log and other documentation, a detailed briefing on the emergency status and response, and actions completed, planned or in progress .
| |
| | |
| IPEC NON-QUALITY RELATED IP-EP-260 Revision 9
| |
| ~Entergy EMERGENCY PLAN IMPLEMENTING PROCEDURE PROCEDURES REFERENCE USE Page 29 of 73 Attachment 9.3 Company Spokesperson Checklist Sheet2 of 5 2.0 Continuous Responsibility/Activity 2.1 Key Communications Activities A. Review plant status reports, information sheets, state/county news releases, EAS messages and other information as it becomes available.
| |
| B. Confer with JIC Staff and coordinate on Media Briefing talking points, key messages, outstanding information requests and needed clarifications, and other communications points, as appropriate.
| |
| C. Work with the JIC Staff to establish and periodically review JIC Communications Strategies and Key Messages for the communications response. Ensure media briefings and news releases reflect the latest key messages and support the strategy .
| |
| * 2.2 D. Participate in Pre-Brief meetings/discussions with needed JJC Staff, NYS and the Counties to ensure coordinated information sharing and dissemination plans.
| |
| Written Statements A. Review and provide input to the Press Release Writer on all Written Statements generated at the JIC. The Press Release Writer will obtain final approval, via the Public Information liaison for news releases from the Emergency Director.
| |
| , 1. As necessary, request the JIC Manager, Technical, and/or Radiological Advisor to review written draft statements and provide comments.
| |
| B. If timely technical review cannot be completed, the Company Spokesperson can approve news releases with approval from the Emergency Director/designee.
| |
| 2.3 Preparations for Media Briefings A. Define information to be presented at Media Briefing by creating JIC Talking Points (Form EP-35). Obtain input from JIC Staff on key messages and support for preparations.
| |
| | |
| IPEC NON-QUALITY RELATED IP-EP-260 Revision 9
| |
| ~Entergy EMERGENCY PLAN IMPLEMENTING PROCEDURE PROCEDURES REFERENCE Use Page 30
| |
| * of 73 Attachment 9.3 Company Spokesperson1 Checklist Sheet 3 of 5 Contim.1cms Responsibility/Activity (cont.)
| |
| : 1. Compile talking points and key messages.
| |
| : 2. Each briefing should focus on three areas of information: what happened, what we're doing about it, and what it means (see Media Briefing Content Guide, page 5 of 5)
| |
| : 3. In preparing Talking Points, ensure unanswered questions, inconsistencies, inaccuracies are noted from previous briefings.
| |
| B. Review and select graphics for briefings request graphics and other visual aids from Audio Visual Graphics Support and/or Audio Visual Coordinator for Media Briefings.
| |
| C. Inform Media liaison and Audio Visual Graphics Support of time of next Media Briefing .
| |
| D. Review Media Briefing information with JIC Staff prior to pre-briefings, and coordinate on approach or strategy for briefing.
| |
| E. Participate in Pre-Briefings with NYSOEM and the counties. Provide Entergy information to NYSOEM and counties, resolve inconsistencies/concerns/rumors, revi~w briefing protocol and order of speakers.
| |
| : 1. Public safety and protective action information will take priority.
| |
| : 2. The State PIO takes the lead and NYSQEM Media Room Moderator facilitates coordination.
| |
| 2.4 Media Briefings and Interviews A. NYSOEM, Counties or Entergy can call for a Media Briefing as significant events occur or critical information becomes available.
| |
| JIC Media Briefings are usually scheduled within 60 minutes of classification changes, major events or significant actions by Entergy, state or counties. Coordinate with NYSOEM PIO and JIC Staff on establishing Media Briefing times .
| |
| | |
| IPEC NON-QUALITY RELATED UP-EP-260 Revision 9 EMERGENCY PLAN PROCEDURE IMPLEMENTING PROCEDURES REFERENCE USE Page 31 of 73 Attachment 9.3 Company Spokesperson Checklist Sheet4 of 5 Contiru.u:ms ResponsabHity/Activity (cont.)
| |
| B. NYSOEM Media Room Moderator opens Media Briefings by making introductory remarks and establishing the process and ground rules.
| |
| Upon instruction by Moderator, conduct briefing using prepared Taking Points and visuals. Respond to questions as directed by Media Room Moderator.
| |
| C. As appropriate and requested, remain in media briefing area to conduct one-on-one or small group interviews regarding Entergy's response. Limit the amount of time devoted to these to allow time to return to the work area for updated information.
| |
| : 1. Ensure Entergy's Media Liaison is available to document notes of the interactions, and any follow up requests.
| |
| : 2. Advise the JIC Manager (and NYSOEM PIO during next Pre-Briefing meeting, as appropriate) of the activity and results .
| |
| D. Upon return to JIC Work Room, receive feedback on media briefing.
| |
| Obtain plant update from JIC Staff. Review open items and other issues from briefing, and determine appropriate actions to complete follow-up.
| |
| 2.5 Recovery Support Activities A Receive request from the Emergency Director to assist in developing a Recovery Action Plan, including identifying Issues/Strategies and determining the JIC Recovery Organization staffing requirements.
| |
| Coordinate this activity with the JIC Manager.
| |
| B. Coordinate with the JIC Manager to participate in a joint conference convened by the ED, to:
| |
| : 1. Review the recovery issues/strategies action plan.
| |
| : 2. Review the JIC recovery staffing requirements.
| |
| 3.0 Closeout Activity 3.1 Participate in debriefing and return work area to start up condition.
| |
| 3.2 Provide documentation and materials to JIC Manager.
| |
| | |
| --~* Entergy IPEC EMERGENCY PLAN IMPLEMENTING NON-QUALITY RELATED PROCEDURE
| |
| * IP-EP-260 Revision 9 PROCEDURES REFERENCE USE Page 32
| |
| * of 73 Attachment 9.3 Company Spokesperson Checklist Sheet 5 of 5 Media Briefing Content Guide WHAT Happened? What are we DOING about it?
| |
| [Include in this section information about events causing [Include here the actions being taken to deal with the the emergency declaration, major equipment problems, emergency, including ERO activation, repairs to injuries to personnel, radiological releases, security equipment, engagement of offsite support, and event, etc.] radiation surveys]
| |
| What does it MEAN??
| |
| [Discuss here the implications of the emergency, including effectiveness of protective measures, recovery expectations and off-site effects, if any.]
| |
| | |
| IPEC NON-QUALITY RELATED IP-EP-260 Revision 9
| |
| ~Entergy EMERGENCY PLAN IMPLEMENTING PROCEDURE PROCEDURES REFERENCE USE Page 33 of 73 Attachment 9.4 Technical Advisor Checklist Sheet 1 of 4 Primary Responsibilities Reporting to JIC Manager, establish and maintain contact/information exchange with the EOF (via the Public Information liaison); provide technical expertise to support understanding of events; advise Company Spokesperson, JIC Manager and Press Release Writer on plant events; support development/review of written statement technical accuracy; maintain log of events and information received; and monitor Media Briefings to document issues and unanswered questions.
| |
| 1.0 Initial Responsibility/Activity This is a Minimum Staffing Position 1.1 On Arrival at JIC A Go through HVfMC security and registration, showing Entergy ID and receiving JIC access badge.
| |
| * B. If you are the first to arrive, place the Entergy JIC registration binder containing the JIC Staffing Form from the Entergy JIC Work Room on the registration desk.
| |
| C. If you are the first to arrive, proceed to the JIC Work Room and tum on the computers and related equipment.
| |
| D. Sign in on Entergy Sign-In Board on the wall adjacent to the door for the NYSOEM alternate EOC. Proceed to the J!C Work Room, and refer to position binder and checklist.
| |
| E. Establish contact with the EOF via the Public Information Liaison and establish official time from EOF advise JIC Manager.
| |
| F. Establish whether the Public Information Liaison has been in contact with the Press Release Writer, and coordinate the status of news releases.
| |
| ' G. BF relieving another shift THEN perform a formal turnover for your position, including a review of the position activity log and other documentation, a detailed briefing on the emergency and response actions, and activities completed, planned or in progress .
| |
| | |
| \ IPEC NON-QUALITY RELATED Revision 9
| |
| ~Entergy EMERGENCY PLAN IMPLEMENTING PROCEDURE PROCEDURES REFERENCE USE Page 34 of 73 Attachment 9.4 Technical Advisor Checklist Sheet2 of4 lroitial Responsibility/Activity (cont) 2.0 Continuous Res12onsibility/Activity 2.1 Gather Information A. Review plant status reports electronically, online (via, MRPDAS, EDDS/PICS) and by fax as a backup including 31(a,b,c) and 42(a,b,c) forms, Radiological Emergency Data forms (Parts 1, 2),
| |
| "Essential Information Checklist" (Form EP-9), plant data systems and other information on events and response actions as it becomes available. Advise Company Spokesperson, JIC Manager and Press Release Writer in any change.
| |
| B. Gather information as required to support Company Spokesperson and Press Release Writer to develop materials for dissemination
| |
| * (refer to Information Gathering Checklist below for guidance) .
| |
| C. Establish and maintain contact with the Public Information Liaison to obtain updated information both verbally and electronically using "Essential Information Checklist" (Form EP-9) via WebEOC email and in position binder. Print and provide forms to Admin & Logistics Coordinator for further distribution in the JIC. (email: "EOF Uaison,'
| |
| in Outlook or eofliaison@entergy.com)
| |
| D. Request information from the Public Information Liaison, and as necessary use available references in the JIC and electronically, including Emergency Action level Guide, glossary of technical terms, technical plant references in JIC (technical specifications manuals, online links to IP2/IP3 FSARs, etc.), and plant parameters.
| |
| E. Working with the Documenter, ensure plant status information is properly and promptly documented. Also maintain an emergency response log of your actions, and important decisions or actions.
| |
| F. Confirm ED and JIC Manager talk on routine basis for information consistency .
| |
| | |
| IPEC NON-QUALITY RELATED IP-EP-260 Revision 9 EMERGENCY PLAN PROCEDURE IMPLEMENTING PROCEDURES REFERENCE Use Page 35 of 73 Attachment 9.4 Technical Advisor Chec8dist Sheet3 of4 Contim..1ous Responsibility/Activity (cont.)
| |
| 2.2 Written Statements A Provide new information and needed descriptions to the Press Release Writer to support written statement development.
| |
| B. Review and provide to Press Release Writer technical comments on written statements.
| |
| 2.3 Pre~Briefings A. Advise Company Spokesperson and JIG Manager on plant events and assist Company Spokesperson in preparing Talking Points as needed.
| |
| * 2.4 Media Briefings A. Support Company Spokesperson to obtain needed information to answer questions and open issues from Media Briefings.
| |
| : 8. Monitor Media Briefings from JIC Work Room and complete Media Briefing Issues form (Form EP-22) if any open issues or follow-up requests are identified. Provide completed forms to JIC Manager after briefings.
| |
| C. After Media Briefings, promptly update Company Spokesperson on events and status changes during the briefing.
| |
| 3.0 Closeout Activity 3.1 Participate in debriefing and return work area to start up condition.
| |
| 3.2 Provide documentation and materiaJs to JIC Manager
| |
| | |
| IPEC NON-QUALITY RELATED Revision 9
| |
| ~Entergy EMERGENCY PLAN IMPLEMENTING PROCEDURE PROCEDURES. REFERENCE Use Page 36 of 73 Attachment 9.4 Technical Advisor*Checklist Sheet4 of4 INFORMATION GATHERING CHECKLIST
| |
| : 1.
| |
| * What happened?
| |
| : a. Which unit was affected and what is the status of the non-effected unit?
| |
| : b. Plant status or potential to effect plant status?
| |
| : c. Release of radiation or potential for release?
| |
| : d. Is radiation release above or below tech specs?
| |
| : e. Injuries/contamination?
| |
| : f. Leakage or spills?
| |
| : g. Toxic/hazardous material?
| |
| : h. Safety significance?
| |
| : i. Security significance?
| |
| : 2. When did it happen - specific time, has it ended?
| |
| : 3. Why did it happen .:... equipment failure, weather conditions, etc.?
| |
| : 4. What is being done - to respond, repair, mitigate or prevent it from happening again?
| |
| : 5. Who was involved/responsible - potential information sources?
| |
| : 6. Has all staff been accounted for? Are there injuries? What is the status of non-essential personnel?
| |
| : 7. What are the current weather conditions?
| |
| | |
| IPEC NON-QUALITY RELATED IP-EP-260 Revision 9
| |
| ~Entergy EMERGENCY PLAN IMPLEMENTING PROCEDURE PROCEDURES REFERENCE Use Page 37 of 73 Attachment 9.5 Radiological Advisor Checklist Sheet 1 of 2 Primary ResQonsibmtles Under the direction of the JIC Manager, establish and maintain contact/information exchange with the Public Information Liaison and I or the Radiological Assessment Coordinator on event radiological aspects; provide information and advice to the Company Spokesperson on radiological status due to plant events; review written statements_ and monitor Media Briefings for accuracy relative to radiological aspects; assist the Technical Advisor as needed.
| |
| 1.0 Initial Responsibility/Activity 1.1 On Arrival at JIC A. Go through HVfMC security and registration, showing Entergy ID and receiving JIC access badge.
| |
| B. If you are the first to arrive, place the Entergy JIC registration binder containing the JIC Staffing Form from the JIC Work Room on the registration desk.
| |
| C. If you are the first to arrive, proceed to the JIC Work Room and tum on the computers and related equipment.
| |
| D. *Sign in on Entergy Sign-In Board on the wall adjacent to the door for the NYSOEM alternate EOC. Proceed to the JIC Work Room, and refer to position binder and checklist.
| |
| * E. IF relieving another shift THEN perform a fomial turnover for your position, including a review of the position activity log, a briefing on the emergency and actions completed or in progress.
| |
| 2.0** Conti rmous ResponsibHity/Activity 2.1 Review Available Information on Event A. Review plant status reports electronically, online (via, EDDS/PICS/MRPDAS) and by fax as a backup including 31(a,b,c} and 42(a,b,c) forms, Radiological Emergency Data forms (Parts 1, 2), "Essential Information Checklist" (Form EP-9), plant data systems and other information on events and response actions as it becomes available .
| |
| | |
| IPEC NON-QUALITY RELATED IP-EP-260 Revision 9
| |
| ~Entergy EMERGENCY PLAN PROCEDURE IMPLEMENTtNG PROCEDURES REFERENCE USE Page 38 of 73 Attachment 9.5 Radiological Advisor Checklist Sheet 2 of 2 B. Advise Company Spokesperson as appropriate on radiological consequences/aspects, including Cross Valley Effect, if applicable, impacts and layman's descriptions.
| |
| * C. Assist the Technical Advisor on information gathering and assessment of technical plant aspect, as requested and appropriate.
| |
| D. As needed, contact the Public Information liaison for information and/or clarification.
| |
| 2.2 Written Statements A. Review and provide technical comments on written statements on radiological implications of plant events, including Cross Valley Effect, tf applicable, as requested.
| |
| 2.3 Pre Briefings 0
| |
| * 2.4 A Advise Company Spokesperson and Technical Advisor on radiological implications of plant events, including Cross Valley Effect, if applicable.
| |
| ')
| |
| B. Assist Company Spokesperson to compile Talking Points for Media Briefings as needed.
| |
| Media Briefings A. Monitor Media Briefings, time permitting, from JIC Work Room and complete Media Briefing Issues Form (form EP-22) if any open radiological issues or follow-up requests are identified. Provide completed forms to JJC Manager after briefings.
| |
| B. Ensure unanswered radiological questions or inaccuracies are addressed during preparation of next Media Briefing.
| |
| 2.5 Post Briefing A Provide feedback on Media Briefings to JIC Manager and Company Spokesperson.
| |
| B. Assist in addressing inaccuracies, inconsistencies and unanswered questions as needed to prepare for subsequent media briefings or news releases.
| |
| 3.0 Closeout Activity 3.1 Participate in debriefing and return work area to start up condition .
| |
| * 3.2 Provide documentation and materials to JIC Manager.
| |
| L_
| |
| | |
| IPEC NON-QUALITY RELATED IP-EP-260 Revision 9
| |
| ~Entergy EMERGENCY PLAN IMPLEMENTING PROCEDURE PROCEDURES REFERENCE USE Page 39 of 73 Attachment 9.6 Admin & logistics Coordinator Checklist Sheet 1 of 4 Priman, Responsibilities Reporting to the JIC Manager, supeivise Support Staff, IT Specialist, Documenter and Media liaison; oversee support activities and functions; perform support functions, as appropriate; participate in JIC Unified Command to ensure coordinated JIC support seivices with NYS.
| |
| Supeivise Entergy JIC deactivation. Coordinate facility support as required with state representatives.
| |
| 1.0 Initial ResponsabmtylActivity 1.1 On Arrival at JIC A. Go through HVTMC security and registration, showing Entergy ID and receiving JIC access badge.
| |
| B. For all call, stage and prioritize entrance into the facility.
| |
| * C. If you are the first to arrive, place the Entergy JIC registration binder containing the JIC Staffing Form from the JIC Work Room on the registration desk.
| |
| D. If you are the first to arrive, proceed to the JIC Work Room and turn on the computers and related equipment.
| |
| E. Sign in on Entergy Sign-In Board on the wall adjacent to the door for the NYSOEM alternate EOC. Proceed to the JIC Work Room, and refer to position binder and checklist.
| |
| F. Verify completion of JIC staffing by reviewing registration sign-ins on JIC Staffing Form (Form EP-43). Review the JIC Sign-In boards in the Work Room and complete the Sign-in board if names of available staff are not included.
| |
| G. Confer with JIC Manager to determine no-shows, instruct available staff to fill positions if necessary. (Refer to Emergency Telephone Directory if necessary to make contacts).
| |
| : 1. If necessary, utilize Support Staff to contact JIC personnel who have not yet arrived to determine if and when they may arrive for response and shift planning purposes.
| |
| | |
| IPEC NON-QUALITY RELATED Revision 9
| |
| "'-- Entergy EMERGENCY PLAN IMPLEMENTING PROCEDURE PROCEDURES REFERENCE USE Page 40 of 73 Attachment 9.6 Admin & logistics Coordinator Checklist Sheet 2 of 4 Initial Responsibmty/Activity (cont.)
| |
| H. IF relieving another shift THEN perform a formal turnover for your position, including a review of the position activity log, a briefing on the emergency and actions completed or in progress.
| |
| I. Ensure set-up of Entergy work areas. Receive official time from JIC Manager and direct IT Specialist and/or Support Staff to synchronize Entergy clocks, fax machines, time stamp, etc.
| |
| J. Ensure Support Staff establish and maintain a log for incoming and outgoing faxes if needed.
| |
| 2.0 Continuous ResQonsibmty/Activity 2.1 Support JIC Operations
| |
| * A. Working with JIC Manager, make shift assignments using JIC Staffing Form (Form EP-43). Release any individuals present not currently filling a position on the 151 shift, after assigning them to second shift
| |
| : 1. When all positions are filled and shift assignments have been made, provide completed shift roster to JIC Manager for provision to Emergency Director. If requested, ensure faxing the form to the EOF.
| |
| : 2. Supervise Support Staff, Documenter, Media Liaison and IT Specialist. and provide assistance in completion of tasks as needed B. Confirm with Audio Visual Graphics Coordinator that all Audio Visual systems are set up, tested, and operational. Inform JIC Manager when completed.
| |
| C. Participate in Pre-Brief meetings if requested by the JIC Manager and/or Company Spokesperson to ensure coordinated support operations for JIC activities.
| |
| : 1. Ensure hard copy distribution of all (State, Entergy and County) news releases within Entergy JIC work areas and Media Briefing area, if electronic distribution is not available .
| |
| | |
| IPEC NON-QUALITY RELATED IP-EP-260 Revision 9 EMERGENCY PLAN PROCEDURE IMPLEMENTING PROCEDURES REFERENCE Use Page 41 of 73 Attachment 9.6 Admin & logistics Coordinator Checklist Sheet 3 of 4 Contirmous Responsibility/Activity (cont)
| |
| : 2. Maintain contact with and provide direction to Media Liaison for pre-brief meetings and discussions.
| |
| D. IF electronic distribution is not available THEN work with (Entergy and NYSOEM) Support Staff to ensure proper distribution of written materials using the Information Distribution Guide (Form EP-26). In some cases there may only be an original, so ensure a copy is returned to the owner before continuing duplication and distribution to others.
| |
| : 1. Receive notice of impending State and County news release issuance from the Inquiry Response Coordinator, and direct Support Staff to print for distribution in Entergy work areas, and for record keeping .
| |
| : 2. Work with NYSOEM Support Staff to ensure proper distribution in Entergy JIC work areas.
| |
| E. Maintain operational condition in Entergy work areas, and coordinate with NYSOEM lead support person or PIO on facility operations issues to ensure smooth functioning of equipment and the facility itself. Inform JI C Manager of any emerging facility issues.
| |
| F. Coordinate with NYSOEM/New York State Police (NYSP) on arrangements for food service (and lodging if necessary). Contact the EOF Admin and Logistics personnel for assistance if necessary.
| |
| G. Arrange for first aid or emergency care if required, in coordination with NYSOEM/NYSP representatives.
| |
| H. Provide completed JfC staffing form (Form EP 43) to Documenter for each shift for permanent fog keeping.
| |
| I. Inform NYSP of next media briefing time so they can institute access controls for the area.
| |
| 2.2 Written Statements A. Ensure approved news releases are provided to the Documenter for record keeping .
| |
| | |
| IPEC NON-QUALITY RELATED IP-EP-260 Revision 9 EMERGENCY PLAN PROCEDURE IMPLEMENTING PROCEDURES REFERENCE USE Page 42 of 73 Attachment 9.6 Admin & logistics Coordinator Checklist Sheet4 of4 Continuous Responsibility/Activity (cont)
| |
| B. IF electronic distribution is not available THEN work with (Entergy and NYSOEM) Support Staff to copy written statements for JIC distribution, and for Fax distribution (as required), including use and completion of Written Statement Distribution Checklist (Form EP-25).
| |
| : 1. Ensure fax distribution of Entergy written statements as necessary to those designated. (Fax numbers should be pre-programmed in the fax machines for these recipients). .
| |
| 2.3 Media Briefings A. If events change during a media briefing, discuss with the JIC Manager and inform and coordinate with NYSOEM PIO to end the briefing .
| |
| 3.0 Closeout Activity 3.1 Provide documentation and materials to JIC Manager.
| |
| 3.2 Participate in debriefing and then return work area to startup condition before departing facility.
| |
| 3.3 Oversee facility deactivation including ensuring all documentation and completed checklists, logs, etc. are gathered and provided to the Documenter.
| |
| 3.4 Ensure facility is operational for next use including JIC Work Rooms and media briefing area in the lobby.
| |
| | |
| JPEC NON-QUALITY RELATED IP-EP-260 Revision 9
| |
| ~Entergy EMERGENCY PLAN IMPLEMENTING PROCEDURE PROCEDURES REFERENCE Use Page 43 of 73 Attachment 9. 7 Media Liaison Checklist Sheet 1 of 3 Primary Responsibilities Reporting to Admin & Logistics Coordinator, working with Audio Visual Coordinator and Graphics Support, support setup of Media Briefing area; coordinate with NYS Media Room Moderator, act as the interface for media present at JIC; identify and arrange for media needs, as appropriate if available; support audio-video personnel during Media Briefings, as needed; support Company Spokesperson with one-on-one or small group interviews by documenting statements and questions; and prepare/maintain media materials and media kits for media present in JIC.
| |
| 1.0 Initial Responsibility/Activity 1.1 On Arrival at JBC A. Go through HVTMC security and registration, showing Entergy ID and receiving JIC access badge.
| |
| * B. If you are the first to arrive, place the Entergy JIC registration binder containing the JIC Staffing Form from the Entergy JIC Work Room on the registration desk.
| |
| C. If you are the first to arrive, proceed to the JIC Work Room and turn on the computers and related equipment.
| |
| D. Sign in on Entergy Sign-In Board on the wall adjacent to the door for the NYSOEM alternate EOC. Proceed to the JIC Work Room, and refer to position binder and checklist.
| |
| E. Proceed to Media Briefing Area in building lobby or Clerestory Room; if present locate NYSOEM Media Liaison to coordinate, for set up.
| |
| : 1. In coordination with NYSOEM Media Liaison, prepare and set out Media Kits, Emergency Planning booklets located in storage room in work areas and any news releases.
| |
| F. Assist, as needed, with set up of Media Briefing Area in either the lobby or the third floor Clerestory Room .
| |
| | |
| IPEC NON-QUALITY RELATED IP-EP-260. Revision 9
| |
| -~- Entergy EMERGENCY PLAN PROCEDURE IMPLEMENTING PROCEDURES I REFERENCE Use Page 44 of 73 Attachment 9. 7 Media liaison Checklist Sheet2 of3 G. IF relieving another shift THEN perform a formal turnover for your position, including a review of the position activity log, a briefing on the emergency and actions completed or in progress.
| |
| 2.0 Continuous ResponsibiHty/Activity 2.1 Media Room Activities A. Act as liaison to the media regarding process for gathering/obtaining information.
| |
| B. Interact with the news media at the JIC to determine and respond to their need for background information and support services. Do NOT comment on the emergency or provide opinions or explanations.
| |
| C. Maintain supply of news releases, media kits and other appropriate materials for the media present in the JIC. Coordinate with NYSOEM Media Liaison to make requests to JIC Support Staff for proper number of copies or to obtain materials.
| |
| D. Provide assistance by advising reporters of past media briefings and distributing copies of available information.
| |
| E. Coordinate requests for b-roll footage and copies of photos (CDs available) with the Audio Visual Graphics Coordinator and/or NYSOEM Media Moderator. Coordinate other requests with the NYSOEM Media Moderator.
| |
| F. Participate in or be available on headsets for pre-brief meeting, discussions or as instructed by the Admin & Logistics Coordinator.
| |
| 2.2 Media Briefings and Interviews A. Support Media Briefings, as requested by the NYSOEM Media Moderator and/or Audio Visual Graphics Support, to capture questions by the media or for other support as requested.
| |
| B. Support the Company Spokesperson in the conduct of any one-on-one or small group interviews regarding Entergy's response following formal Media Briefings.
| |
| : 1. Document notes of the interactions and any follow up any request on Media Briefing issues (Form EP-22). Ensure any rumors are also documented and provided to the Inquiry Response Coordinator.
| |
| | |
| IPEC NON-QUALITY RELATED IP-EP-260 Revision 9 Entergy EMERGENCY PLAN IMPLEMENTING PROCEDURE PROCEDURES REFERENCE Use Page 45 of 73 Attachment 9.7 Media liaison Checklist Sheet 3 of 3 Continuous Responsibility/Activity (cont.)
| |
| C. Provide support of media before, during and after Media Briefings, and provide special requests or needs to NYSOEM Media Room Moderator for resolution.
| |
| D. Use the ERO Log Sheet (Form EP-10) or Media Briefing Issues
| |
| {Form EP-22) in the position binder to document requests from the media, interviews supported and other major activities and provide these to the Inquiry Response Coordinator.
| |
| 3.0 Closeout Activity 3.1 Participate in debriefing and return work area to start up condition.
| |
| * 3.2 Provide documentation and materials to JJC Manager.
| |
| | |
| IPEC NON-QUALITY RELATED IP-EP-260 Revision 9 EMERGENCY PLAN PROCEDURE IMPLEMENTING PROCEDURES REFERENCE Use Page 46 of 73 Attachment 9.8 Audio Visual Coordinator Checklist Sheet 1 of 3 Primary Responsibilities Reporting to the JIC Manager, in conjunction with the NYS Audio Visual Coordinator, perform and/or assist with all audiovisual tasks (set-up, test, connect, operate, record, upload/distribute} for Media Briefings; supervise Audio Visual Graphics Support staff; ensure audio, visual and other graphics support needs/requests of Company Spokesperson are met.
| |
| 1.0 Initial Responsibility/Activity 1.1 Orn Arrival at JIC A. Go through HVTMC security and registration, showing Entergy ID and receiving JIC access badge.
| |
| B. If you are the first to arrive, place the Entergy JIC registration binder containing the JIC Staffing Form from the Entergy JIC Work Room on the registration desk.
| |
| C. If you are the first to arrive, proceed to the JIC Work Room and tum on the computers and related equipment.
| |
| D. Sign in on Entergy Sign-In Board on the wall adjacent to the door for the NYSOEM Alternate EOC. Proceed to the JIC Work Room, and refer to position binder and checklist.
| |
| E. Report to the JIC Audio Visual Control Room.
| |
| F. If present, work with the NYSOEM Audio-Video Coordinator to set up and test equipment: (Refer to AV Instruction Manual in JIC Audio Visual Control Room for detailed equipment instructions). If NOT already done:
| |
| : 1. Check all audio-visual equipment in the JIC to be sure it is ready to connect, record and playback. Test and ensure display monitors are functioning throughout the JIC work area.
| |
| : a. Initialize PIO Command Room, JIC Work Room, NYSOEM Alternate EOC.
| |
| : b. Start up Graphics computer.
| |
| : 2. Set-up and test sound system in Media Briefing Area .
| |
| | |
| IPEC NON-QUALITY RELATED IP-EP-260 Revision 9
| |
| ~Entergy EMERGENCY PLAN PROCEDURE
| |
| * IMPLEMENTING PROCEDURES REFERENCE USE Attachment 9.8 Audio Visual Coordinator Checklist Page 47 of 73 Sheet2 of3 Initial Responsibility/Activity (cont.)
| |
| : 3. Set up computer and Audio Visual Projection Equipment for use to support graphics and visual requirements.
| |
| : 4. Work with NYSOEM Audio Visual Coordinator to set up Audio Video connection system for Counties, and set up and test the speakerphone capability for use at the podium if needed.
| |
| G. IF relieving another shift THEN perform a formaf turnover for your position, including a review of the position activity log, a briefing on the emergency and actions completed or in progress.
| |
| 2.0 Contim..aous Responsibility/Activity 2.1 Media Briefings A. Interface with Company Spokesperson and/or direct Entergy Audio Visual Graphics Support Staff to determine and provide graphics and other visual aid requirements for Media Briefings. Participate in Pre-Briefings as appropriate.
| |
| B. Prior to Media Briefing, ensure graphics and visual aids are ready.
| |
| C. Ensure microphone for Company Spokesperson is ready and connected.
| |
| D. Provide support during Media Briefings (If requested and/or needed by NYSOEM Audio Visual Coordinator):
| |
| : 1. Initiate video conference calls for pre-briefings, transfer control to lobby or Clerestory Room for media briefings. At end of media briefing transfer control back to PIO Command Room.
| |
| : 2. Route Media Briefings to JIC Work Room and NYSOEM Alternate EOC.
| |
| : 3. Link and manage visual and graphic inputs for Spokespeople during Media Briefing.
| |
| : 4. Display graphics in Media Briefing area before, during and after Media Briefings.
| |
| : 5. Ensure Media Briefings are recorded .
| |
| | |
| IPEC NON-QUALITY RELATED IP-EP-260 Revision 9
| |
| ~Entergy EMERGENCY PLAN IMPLEMENTING PROCEDURE PROCEDURES REFERENCE Use Page 48 of 73 Attachment 9.8 Audio Visual Coordinator Checklist Sheet 3 of3 3.0 Closeout Activity 3.1 Document Audio Visual system problems for resolution.
| |
| 3.2 Participate in debriefing and return work area to start up condition.
| |
| A. Dismantle Media Briefing Area and shutdown all Audio Visual systems.
| |
| 3.3 Provide a copy of all briefing DVDs to the JIC Manager and a copy for the JIC library.
| |
| | |
| IPEC Nm.I-QUALITY RELATED IP-EP-260 Revision 9
| |
| -:::::=- Entergy EMERGENCY PLAN IMPLEMENTING PROCEDURE PROCEDURES REFERENCE USE Page 49 of 73 Attachment 9.9 Audio Visual Graphics Support Checklist Sheet 1 of 4 Primar, Responsibilities Reporting to the Entergy Audio Visual Coordinator, perform all Audio Visual Graphics support tasks to ensure Company Spokesperson has needed visuals for Media Briefings, and information dissemination; and provide video and/or graphics support for Media Briefings, as needed.
| |
| 1.0 Initial Responsibility/Activity 1.1 On Arrival at JIC A Go through HVTMC security and registration, showing Entergy ID and receiving JIC access b.adge.
| |
| B. If you are the first to arrive, place the Entergy JIC registration binder containing the JIC Staffing Form from the Entergy JIC Work Room on the registration desk.
| |
| * C. If you are the first to arrive, proceed to the JIC Work Room and turn on the computers and related equipment.
| |
| D. Sign in on Entergy Sign-In Board on the wall adjacent to the door for the NYSOEM alternate EOC. Proceed to the JIC Work Room, and refer to position binder and checklist.
| |
| E. Report to the JIC Audio Visual Control Room.
| |
| F. IF not already done, THEN work with the Entergy Audio Visual Coordinator to:
| |
| : 1. Check all audio visual equipment in the JIC to be sure it is ready to connect, record and playback. Test and ensure display monitors are functioning throughout the JIC work area.
| |
| : a. Initialize PIO Command Room, JIC Work Room, NYSOEM EOC.
| |
| : b. Startup Graphics computer.
| |
| : 2. Set-up and test microphones, sound system in Media Briefing Area, intercom system for JIC staff
| |
| : 3. Set up computer and projection equipment for use to support graphics and visual requirements
| |
| | |
| IPEC NON*QUALITV RELATED Revision 9 IP-EP-260 Entergy EMERGENCY PLAN PROCEDURE IMPLEMENTING PROCEDURES REFERENCE USE Page 50 of 73 Attachment 9.9 Audio Visual Graphics Support Checklist Sheet2of4 Initial Responsibmty/Activity (cont.)
| |
| : 4. Set up Audio Video connection system for counties, and set up and test the speakerphone capability for use on the podium, if needed.
| |
| : 5. If needed, change projector bulbs.
| |
| : a. Spare bulbs are located in the Audio Visual Master Control Room
| |
| : b. Audio Visual ladder is located in JIC/NYSOEM area or obtain one from building maintenance
| |
| : c. Unplug projector, unscrew the thumb screws, remove the plate and open the trap.
| |
| : d. Remove old bulb and insert new bulb.
| |
| : e. Close trap, replace plate, tighten thumb screws and plug in projector.
| |
| G. IF relieving another shift THEN perform a formal turnover for your position, including a review of the position activity log, a briefing on the emergency and actions completed or in progress.
| |
| 2.0 Contirmous Responsibility/Activity 2.1 Entergy Graphics and Visuals A. Graphics and Photos are located on the Graphics Computer. A USB Drive is available as a backup containing the graphics and photos.
| |
| B. Entergy graphics and other resources for possible use during a response include:
| |
| : 1. Schematics of the nuclear power facility
| |
| : 2. Plant Status Boards
| |
| : 3. Graphics and approved photographs located on the Graphics Computer (maintained in Audio Visual Control Room), and available in printed version (some duplication may be required)
| |
| | |
| IPEC NON-QUALITY RELATED IP-EP-260 Revision 9
| |
| ~Entergy EMERGENCY PLAN IMPLEMENTING PROCEDURE PROCEDURES REFERENCE USE Page 51 of 73 Attachment 9.9 Audio Visual Graphics Support Checklist Sheet 3 of 4 Contim.u:ms Responsibility/Activity {cont}
| |
| : 4. Approved b-roll footage of the plant site (copies available in Audio Visual Control Room)
| |
| C. Work with NYS Media Room Moderator to establish needs for schematics/graphics/slides selected by Company Spokesperson for use during Media Briefings.
| |
| D. Remind Company Spokesperson of graphics and system drawing book available in JIC Work Room.
| |
| E. Prepare graphics and visuals in advance of Media Briefing times, and coordinate with Audio Visual Coordinator on integration and linkage to Media Briefing Audio Visual System before briefings begin .
| |
| : 1. Using Windows Explorer, arrange graphic and photo presentation and other visuals for Company Spokesperson.
| |
| 2.2 Media Briefing A. Coordinate with Audio Visual Coordinator during briefing to ensure proper audio-video support.
| |
| : 1. Attend media pre-briefings to obtain input for graphics from Company Spokesperson and State PIO.
| |
| : 2. Arrange and operate the computer system in connections with the Media Briefing Audio Visual System, as required, to select/project graphics.
| |
| : 3. Provide Audio Visual support during media briefings to ensure transfer of vrc. audio mute on/off, camera pre-sets, mult-box is functional. .
| |
| : 4. Communicate with Audio Visual Master Control Room via intercom for instructions.
| |
| : 5. Record Media Briefings.
| |
| : 6. If events change during a media briefing, receive instructions via intercom from the JIG Manager or Admin & Logistics Coordinator/designee to relay message to State Moderator or Company Spokesperson to end the briefing.
| |
| | |
| ~
| |
| =~Entergy IPEC Nma-QUALITY RELATED IP-EP-260 Revision 9 EMERGENCY PLAN PROCEDURE IMPLEMENTING PROCEDURES REFERENCE IJSE Page 52 of 73 Attachment 9.9 Audio Visual Graphics Support Checklist Sheet4 of4 3.0 Closeout Activity 3.1 Restore Audio Visual Equipment to safe/stable/ready position A. Working with the NYSOEM and Entergy Audio Visual Coordinators, close down and return all equipment to its original condition, being careful to follow posted sequences and processes. Refer to the Audio Visual User Manual located in the Audio Visual Control Room for shutdown operations.
| |
| B. Close all open graphics on the computer, and shut down the computer.
| |
| C. Return all equipment to its stored location.
| |
| 3.2 Participate in debriefing and return work area to start up condition.
| |
| * 3.3 Provide a log and any notes to the JIC Manager.
| |
| | |
| IPEC NON-QUALITY RELATED iP-EP-260 Revision 9 EMERGENCY PLAN PROCEDURE IMPLEMENTING PROCEDURES REFERENCE Use Page 53 of 73 Attachment 9.10 Media Monitoring Checklist Sheet 1 of 2 Primary Responsibmties Under the direction of the Inquiry Response Coordinator, and in conjunction with the NYS Media Monitoring Coordinator, monitor news (TV, Radio, internet) reports for accuracy; review newspaper and other publications for accuracy, as appropriate; coordinate with the NYS Media Monitoring staff on monitoring activities; report any inaccuracies or rumors to the Inquiry Response Coordinator.
| |
| 1.0 Initial ResponsibiHty/Activity 1.1 On Arrival at JIC A Go through HVTMC security and registration, showing Entergy ID and receiving JIC access badge.
| |
| B. If you are the first to arrive, place the Entergy JIC registration binder containing the JIC Staffing Form from the Entergy JIC Work Room on the registration desk.
| |
| C. If you are the first to arrive, proceed to the JIC Work Room and tum on the computers and related equipment.
| |
| D. Sign in on Entergy Sign-In Board on the wall adjacent to the door for the NYSOEM alternate EOC. Proceed to the JIC Work Room, and refer to position binder and checklist.
| |
| E. Go to the Media Monitoring Area. Coordinate assignments with NYSOEM Media Monitoring Coordinator, if present, to provide coverage of appropriate radio & television stations and internet.
| |
| F. Tum on computer and other equipment for working order, date, and time - report any equipment problems to NYSOEM, IT Specialist or Admin & Logistics Coordinator for resolution.
| |
| G. Coordinate with Audio Visual Coordinator to record any special news/media events.
| |
| H. Obtain and review official information on plant event (news releases, Essential Information Checklists and EAS Messages).
| |
| I. IF relieving another shift THEN perform a formal turnover for your position, including a review of the position activity log, a briefing on the emergency and actions completed or in progress .
| |
| | |
| lPEC NON-QUALITY RELATED IP-IEP-260 Revision 9 EMERGENCY PLAN PROCEDURE IMPLEMENTING PROCEDURES REFERENCE USE Page 54 of 73 Attachment 9.1 O Media Monetoring Checklist Sheet 2 of2 2.0 Contirmous Responsibmty/Activity 2.1 Monitor Media Content on Event A. Remain up-to-date with official infom,ation (VIA NYALERTIJIC Website, Web EOC, review of media briefings, etc.) provided to the media as it becomes available, through written statements such as news releases and EAS messages or other official infom,ation.
| |
| B. Monitor Media for inaccuracies and rumors
| |
| : 1. Monitor media for rumors and inaccuracies regarding the event. Log rumors and inaccuracies and provide to Inquiry Response Coordinator to review inaccuracies, and detem,ine appropriate resolution/correction.
| |
| * 2. Monitor media web sites for inaccuracies (see computer/Internet Explorer bookmarks for web sites to view). Print stories as necessary to document errors, or for later viewing.
| |
| C. Maintain log of rumors and inaccuracies, including date, time, channel/station/website aired on and content/issues using WebEOC and/or Media Monitoring Form (EP-27).
| |
| D. Notify the Inquiry Response Coordinator or rumors and inaccuracies.
| |
| 3.0 Closeout Activity 3.1 Provide any CDs/DVDs and log to Documenter.
| |
| 3.2 Participate in debriefing and return work area to start up condition .
| |
| | |
| IPEC NON-QUALITY RELATED IP-EP-260 Revision 9 Entergy
| |
| =-- EMERGENCY PLAN PROCEDURE IMPLEMENTING PROCEDURES REFERENCE USE Page 55 of 73 Attachment 9.11 DocMmenter Ch ec kl ist Sheet 1 of 3 Primary Responsibilities Under the direction of Admin & logistics Coordinator, implement required documentation procedures; prepare and maintain logbook of all documentation including final approved news releases, Essential Information Checklists and other plant status materials; maintain data on JIC Work Room displays.
| |
| 1.0 Initial Responsibility/Activity
| |
| .1.1 On Arrival at JIC A. Go through HVTMC security and registration, showing Entergy ID and receiving JIC access badge.
| |
| : 8. If you are the first to arrive, place the Entergy JIC registration binder containing the JIC Staffing Form from the Entergy JIC Work Room on the registration desk.
| |
| C. If you are the first to arrive, proceed to the JIC Work Room and tum on the computers and related equipment.
| |
| D. Sign in on Entergy Sign-In Board on the wall adjacent to the door for the NYSOEM alternate EOC. Proceed to the JIC Work Room, and refer to position binder and checklist.
| |
| E. Working with Support Staff, prepare and maintain log of all documentation resulting from event {Binders and tab sets are maintained in the file cabinet in the JIC Work Room.)
| |
| r- NOTE This function can also be performed and saved electronically
| |
| : 1. Written statements from Entergy, state, counties
| |
| : 2. Copies of EAS messages
| |
| : 3. Essential Information Checklist (Form EP-9),
| |
| : 4. Plant status reports/forms,
| |
| : 5. All original Written Statement Distribution Checklists (Form EP-25)
| |
| : 6. Alf Completed JIC Staffing Forms .
| |
| | |
| IPEC NON*QUALITY RELATED IP-EP-260 Revision 9
| |
| ~Entergy EMERGENCY PLAN IMPLEMENTING PROCEDURE PROCEDURES REFERENCE USE Page 56 of 73 Attachment 9.11 Documenter Checklist Sheet2 of 3 Initial Responsibmty/Activity (cont)
| |
| : 7. Communications Representative documentation,
| |
| : 8. All Entergy JIC position logs.
| |
| F. Label binder with date of event G. Ensure date stamp has correct date/time, using the official time provided by the Admin & Logistics Coordinator. All paperwork received should be date-stamped.
| |
| H. IF relieving another shift THEN perform a formal turnover for your position, including a review of the position activity log, a briefing on the emergency and actions completed or in progress.
| |
| 2.0 Contim.Dous Responsibility/Activity
| |
| * 2.1 Maintain Documenter Log A. Using WebEOC, log the following key items:
| |
| : 1. Log notification of key events (Emergency Classification changes, shift changes and attendance, decisions/actions of JIC Manager),
| |
| time logs of operations (change in command, shift changes, times of pre-briefings, Media Briefing start and end times), and receipt of key infonnation.
| |
| : 2. Document the time at which infonnation was learned or action was taken, in addition to the time of the event or change.
| |
| B. Using Crestron, activate WebEOC projectors and Media Briefings for viewing within the JIC Work Room. (Note: Use Audio Visual user aid "How to Use Displays in the JIC Work Room.)
| |
| C. Typical display on projectors: facility logs, NYALERT/JIC Website (must keep refreshing website) and Media/Public Inquiry screen.
| |
| D. Work with JIC Manager to maintain JIC Work Room status/display boards noting Work Room. briefing times, scheduled pre-briefing and Media Briefing times, communications strategy/priorities and key messages.
| |
| E. Work with the Technical Advisor to maintain a time log and the
| |
| * plant/response status/display boards for JIC Work Room noting the major plant events and response actions being taken.
| |
| | |
| IPEC !NON-QUALITY RELATED IP-EP-260 Revision
| |
| * 9
| |
| --- Entergy EMERGENCY PLAN IMPLEMENTING PROCEDURE PROCEDURES !REFERENCE USE Page 57 of 73 Attachment 9.11 Documenter Checklist Sheet 3 of 3 Contlm1ous Responsibmty/Activity (cont)
| |
| : 1. Include any Emergency Classification Level (ECl) change, and official declaration time.
| |
| F. Receive notification from the JIC Manager or other Entergy JIC staff when rumors or misinformation are identified, and when corrective actions are complete. Ensure included on the logs and/or displays.
| |
| 2.2 Document/Maintain Record of Written Statements A Keep a time log of when news releases or other written statements need to be issued, as soon as possible and within one (1) hour of learning of a change in emergency classification. Monitor preparation time; periodically advise JIC Manager and Press Release Writer of time remaining to issue statements.
| |
| B. Log all Entergy final approved news releases.
| |
| C. Log copy of every news release issued by the state and counties.
| |
| : 1. Receive notice of impending state and county news release issuance from Inquiry Response Coordinator.
| |
| : 2. Print news releases and notify Admin & Logistics Coordinator (to ensure internal JIC distribution is accomplished).
| |
| : 3. Maintain copies in Log Book.
| |
| 2.3 Pre-Briefings and Media Briefings A. Log time for every departure/return from Pre-Briefing.
| |
| B. Log start and end time of Media Briefings and participants C. Log return time from Media Briefing to JIC Work Room 2.4 Shift Information A. Log every shift change and time of change, including personnel attendance sheets and registration logs.
| |
| 3.0 Closeout Activity 3.1 Review JIC Records for completeness.
| |
| A Check binder to ensure all documentation is complete and provide completed logbook to JIC Manager. Set up a new binder for future use.
| |
| 3.2 Participate in debriefing and return work area to start up condition.
| |
| | |
| IPEC NON-QUALITY RELATED Revision 9 EMERGENCY PLAN PROCEDURE IMPLEMENTING PROCEDURES REFERENCE USE Page 58 of 73 Attachment 9.12 Support Staff Checklist Sheet 1 of 3 Primary Responsibmties Under the direction of the Admin & Logistics Coordinator, ensure efficient internal JIC distribution of Entergy materials including written statements/information; support external distribution of final written statements, as requested; coordinate with the NYS Support Staff to accomplish JIC support requirements; and provide other support services as requested including acting as runner, posting information, etc.
| |
| 1.0 Initial Responsibility/Actnvity 1.1 On Arrival at JIC A. Go through HVTMC security and registration, showing Entergy ID and receiving JIC access badge.
| |
| B. If you are the first to arrive, place the Entergy JIC registration binder containing the JIC Staffing Form from the Entergy JIC Work Room on the registration desk.
| |
| C. If you are the first to arrive, proceed to the JIC Work Room and tum on the computers and related equipment.
| |
| D. Sign in on Entergy Sign-In Board on the wall adjacent to the door for the NYSOEM alternate EOC. Proceed to the JIC Work Room, and refer to position binder and checklist.
| |
| E. Check equipment and supplies in JIC Work Room- log any necessary supplies that need to be replenished.
| |
| F. Report to Ad min & Logistics Coordinator, and request assignment to set up facility.
| |
| G. Determine if a news release has been issued, via the NYALERT/JIC Website. If so, immediately copy and provide to the Admin & Logistics Coordinator and/or JIC Manager, and distribute within JIC Work Room if requested.
| |
| H. If not already done/assigned, check fax machine for correct date, time and operability.
| |
| I. If not already done/assigned, check for operability of copiers and adequate paper and other administrative supplies; report any problems to Admin & Logistics Coordinator. Coordinate effort with NYS support staff.
| |
| | |
| IPEC NON*QUAI.ITY RELATED IP-EP-260 Revision 9
| |
| -- Entergy EMERGENCY PLAN IMPLEMENTING PROCEDURE!
| |
| PROCEDURES REFERENCE Use Page 59 of 73 Attachment 9.12 Support Staff Checklist Sheet2 of 3 initial Responsibility/Activity (cont.)
| |
| J. If relieving another shift THEN perform a formal turnover for your position, including a review of the position activity log, a briefing on the emergency and actions completed or in progress.
| |
| 2.0 Continuous Responsibility/Activity 2.1 Provide Support to JIC Staff A. If distribution of written statements can not be provide electronically by the Press Release Writer, THEN copy and/or fax documents as requested by Admin & Logistics Coordinator, completing the Written Statement Distribution Checklist (Form EP-25) to track and document actions. Follow the Fax Distribution sheet as provided by the Admin &
| |
| logistics Coordinator, if required to fax. DO NOT SEND THE FAX
| |
| * DISTRIBUTION FORM AS PART Of THE OUT-GOING FAXES*
| |
| Include Fax Cover Sheet (Form EP-28).
| |
| B. Contact Admin & Logistics Coordinator with problems, questions or feedback C. If requested, make copies of and distribute information such as plant status reports, Essential Information Checklist. Follow the Information Distribution Guide (Form EP-26) located in your position binder if electronic distribution is not functioning.
| |
| D. ff requested, take copies of materials to Entergy Media Liaison and other Entergy work areas and perform other administrative and logistics assignments as directed by Admin & Logistics Coordinator.
| |
| E. Maintain a log of all incoming and outgoing faxes, and accomplish fax distribution to designated recipients by following Fax Distribution sheet provided by Admin & Logistics Coordinator, (ask Admin & Logistics Coordinator if uncertain as to contents of fax received, before distributing.)
| |
| F. If required, written statements should be distributed using the Written Statement Distribution Checklist (Form EP-25). The Admin & Logistics Coordinator will indicate when materials are ready for distribution.
| |
| G. If needed, support Documenter to prepare and maintain logbook of all documentation including final approval news releases, Essential Information Checklists, and other plant status materials.
| |
| | |
| IPEC NONDQUAllTY REt.ATED IP-EP-260 Revision 9
| |
| --=- Entergy EMERGENCY PLAN PROCEDURE IMPLEMENTING PROCEDURES REFERENCE Use Page 60 of 73 Attachment 9.12 Support Staff Checklist Sheet 3 of 3 3.0 Closeout Activity 3.1 Return work area to start up condition.
| |
| 3.2 If requested by Admin & Logistics Coordinator, participate in debriefing .
| |
| (
| |
| | |
| IPEC NON-QUALITY RELATED lP-EP-260 Revision 9 Entergy EMERGENCY PLAN IMPLEMENTING PROCEDURE PROCEDURES REFERENCE Use Page 61 of 73 Attachment 9.13 IT Specialist CheckUst Sheet 1 of 2 Primary Responsibmties Under the direction of the Admin & logistics Coordinator, monitor IT equipment throughout the Entergy Work Areas in the JIC to ensure proper working order; troubleshoot problems and assist with IT and computer related difficulties; coordinate solutions directly with the NYS IT Specialist Staff, if available and/or via the Admin & Logistics Coordinator; and keep the Admin & logistics Coordinator informed of all issues and the status of resolution.
| |
| 1.0 Initial Responsibmty/Activity 1.1 On Arrival at J!C A. Go through HVTMC security and registration, showing Entergy 10 and receiving JIC access badge.
| |
| B. If you are the first to arrive, place the Entergy JIC registration binder containing the JIC Staffing Form from the Entergy JIC Work Room on the registration desk.
| |
| C. If you are the first to arrive, proceed to the JIC Work Room and tum on the computers and related equipment.
| |
| * D. Sign in on Entergy Sign-In Board on the wall adjacent to the door for the NYSOEM alternate EOC. Proceed to the JIC Work Room, and refer to position binder and checklist.
| |
| E. Support set up/initial operability start-up test of the IT equipment in the JIC Work Rooms. Coordinate directly with the NYS IT representatives if available, and Entergy Audio Visual Graphics Support personnel, as needed.
| |
| F. IF relieving another shift THEN perform a formal turnover for your position, including a review of the position activity log, a briefing on the emergency and actions completed or in progress .
| |
| | |
| IPEC NON*QUALITY RELATED IP-EP-260 Revision 9
| |
| ~Entergy EMERGENCY PLAN IMPLEMENTING PROCEDURE PROCEDURES REFERENCE USE Page 62 of 73 Attachment 9.13 I
| |
| IT Specialist Checklist Sheet 2 of 2 2.0 Ccmtirmous Responsibmty/Activity 2.1 Provide IT Specialist to JIC Staff A. Remain available to support Entergy personnel with equipment problems in the Entergy work areas throughout the JIC.
| |
| B. Receive reports of difficulties directly or via the Admin & Logistics Coordinator C. Troubleshoot problems, and correct those that are possible to close out.
| |
| Develop solutions for larger issues, and coordinate solutions with the Admin & Logistics Coordinator and NYS IT Specialist Staff if available.
| |
| D. Receive approval and/or direction on approach to larger issues and
| |
| * solutions from the Admin & Logistics Coordinator and/or JIC Manager.
| |
| E. Maintain written log of actions, solutions, requirements and future needs
| |
| * F. Support Audio Visual staff as needed.
| |
| G. Ensure Entergy computers are setup to print to the local printers for the Writer and Documenter and all other computers to the network printer.
| |
| H. Interact with Entergy IT to prioritize and resolve IT issues.
| |
| 3.0 Closeout Activity 3.1 Provide log to Documenter at end of event.
| |
| 3.2 Participate in debriefing and return work area to start up condition .
| |
| | |
| IPEC NON-QUALITY RELATED IP-EP-260 Revision 9 Entergy
| |
| ~~ EMERGENCY PLAN PROCEDURE IMPLEMENTING PROCEDURES REFERENCE USE Page 63 of 73 Attachment 9.14 Inquiry Response Coordinator Checklist Sheet 1 of 3 Primary ResponsibiUties Under the direction of the JIC Manager, serve as the Public Information Liaison with County Public Information Officers (PIOs} via the NYS PIO Hotline Coordinator; receive information on county communications plans and forward to the JIC Manager, as appropriate; ensure pre-briefing and Media Briefing times are clear among county PIOs; receive information on event news coverage from Media Monitoring and interface with the NYSOEM Pl Coordinator to receive any reports of rumors or misinformation; ensure Entergy public information is known within the remote public inquiry function locations; monitor the NYALERT/JIC Website for coordination of response and public inquiry among Entergy, the NYSOEM and Counties.
| |
| 1.0 Initial Responsibility/Activity 1.1 On Arrival at JIC A. Go through HVfMC security and registration, showing Entergy ID
| |
| * and receiving JIC access badge .
| |
| : 8. If you are the first to arrive, place the Entergy JIC registration binder containing the JIC Staffing Form from the Entergy JIC Work Room on the registration desk.
| |
| C. If you are the first to arrive, proceed to the JIC Work Room and turn on the computers and related equipment.
| |
| D. Sign in on Entergy Sign-In Board on the wall adjacent to the door for the NYSOEM alternate EOC. Proceed to the JIC Work Room, and refer to position binder and checklist.
| |
| E. Establish contact with NYSOEM PIO directly and County PIOs via the NYSOEM PIO Hotline Coordinator, and monitor/maintain understanding of NYSOEM/County status. Update JIC Manager on actions of each.
| |
| F. Prior to arrival of NYSOEM representatives, initiate and monitor the PIO Hotline.
| |
| G. IF relieving another shift THEN perform a formal turnover for your position, including a review of the position activity log, a briefing on the emergency and actions completed or in progress .
| |
| | |
| IPEC NON-QUALITY RELATED IP-EP-260 Revision 9
| |
| - Entergy EMERGENCY PLAN IMPLEMENTING PROCEDURE PROCEDURES REFERENCE Use Page 64 of 73 Attachment 9.14 Inquiry Response Coordinator Checklist Sheet 2 of 3 2.0 Contim.llous Responsibmty/Activity 2.1 Keep JIC Manager/Officials Updated A. Serve as Entergy information liaison with county public information officers (PIOs) via the NYSOEM PIO Hotline Coordinator. Monitor county actions and discussions via NYSOEM PIO Hotline.
| |
| Coordinate, and monitor/maintain understanding of NYSOEM/county public information status.
| |
| : 1. Receive information on county communications plans and forward to the JIC Manager, as appropriate.
| |
| : 2. Update JIC Manager on actions of each county and state.
| |
| : 3. Provide input to PIO Hotline Coordinator on Entergy actions (planned news release distribution, requested media briefing, etc.) and latest information .
| |
| : 4. Inform Admin & Logistics Coordinator of impending State and County news release issuance so Documenter can print a copy for distribution in Entergy work areas, and for record keeping.
| |
| : 5. Notify JIC Manager of rumors/inaccurate information and log into WebEOC.
| |
| B. Interface with the NYSOEM Pl Coordinator to receive any reports of rumors or misinformation, and ensure Entergy public information is known within the public inquiry function.
| |
| C. Monitor the NYALERT/JIC Website and public inquiry function for coordination of response and public inquiry actions among Entergy, the NYSOEM and Counties.
| |
| : 1. Update JIG Manager on actions or information as appropriate.
| |
| D. Obtain information and feedback about rumors, from Media Monitoring Coordinator and provide input to PIO Hotline Coordinator and JIC Manager.
| |
| 2.2 Written Statements A. Receive notice of impending county news release issuance. Notify JIC Manager and Documenter.
| |
| | |
| IPEC NON-QUALITY REI.ATED IP-EP-260 Revision 9 EMERGENCY PLAN PROCEDURE IMPLEMENTING PROCEDURES REFERENCE Use Pags 65 of 73 Attachment 9.14 Inquiry Response Coordinaitor CheckHst Sheet 3 of 3 B. Receive notice of impending Emergency Alert System {EAS) messages/EAS follow-on news releases to be issued by each county via PIO Hotline Coordinator.
| |
| Notify JIC Manager of the message and the planned timing of EAS broadcasts.
| |
| Contim.oous Responsibility/Activity (cont) 2.3 Pre-Briefings/Media Briefings A. In absence of NYSOEM Pf O Hotline Coordinator, help coordinate among Company Spokesperson, County representatives (and State remotely} planned information for release, inconsistencies and concerns.
| |
| : 8. Monitor Media Briefings to maintain current on status and the communications response actions of the counties, state and Entergy.
| |
| : 1. Advise NYSOEM Pl Coordinator of information to share with public inquiry function.
| |
| : 2. Identify any open questions or unresolved issues from Media Briefings and follow up with JIC Manager for resolution statements and/or actions to forward to NYSOEM PIO Coordinator. The Media Briefing Issues Form (Form EP-22), also available on Web EOG, may be used to assist with this.
| |
| 3.0 Closeout Activity 3.1 Participate in debriefing and return work area to start up condition.
| |
| 3.2 Provide documentation and materials to JIC Manager.
| |
| | |
| ~ IPEC NON-QUALITY RELATED 1ili!i'l"t!$:ee:.
| |
| iP-EP-260 Revision 9
| |
| ~ Enlef8'J EMERGENCY PLAN PROCEDURE IMPLEMENTING PROCEDURES REFERENCE Use Page 66 of 73 Attachment 9.15 JIC Driving Directions & floor Plans Sheet 1 of 4 from Indian Point Take Rt-9 South.
| |
| Stay left onto Rt-9A South/Briarcliff Continue to follow Rt. 9A South.
| |
| Take Rt. 141/Rt.100 exit for Sprain Brook Parkway and White Plains After exiting, stay to right on Rt. 100.
| |
| Tum left onto Chateau Lane. (Signs posted for NY State Police and Hudson Valley Transportation Management Center (HVTMC).
| |
| Stay to the right, and park in visitor parking area.
| |
| From the West Take 1-287 East over the Tappan Zee Bridge.
| |
| Stay to the right after crossing the bridge.
| |
| le Take exit SA, Saw Mill River Parkway North.
| |
| Take the Saw Mill Parkway north to exit #23.
| |
| Take exit #23, Eastview and head East on Saw Mill Road until you come to 100C.
| |
| Proceed East on 1OOC until you come to the first major intersection which should be Bradhurst Avenue.
| |
| At the light, (Bradhurst Ave.), tum left onto Bradhurst Ave. and continue until you see the sign for "State Police and the Hudson Valley Transportation Management Center'' (HVTMC).
| |
| Turn right (Chateau Lane) and go down the hill staying to the right.
| |
| Park in the visitor parking area.
| |
| From the East Take i-287 West towards Tappan Zee Bridge.
| |
| Take Exit 3, Sprain Brook Parkway toward New York City/Taconic Parkway Merge onto Sprain Brook Parkway North via the exit on the left.
| |
| Take the exit Rte. 1OON/Hawthome Tum right onto Bradhurst entrance north I CR-301 Continue until you see the sign for "State Police and the Hudson Valley Transportation Management Center" (HVTMC).
| |
| Turn right (Chateau Lane) and go down the hill staying to the right.
| |
| * Park in the visitor parking area.
| |
| | |
| .1 IPEC NON-QUALITY RELATED IP-EP-260 Revision 9
| |
| --~ Entergy EMERGENCY PLAN IMPLEMENTING PROCEDURE PROCEDURES REFERENCE USE Page 67 of 73 Attachment 9.15 JIC Driving Directions & Floor Plains Sheet2 of4 Maio Entrance Podium & Camera
| |
| * Ladies Room Mens Room Security Chackln Traffic Management Display Center Media Briefing Room (lobby Floor)
| |
| | |
| IPEC NON*QUALITY RELATED IP-EP-260 Revision 9
| |
| *-*****Entergy EMERGENCY PLAN PROCEDURE IMPLEMENTING PROCEDURES REFERENCE Use Page 68 of 73 Attachment 9.15 JIC Driving Directions & Floor Plans Sheet 3 of 4 SEMO/
| |
| ENTERGY JIC SEMOEOC
| |
| \t:,. ....... *.. n
| |
| ,i
| |
| '.i
| |
| ' Recap:icn
| |
| ' Exil**
| |
| Conlelence Room I Elevaror, Stairs &
| |
| * Restrooms ......
| |
| Comdor
| |
| .*-, .. *-~*-"'"'~"*"**"*
| |
| ** *** * ,,,,..,_.,~ ***** V m JIC I r Cornrol Room Woll!.
| |
| Room I= ..
| |
| ,v,
| |
| ***,s.**i Joint Information Ceirnter
| |
| ("G floor")
| |
| | |
| IPEC NON-QUALITY RELATED IP-EP-260 Revision 9 EMERGENCY PLAN PROCEDURE IMPLEMENTING PROCEDURES REFERENCE Use Page 69 of 73 Attachment 9.15 JIC Driving Directions & Floor Plans Sheet4 of 4 Plasma Screen Dlsplav Plasma Screen Dfsplav I Podium I D
| |
| 0 0
| |
| R 0
| |
| 0 0
| |
| R F E X
| |
| R I E T Clerestory Media Briefing Room Third Floor
| |
| | |
| * - IPEC EMERGENCY PLAN IMPLEMENTING PROCEDURE NON-QUALITY RELATED IP-EP-260 Revision 9 PROCEDURES REFERENCE USE Page 70 of 73 Attachment 9.16 Sheet 1 of 1 JOINT INFORMATION CENTER ORGANIZATION CHART Emergency Director Company Spokesperson Public Information JIC Manager Liaison I
| |
| I I Admin & Inquiry J Press Release Writer Logistics Coordinator I ----G Audio. Visual Coordinator
| |
| | |
| ===Response===
| |
| Coordinator -1 Technical Advisor I I Audio Visual I
| |
| I I
| |
| Radiological Graphics I Advisor Support Staff I Media Support I I
| |
| Room
| |
| .I Media Monitoring I IT Specialist Documenter I ..
| |
| lmt1al Response.
| |
| Press Release Writer
| |
| | |
| IPEC NON-QUALITY RELATED Revision 9
| |
| * -=- Entergy EMERGENCY PLAN .
| |
| IMPLEMENTJNG PROCEDURE PROCEDURES REFERENCE Use Page 71 of 73 Attachment 9.17 IPEC JIC ERO STAFFING At IPEC, the expectation is that ALL individuals assigned to the JIC report to the facility within 120 minutes of the declaration of an Event.
| |
| The JIC is able to be considered STAFFED when the following three individuals are present:
| |
| Company Spokesperson, JIC Manager and Technical Advisor. Regardless of whoever else is available, these three positions MUST be filled before the JIC can be considered to be STAFFED.
| |
| For this reason, these individuals are often referred to a MINIMUM STAFFING for the JIC. IPEC Emergency Planning requires that the JIC be STAFFED within 120 minutes of the Declaration of an Event.
| |
| Entergy coordinates with NY State Office of Emergency Management (NYSOEM) to declare the JIC OPERATIONAL as soon as it is staffed .
| |
| | |
| IPEC NON-QUALITY RELATED IP-EP-260 Revision 9 Entergy EMERGENCY PLAN PROCEDURE IMPLEMENTING PROCEDURES REFERENCE USE Page 72 of 73 Attachment 9.18 Sheet 1 of 2 Public Information Liaison Checklist 1.0 Initial Responsibility/Activity NOTES 1.1 Follow Responsibility/Activities in EN-EP-609 Attachment 9.7 and the following:
| |
| 1.2 Assume the position of the Public Information liaison A. Establish communications with the Press Release Writer (914-254-7031). If initial press release has been establish, use the appropriate press release template, have the ED review and post as required.
| |
| B. Tum on designated computer and Essential Information Checklist (Form EP-9) computer template (on desktop),
| |
| and establish email capability to the Press Release Writer (their current location email address should be established when making contact). Also send a test message to the JIC Technical Advisor.
| |
| : 1. Receive directions from the Press Release Writer to distribute the news release, if necessary. Distribution includes the media, JIC and EOF, and other Entergy locations. Distribute the news release(s) to media/wire seivices, EOF, JIC and to the designated local officials by using any available methods.
| |
| : a. Post to the NYALERT/JIC Website
| |
| : b. Post to WebEOC
| |
| : c. Email
| |
| : 2. If the NYALERT/JIC Website is not available as a backup contact IPEC's Communications Manager for distribution to the media via email. As a secondary backup in the event email is also not available continue to support the IPEC Communications Manager with either faxes (Form EP-28) or with phone calling the media.
| |
| L ___
| |
| | |
| 1 IPEC NON-QUALITY RELATED Revision 9 Entergy EMERGENCY PLAN PROCEDURE IMPLEMENTING PROCEDURES REFERENCE Use Page 73 of 73 Attachment 9.18 Sheet 2 of 2 Public Information liaison Checklist Initial Responsibility/Activity contirmed NOTES C. When JIC activity begins, establish phone contact with JIC Technical Advisor. Communicate with Press Release Writer to understand status of travel of the Press Release Writer to the JIC.
| |
| D. Provide current EOF time to the JIC for clock synchronization.
| |
| 2.0 Corotim.nous Responsibmty/Activity 2.1 Provide Support to the JIC A. Frequently update JIG Technical Advisor with information relating to plant events both verbally and using the Essential Information Checklist (Form EP-9), at roughly 30-minute intervals or as events warrant.
| |
| B. Facilitate inclusion of JIC staff during EOF Briefings via telephone C. Respond to requests from JIC for information D. Coordinate the technical review of news release(s) by the Emergency Director. Ensure prompt feedback to Press Release Writer via WebEOC.
| |
| 2.2 Provide Feedback to EOF Staff on JIC Operations A. Receive and post final JIG news releases on bulletin board in Information Liaison work area. Ensure prompt distribution within EOF.
| |
| B. Participate in EOF Briefings providing information on the JIC as appropriate.
| |
| | |
| ATTACHMENT 9.1 SH!.:ei 1 OF 2
| |
| * Equipment/facility/Other: Indian Point Enel'QJY Center (JPEC}
| |
| | |
| ==Title:==
| |
| Incident Command Post (lCP)
| |
| Part!. Description of Activity Being Reviewed (even! or action, or series of actions that have the potential to affect the emergency plan or have the potenlial to affect the Implementation of !he emergency plan):
| |
| Change 1: Added a statement from IP-EP-250 ''Emergency Operations Facility" to support deletion of the IPEC EOF facility procedure. This will ensure offsite representatives are kept current with any security related issues.
| |
| Part II. Emergiem::y !Plara Sections Reviewed (List all emergency plan sections that were reviewed for this activity by number and title. IF THE ACTIVITY IN ITS ENTIRETY IS AN EMERGENCY PLAN CHANGE OR EAL OR EAL BASIS CHANGE, ENTER THE SCREENING PROCESS. NO 10 CFR 50.54(q)(2) DOCUMENTATION IS REQUIRED, Section A: Assignments of !Responsibility Section E: Notifications Methods and Procedures s~ct!on F: Emergency Comm11.mications Part m. Ability to Maintain the Emergency Pian {Answer the following questions related to impact on the ability to malntaln the emergency plan).:
| |
| : 1. Do a~ elements of the activity change information contained In the emergency plan (procedure section 3.0(6])?
| |
| YES LJ NO ~ IF YES, enter screening process for that element
| |
| : 2. Do any elements of the activity change an emergency classffication lnilfaling Condition, Emergency Action Level (EAL), associated EAL note or associated EAL basrs information or their underlying calculations or assumptions?
| |
| YES D NO !81 IF YES, enter screening process for that element
| |
| : 3. Do any elements of the activity change the process or capability for alerting and notifying the public as described in
| |
| .the FEMA-approved Alert and Notification System design report?
| |
| YES D NO !81 IF YES, enter screening process for that element
| |
| : 4. Do a~elemenis of !he activity change the Evacuation Time Eslimale results or documentation?
| |
| YES D NO !81 IF YES, enter screening process for that element
| |
| : 5. Do al"!i'.. elements of the activity change the Onshift Staffing Analysis results or document~lion?
| |
| YES LJ
| |
| * NO !81 IF YES, enter screenina orocess for that element '
| |
| EN-EP-305 REV 5
| |
| | |
| all com:!itlans that may cause a d'l1mga to or impact Iha abi~ty lo maintain the emergency plan*. Orlg!nalor ana reviewer s!gruuures in Part IV dccumenl that a review of all elamenls of the proposed change have been. cooslderad or their impact on Iha ebliity to maintain tho emef\11\lf'ley plan am! their po!an!lal to chan@e the 111merseney plan.
| |
| : 1. , P,ovide a btlef conclusion lhatclaserlbH how the oom:lilicns as described in the emergency plan are maintained wiih this acihlity. *
| |
| : 2. Check Iha bol' below when the 10 cr=R 50.54(q)(2) review c:omp!ales @II actions for all elements of ht aciivity - no
| |
| * 10 CFR 50.54(q)(3) screening or ava!ual!oo Is ooquirer.t for any element. Otherwise, !ave the checkbox blank.
| |
| * i8l I have comple!ed a review of !his aellvlty in accordant:l!l wilh 10 CFR 50.54(q)(2) and delam,!ned Iha! the effeciiveness of the emergency plan Is maintained:. This 2cihtity does not make any changes to the emergency plan No further actions are required lo saaen or evaluate !his aclivlty under 10 CFR 50.54(q}(3).
| |
| Proposed change 1 added a statemlllnt from lP EPu250 to enzmre off:sit~ Npresenmtives*are 0
| |
| kpt cuffa11t wmu -1my secMriti, issuH. This stat~ment was moved from the !OF imlceduire, iP*EPD250 which is being deleted. 1\/h:wing this statement wn,n.1res c;ommunicatiof!$ betwan EOf &nald @ffslte wm bi:t mainilai11ed. This things does not change the Intent of th pr@cedmre.
| |
| A r@vl@w of this activity in aiccordam:e with 10 CFR SO.S4(q)(2) hti$ br& ©omp!eted.and determined that th ~ff1E11::th,*en0,s @f the fflEH'gtmcy plara I$ rmnintainied. Thi$ .u::1h1ity does not m:aka.any c:h.an~es to the req11dreme~tfor offsite notiflcations @r the !PEC Em~irgency Phm. No 111.Urther mu::lons are required to sereero or evaluate Ulls activity undar 10 CfR.
| |
| 50.54(q)(3) *
| |
| * ame (Print)
| |
| Preparer Signature*.
| |
| Reviewer Signature 1/16118
| |
| * Reviewer N@me (Prinl)
| |
| * Reviewer Slgna!ute iimolity F. GaNey Nuclear EP Projecl Manager T~1~
| |
| Reviewer Name (Print) Dale Frank J. Mitchell Marmger, l'::mergency Planning or designee 1/n (1(
| |
| | |
| IPEC NON°0UALITV RELATED EMERGENCY PLAN PAOCEDIJRE ADMINISTRATIVE PROCEDURES 1 of 1 Attachment 9. 1 Emergency Planning Document Change Checklist Form (All sections must be completed, N/A or place a check on the line where applicable)
| |
| Section 1 Doc/Procedure Type:
| |
| 1------,-----.,.-,----f-,A_d_m_*_1n_is..;..,tr..;..,a_tiv_e...,.D=----lm_,______.jgJ_ EPLAN[J=--~N/_A-=0~~-i Doc/Procedure No: IP-EP-241 Incident Command Post No N/A D CA#: _ _ _ _ _ _ __
| |
| Section 2
| |
| * 1.
| |
| CluJ1nge Description Ensure the following are completed, or are not applicable and are so marked:
| |
| : a. 50.54q
| |
| : b. EN-FAP-OM-023 C. IP-SMM-AD-102
| |
| : d. OSRC l'8l l8l l'8J O
| |
| N/A D NIA 0 NIA 0 NIA 18J
| |
| : 2. Transmittals are completed: D NIA D Date:_ _
| |
| : 3. Ensure the proper revision is active in Merlin: D N/A D
| |
| : 4. Approved doc/procedure delivered to Doc. Control for distribution: D NIA D Date:
| |
| : 5. Position Binders updated: D N/A D Date: _ _
| |
| : 6. Copy of EPDCC placed in EP file: D N/A D Date: _ _.
| |
| : 7. Supporting documentation is submitted as a general record in MERLIN: D NIA D Date: _ _
| |
| : 8. Word files are moved from working drafts folder to current revision folder in the EP drive:
| |
| D NIA D Da.te:
| |
| Sheet 1 of 1
| |
| | |
| UPEC IMPLEMENTING PROCEDURE -SMM-A0-102 Rev: 15
| |
| * PREPARATION, REVIEW, AND APPROVAL ATIACHMENT 10.2 Procedure
| |
| | |
| ==Title:==
| |
| Procedure No.
| |
| Incident Command Post IP*EP-241 Existing Rev: 3 New Rev: 4 DAN/EC No:
| |
| Page 35 of 43 IPEC PROCEDLJRE REVIEW AND APPROVAL D Converted To IPEC, Replaces:
| |
| K Applicable)
| |
| D NEW PROCEDURE Unit 1 Procedure No. EDITORIAL Temporary Procedure Change 0
| |
| I.El GENERAL REVISION 0 ADVANCE Temporary Procedure Change 0 PARTIAL REVISION 0 EDITORIAL REVISION Unit 2 Procedure No: 0 CONDITIONAL Temporary Procedure Change 0 VOID PROCEDURE Terminaling Condition:
| |
| Cl SUPERSEDED Unit 3 Procedure No:
| |
| RAPID REVISION Document in Microsoft Word:
| |
| 0 VOID DRNffPC No(s):
| |
| I.El Yes O No Revision Summarv Added a stalement to support communications of security events to the offsite.
| |
| Implementation Requirements Implementation Plan? Cl Yes I.El No Formal Training? D Yes lfilNo Special Handling? D Yes I.ElNo RPO Dept: Emergency Planning Writer: {Print Name/Ext/Sign): Rebecca A. Martin I x7106 /
| |
| Review am:! Approval (Per Attachment 10.1, IPEC Review And Approval Requirements)
| |
| : 1. I.El Technical Reviewer: _ Mary Ann_
| |
| _;__ Wilson
| |
| __ / ....L.~u.J~U..~:,.\d.~::!J..~!!....L..l-----~:.W-~µ_t_ _ __
| |
| : 2. 0 Cross-Disciplinary Reviewers:
| |
| Depl: Reviewer:
| |
| Print Neme/ Signature/. Date)
| |
| Dept: Reviewer:
| |
| : 3. I.El RPO* Responsibilities/Checklist: Frank J. MilcheU /
| |
| Print Name/ Signature/ Date) 0 PAD required and is complete (PAD Approver and Reviewer qualifications have been verified)
| |
| I.El Previous exclusion from further U-100 Review is still valid D PAD not required due to type of change as defined in 4.6
| |
| : 4. D Non-Intent Delerminalion Complete:
| |
| -------------------------- (Print Name/ Signature/ Date)
| |
| NO change of purpose or scope NQ change to less restrictive acceptance criteria NO reduction in the level of nuclear safety !'::lQ change to steps previc:,usly identified as commitment steps NO voiding or canceling of a procedure, unless NO deviation from the Quality Assurance Program Manual requirements are incorporated into another procedure NO change that may result in deviations from Technical or the need for the procedure was eliminated Specifications, FSAR, plan! design requirements,
| |
| : 5. D On-Shilt Shill Manager/CR$:
| |
| ----------------------------- (Print Name/ Signature/ Date)
| |
| : 6. 0 User Validation: User: Validator.
| |
| : 7. D Special Handling Requirements Understood:
| |
| (Print Name/ Signature/ Date)
| |
| | |
| I
| |
| * Revision Matrix IP-EP-241 Incident Command Post Revision 4 Number Location E:idsting Condition Proposed Editorial Impact on 50.47 planning Condition Chanae? Std.?
| |
| : 1. None 4. 1.4 Coordinate with the No No - The statement was Emergency Director to added to this procedure due ensure representatives are to the deletion of proc;ure IP-EP-250. ICP was Page 3, step kept current on any security replaced with Emerge y I 4.1.4 related issues; Director to maintain th intent of ED informing representatives. This change does not change the intent of the procedure. **-
| |
| =
| |
| : 2. Page 10 Step C. B. Yes No - letter typo. This change does not change the 2.4 intent of lhe procedure.
| |
| | |
| IPEC NON-QUALITY RELATED IP-EP-241 Revision 4 EMERGENCY PLAN . PROCEDURE IMPLEMENTING PROCEDURES REFERENCE USE Page 1 of 26 Incident Command Post
| |
| * Prepared by: Rebecca A Martin Pnnf Mame Approval: Frank J. Mitchell F>nnl Name Effective Date: January 24, 2018
| |
| ,IP-EP-241 (JCP) R4.doc
| |
| | |
| Revision4 IPEC NON*QUALITY RELATED IP-EP-241
| |
| !EMERGENCY PLAN PROCEDURE IMPLEMENTING PROCEDURES REFERENCE USE Page Table of Contents 1.0 Purpose ....................................................................................*................ 3 2.0 References ............................................................................................. 3 3.0 Definitions ...............................................................................................3 4.0 Responsibilities ................... ; ....................................................................3 5.0 Details ....................................................................................................4 6.0 Interfaces .................................................................................................4 7.0 Records .....................................................................................................4 8.0 Requirements & Commitment Cross-References ............................................. 4 9.0 Attachments ...............................................................................................5 9.1 Security-lCP Liaison Checklist (Primary ICP) ...........................................6 9.2 Security-lCP Liaison Checklist (Alternate ICP) .........................................9 9.3 Operations (OPS)-ICP Liaison Checklist (Primary ICP) ................................ 12.
| |
| 9.4 Operations (OPS)-ICP Liaison Checklist (Alternate ICP) .............................. 15 9.5 Rad Protection (RP)-ICP Liaison Checklist (Primary ICP) ............................. 18 9.6 Rad Protection (RP)-ICP Liaison Checklist (Alternate ICP) ........................... 21 9.7 Incident Command Post (Primary) Layout ..................................................... 24 9.8 Exposure Control Briefing Video QR Ce>de .................................................... 26
| |
| | |
| .. IP-EP-241 Revision 4 IPEC NON*QUALITY RELATED
| |
| ~E'ulergy'% EMERGENCY PLAN PROCEDURE IMPLEMENTING PROCEDURES REFERENCE USE Page } of 26 1.0 PURPOSE To describe the activation and operation of the Incident Command Post (ICP) during declared emergencies in accordance with the Emergency Plan for Indian Point Energy Center.
| |
| J NOTE:
| |
| The primary ICP is located at the Buchanan Service Center building (EOF}. The alternate ICP is located at the NY State Police (Cortlandt barracks), 1 Memorial Drive, Croton, New York. Depending on circumstances at the time, other alternate ICPs could be established on an ad hoc basis.
| |
| | |
| ==2.0 REFERENCES==
| |
| | |
| Indian Point Energy Center Emergency Plan 3.0 DEFINITIONS None 4.0 RESPONSIBILITIES.
| |
| 4.1 The Security-lCP liaison is responsible for:
| |
| 4.1.1 Ensuring adequate staffing of the ICP to support the emergency; 4.1.2 ~F the event is security related which requires support from Operations and Radiation Protection, NOTIFY the Emergency Plant Manager (EPM) or Emergency Director and request the necessary support.
| |
| NOTE:
| |
| The OPS ICP Liaison and RP ICP Liaison are assigned by the Primary or Alternative TSC/OSC.
| |
| 4.1.3 Working with the Emergency Director to set priorities for the ICP staff; 4.1.4 Coordinate with the Emergency Director to ensure representatives are kept current on any security related issues; 4.1.5 Ensuring adequate outside resources are tasked to support the emergency;
| |
| * 4.1.6 Coordinating and controlling ingress of offsite responders such as fire, medical, and law enforcement support;
| |
| | |
| **~Enlergy~ IPEC IP-EP-241 Revision 4 NON-QUALITY RELATED EMERGENCY PLAN PROCEDURE IMPlEMl:NTING PROCEDURES REFERENCE USE Page ~ of 26 4.1.7 Directing the activities of the ICP staff to support emergency response.
| |
| 4; 1.8 Support review of Press Releases 4.2 The ICP Staff is responsible for completing tasks as defined in their checklists and/or duties assigned by the Security-lCP Liaison.
| |
| 5.0 DETAILS 5.1 The Security-lCP Liaison SHALL follow the instructions outlined in Attachment 9.1 or 9.2, "Security-lCP liaison Checklist."
| |
| 5.2 . The Operations (OPS)-ICP Liaison SHALL follow the instructions outlined in Attachment 9.3 or 9.4, "Operations (OPS)-ICP liaison Checklist."
| |
| 5.3 The Rad Protection (RP)-ICP Liaison SHALL follow the instructions outlined in Attachment 9.5 or 9.6, "Rad Protection (RP)-ICP Liaison Checklist."
| |
| 5.4 The IPEC Integrated Response Plan outlines ICP action for:
| |
| 5.4.1 Primary and backup communications protocol with onsite and offsite Response Organizations 5.4.2 Relocation of the ICP 5.4.3 Activation ofthe ICP 5.4.4 General Response considerations 5.4.5 " Resource Management 6.0 INTERFACES 6.1 IP-EP-230, "Operations Support Cante(
| |
| 6.2 IP-EP-240, "Security" 6.3 IP-1055, "Fire Emergency Response" 6.4 O-SEC-021, IPEC Integrated Response Plan 7.0 RECORDS All logs, completed forms, and other records generated during an actual emergency SHALL be considered quality records and maintained for the life of the plant.
| |
| s.o REQUIREMENTS AND COMMITMENT CROSS-REFERENCE None
| |
| | |
| .,.. IPEC IP-EP-241 Revision4 NON-QUALITY RELATED
| |
| ~Entergy EMERGENCY PLAN PROCEDURE IMPLEMENTING PROCEDURES REFERENCE Use Page §. of 26 9.0 ATTACHMENTS 9.1 Security-lCP liaison Checklist (Primary ICP}
| |
| 9.2 Security-lCP Liaison Checklist (Alternate ICP) 9.3 Operations (OPS)-ICP Liaison Checklist (Primary JCP}
| |
| 9.4 Operations (OPS)-ICP liaison Checklist* (Alternate ICP) 9.5 Rad Protection {RP)-ICP Liaison Checklist (Primary ICP) 9.6 Rad Protection (RP)-ICP Liaison Checklist (Alternate ICP) 9.7 Incident Command Post (Primary) layout 9.8 Exposure Control Briefing Video QR Code
| |
| | |
| .A IPEC IP-EP-241 Revision4 NON-QUALITY RELATED
| |
| ~E,ilergy,. EMERGENCY PLAN PROCEDURE IMPLEMENTING PROCEDURES Page of 2§ REFERENCE USE i Attachment 9.1 Security-lCP Liaison Checklist (Primary ICP)
| |
| Page 1 of 3 1.0 Initial Responsibmty!Activify 1.1. Assume the duties of the Security-lCP Liaison.
| |
| A. Sign in on the available sign-in sheet in the EOF.
| |
| B. ~ynchronize your time with the EOF clock.
| |
| C. IF the Incident Command Post (ICP) is not yet operational, THEN perform the
| |
| *following steps:
| |
| : 1. Establish communications with the Emergency Director and notify him that the ICP has been activated.
| |
| : 2. Perform a communications check with the TSC Security Coordinator; inform them you are the Security-lCP liaison and how you can be contacted.
| |
| : 3. If the TSC Security Coordinator is not yet available, THEN perform a communications check with the Unit 2 Secondary Alarm Station (SAS) and the Unit 3 Central Alarm Station (CAS), inform them that you are the Security-lCP Liaison and how you can be contacted. Follow up with a communications check with the OSC Security Coordinator once he or she is onsite.
| |
| : 4. Receive event status briefing from the Emergency Director.
| |
| : 5. Review any Press Releases that have been distributed.
| |
| D. IF relieving another Security-JCP Liaison, THEN perform the following steps:
| |
| : 1. Review the previous Security-lCP Liaison Emergency Response Organization log Sheet(s). (Form EP-10) .
| |
| : 2. Receive a briefing from the current Security-lCP Liaison.
| |
| : 3. Do a formal turnover with the current Security-lCP Liaison .
| |
| | |
| .. IPEC NON-QUALITY RELATED BP-EP-241 Revision4
| |
| ~ E'nlergy(f) EMERGENCY PLAN PROCEDURE IMPLEMENTING PROCEDURES REFERENCE Use Page l of 26 Attachment 9.1 Security-lCP Liaison Checklist (Primary ICP)
| |
| Page 2of 3 E. Inform the Emergency Director that you are now filling the duties of the Security-lCP liaison.
| |
| 2.0 Continuous Responsibilities/Activity 2.1 Establish and maintain communicateons with available local law enforcement authorities (LLEA) and other offsite resource representatives (Fire/EMS). Discuss and coordinate the following:
| |
| A. Number of responding members from each agency; B. Estimated time of arrival for support resources; C. Staging areas for equipment and personnel;
| |
| * D. Radiological or other hazards that could delay or impede the police/fire/EMS response; E. Dosimetry requirements for offsite resources arriving onsite; F. Support review of Press Releases generated from the Joint Information Center; G. Inform the Offsite Team Coordinator of any road impediments that could impede Offsite Monitoring Teams.
| |
| 2.2 Utilize the plant drawings/diagrams contained in the ICP Liaison kit to provide security insight to the Hncident Commander.
| |
| 2.3 Establish and maintain communications with the TSC Security Coordinator.
| |
| Discuss and coordinate the following:
| |
| A. Arrival of offsite resources and their staging areas.
| |
| B. Advise on the need for any offsite resources to enter the Protected Area or a Vital Area .
| |
| | |
| ME IPEC NON-QUALITY RELATED IP-EP-241 Revision 4
| |
| -=- ulergytl EMERGENCY PLAN PROCEDURE IMPLEMENTING PROCEDURES Page of REFERENCE USE ! 26 Attachment 9.1 SecurifywlCP Liaison Checklist (Primary JCP)
| |
| Page 3 of 3 2.4 IF advised by the Incident Commander, establish the ICP at a different location.
| |
| A Ensure that the Emergency Director and the OSC Security Coordinator are notified as to the logistics of the new location.
| |
| B. When established in the new location, initiate contact with* both of these parties.
| |
| 3.0 Closeout Responsibility/Activity 3.1 Review all documentation.
| |
| A. Verify that logs, forms, and other documentation are complete.
| |
| 3.2 Provide aH documentation to EOF Manager upon termination of the emergency and entry into the Recovery Phase*
| |
| | |
| IPEC NON-QUALITY RELATED IP-EP-241 Revision4
| |
| 'WEntergy,, EMERGENCY PLAN PROCEDURE IMPLEMENTING PROCEDURES Use of 26 REFERENCE Page !
| |
| Attachment 9.2 Security-lCP liaison Checklist (Alternate ICP)
| |
| Page 1 of 3 1.0 Initial Responsibility I Activity 1.1 Proceed to the location of the Alternate ICP:
| |
| New York State Police (Cortlandt Barracks)
| |
| .1 Memorial Drive, Croton-On-Hudson, NY 10520 Tel: (914) 737-7171 1.2 Contact the Incident Commander and introduce yourself as the IPEC Security-lCP Liaison. -
| |
| 1.3 Request the Incident Commander for introductions to key ICP Command Personnel.
| |
| 1.4 Obtain the ICP Liaison kit ("Go Bag") from the communications room .
| |
| 1.5 Utilize the Log Book in your ICP Liaison kit to document significant actions performed and relevantcommunications.
| |
| 1.6 Initiate and maintain communication with the CAS/SAS via cell phone, satellite phone or landUne. If using the cell phone headset, be careful to select the headset that is already synchronized to that cell phone number.
| |
| 1.7 Establish communications with the Emergency Director and notify him that the ICP has been activated.
| |
| 1.8 Perform a communications check with the TSC Security; inform them you are the Security-lCP Liaison and how you can be contacted.
| |
| 1.9 If requested to establish an open line of commu.mications with multiple groups utilize the Bridge line- xxx:~"'xxxx in the ETD.
| |
| 1.10 Utilize the laptop computer as necessary to access site information or make WebEOC entries
| |
| * IA, DP-EP-241 Revision 4 IPEC NON-QUALITY RELATED
| |
| ~Eule,gy" EMERGENCY PLAN PROCEDURE IMPLEMENTING PROCEDURES REFERENCE USE Page 10 of 26 Attachment 9.2 Security-lCP liaison Checklist (Alternate BCP)
| |
| Page 2 of 3 1.11 Obtain and wear dosimetry from the ICP liaiso11 kit. Make sure you know which DLR (by rmmber) is assigned to you so any dose associated with this DLR can be assigned to you after it is read by the dosimetry department.
| |
| 2.0 Continuous Responsibilities/ Activity 2.1 Monitor ICP Activities:
| |
| A Priorities for mitigation hazards in relation to safe shutdown priorities.
| |
| 2.2. Participate in the ICP Briefings and present new information when it becomes available. Briefings should include:
| |
| A Provide simplified explanations clarifications to ICP personnel of technical details.
| |
| Information should be tailored for a broad range of disciplines. Acronyms and technical terminology should be avoided.
| |
| : 8. Utilize the plant drawing/diagrams contained in the ICP liaison kit to provide security insight to the Incident Commander.
| |
| C. Provide known hazards, chemicals, high pressure steam leaks, and electrical hazards, potential for explosions.
| |
| D. Provide strategies for entering the station if hazards exist.
| |
| 2.3 Provide station priorities as it applies to the assistance needed from the ICP.
| |
| Assistance may include:
| |
| A. Coordination of search and rescue teams for multiple casualties.
| |
| B. Movement of Plant Operators 2.4 General assistance that may be needed at throughout the ICP may include:
| |
| A. Interpretation of information.
| |
| B. Clarification of station information .
| |
| | |
| a IPEC NON-QUALITY IRELATED IP-EP-241 Revision4 wryE11lergy,., EMERGENCY PLAN PROCEDURE IMPLEMENTING PROCEDURES REFERENCE Use Page 11 of 26 Attachment 9.2 Security-lCP Liaison Checklist (Alternate ICP)
| |
| Page 3 of 3 2.5 Prioritization* of station support from the perspective of:
| |
| A. Mitigation of existing hazards; B. Sector clearing; C. Personnel accountability; D. Coordination of Law Enforcement activities; E. Coordination of staffing of the Emergency Response facilities; F. Fire/EMS.
| |
| * 3.0 Closeout ResponsibiUties I Activity
| |
| * 3.1 When relea$ed by the Incident Commander at the end of the event, perform the following:
| |
| A. Collect all pertinent documentation; B. Participate in the After Action Reviews or critiques held at the ICP; C. Return to the Alternative TSC/OSC and tum in all documentation to the EPM.
| |
| 3.2 Return the Security Liaison kit to the storage location, inventory contents and restore supplies as necessary.
| |
| | |
| IPEC NON-QUALITY RELATED IP-EP-241 Revision4
| |
| ~Enlergy"' EMERGENCY PLAN PROCEDURE IMPLEMENTING PROCEDURES REFERENCE USE *
| |
| * Page 12 of 26 Attachment 9.3 Operations (OPS)-ICP Liaison Checklist (Primary ICP)
| |
| Page 1 of 3 1.0 ~nitiaJ Responsibility/Activify 1.1 Assume the duties of the Operations (OPS)-iCP liaison.
| |
| A. Sign in on the available sign-in sheet in the EOF.
| |
| B. Synchronize your time with the EOF clock.
| |
| C. IF the Incident Command Post (ICP) is not yet operational, THEN perform the following steps:
| |
| : 1. Establish and maintain communications with the Control Room and inform them that the ICP has been activated.
| |
| : 2. Establish communications with the Emergency Director and notify him that the ICP has been activated.
| |
| : 3. Receive event status briefing from the Emergency Director.
| |
| : 4. Review any Press Releases that have been distributed.
| |
| D. IF relieving another Operations {OPS)-ICP Liaison, THEN perform the following steps:
| |
| : 1. Review the previous Operations (OPS)-ICP Liaison Emergency Response Organization Log Sheet(s). (Form EP-10)
| |
| : 2. Receive a briefing from the current Operations (OPS)-ICP Liaison.
| |
| : 3. Do a formal turnover with the current Operations (OPS)-JCP Liaison.
| |
| E. Inform the Emergency DirecJor that you are now filling the duties of the Operations (OPS)-ICP Liaison. . ,
| |
| 2.0 Contim.mus Responsibilities I Activity 2.1 Monitor ICP Activities:
| |
| * A. Method of entry (tactical or otherwise) to the station;
| |
| | |
| -E IPEC NON-QUALITY RELATED IP-EP-241 Revision4
| |
| -=- nlergy"ll EMERGENCY PLAN PROCEDURE IMPLEMENTING PROCEDURES Page of 26 REFERENCE USE 1A Attachment 9.3 Operations (OPS)-ICP liaison Checklist (Primary ICP)
| |
| Page 2 of 3 B. Priorities for mitigation hazards in relation to safe shutdown priorities 2.2 Participate in the ICP Briefings and present new h1formation when it becomes available. Briefings should lnch.nde:
| |
| A. Provide simplified explanations clarifications to ICP personnel of technical details.
| |
| Information should be tailored for a broad range of disciplines. Acronyms and technical terminology should be avoided.
| |
| B. Utilize the plant drawing/diagrams contained in the ICP Liaison kit to provide operation insight.
| |
| C. Provide known hazards, chemicals, high pressure steam leaks, electrical hazards and potential for explosions.
| |
| * D. Provide strategies for entering the station if hazards exist.
| |
| 2.3 Provide station priorities as it applies to the assistance needed from the ICP.
| |
| Assistance may include:
| |
| A. Obtaining needed equipment including emergency diesel generators.
| |
| B. Obtaining needed supplies including diesel fuel.
| |
| C. Coordination of fire fighters to extinguish on-going fires.
| |
| D. Coordination of search and rescue teams 'tor multiple casualties.
| |
| 2.4 General assistance that may be needed at throughout the ICP may include:
| |
| A. Interpretation of information.
| |
| B. Clarification of station information.
| |
| 2.5 Prioritization of station support from the perspective of:
| |
| A. Keep fuel bundles covered;
| |
| * B. Keep fuel bundles cooled;
| |
| | |
| .Ai IPEC IP-EP-241 Revision 4 NON-QUALITY RELATED
| |
| ~&,lergy~ EMERGENCY PLAN PROCEDURE IMPLEMENTING PROCEDURES Use of 26 REFERENCE Page .li Attachment 9.3 Operations (OPS)-ICP Liaison Checklist (Primary ICP)
| |
| Page 3 of 3 C. Stopping any radiation releases; D. Ensure availability of electrical power; E. Protective Action Recommendations; F; Personnel accountability; G. Mitigation of existing hazards; 3.0 Closeout Responsibility/Activity 3.1 Review all documentation.
| |
| A. Verify that logs, forms, and other documentation are complete .
| |
| 3.2 Provide all documentation to EOF Manager upon termination of the emergency and entry into the Recovery Phase .
| |
| | |
| ~
| |
| BP-EP-241 Revision 4
| |
| -E IPEC NON-QUALITY RELATED
| |
| -=- ulergy4 EMERGENCY PLAN PROCEDURE IMPLEMENTING PROCEDURES REFERENCE Use Page 15 of 26 Attachment 9.4 Operations (OPS)-JCP Uaeson Checklist (Alternate ICP)
| |
| Page 1 of .3 1.0 Initial Responsibmty / Activity 1.1 Upon arrival at the ICP:
| |
| A. Present IPEC badge and Driver's License upon request.
| |
| B. Sign in with the reception officer and obtain ICP badge (if utilized).
| |
| C. Obtain the ICP Liaison kit ("Go Bag") from the communications room.
| |
| D. Synchronize the ICP clock with the CCR and/or AEOF (EOF).
| |
| 1.2 Contact the Incident Commander and introduce yourself as the IPEC OPS Liaison.
| |
| * 1.3 1.4 Request the Incident Commander for introductions to key JCP Command Personnel.
| |
| , Utilize the Log Book in your ICP Liaison kit to document significant actions performed and relevant communications.
| |
| 1.5 Initiate and maintain communication with the Control Room via ceU phone, satellite phone or landline. If using the cell phone headset, be careful to select the headset that is already synchronized to that cell phone number.
| |
| 1.6 If requested to establish an open line of communications with multiple groups utilize the Bridge linew )00{~~:->QOQC. in the ETD.
| |
| 1.7 Utilize the laptop computer as necessary to access site information.
| |
| 1.8 Obtain and wear dosimetry from the ICP Liaison kit Make sure you know which DLR (by number) is assigned to you so any dose associated with this DLR can be assigned to you after it is read by the dosimetry department.
| |
| 2.0 Contim.nous Responsibmties I Activity 2.1 Monitor ICP Activities:
| |
| * A. Method of entry (tactical or otherwise) to the station;
| |
| | |
| .. IPEC NON-QUALITY REL.ATED IP-EP-241 Revision 4
| |
| ~Eulmgy.., EMERGENCY PLAN PROCEDURE IMPLEMENTING PROCEDURES REFERENCE USE Page 16 of 26 Attachment 9.4 Operations (OPS)-ICP Liaison Checklist (Alternate ICP)
| |
| Page 2 of 3
| |
| : 8. Priorities for mitigation hazards in relation to safe shutdown priorities.
| |
| 2.2 Participate in the ICP Briefings and present new information when it becomes available. Briefings shou!d include:
| |
| A. Provide simplified explanations clarifications to ICP personnel of technical details.
| |
| Information should be tailored for a broad range of disciplines. Acronyms and technical terminology should be avoided.
| |
| : 8. Utilize the plant drawing/diagrams contained in the ICP Liaison kit to provide operations insight.
| |
| C. Provide known hazards, chemicals, high pressure steam leaks, electrical hazards, and potential for explosions.
| |
| * 2.3 D. Provide strategies for entering the station if hazards exist.
| |
| Provnde station priorities as it applies to the assistance needed from the ICP.
| |
| Assistance may include:
| |
| A. Obtaining needed equipment including emergency diesel generators; B. Obtaining needed supplies including diesel fuel; C. Coordination of fire fighters to extinguish on-going fires; D. Coordination of search and rescue teams for multiple casualties.
| |
| 2.4 General assistance that may be needed at throughout the ICP may include:
| |
| A. Interpretation of information; B. Clarification of station information.
| |
| 2.5 Prioritization of station support from the perspective of:
| |
| A. Keep fuel bundles covered;
| |
| * B. Keep fuel bundles cooled;*
| |
| | |
| IA IPEC NON-QUALITY RELATED IP-EP-241 Revision 4
| |
| 's1Entergy EMERGENCY PLAN PROCEDURE IMPLEMENTING.
| |
| PROCEDURES REFERENCE Use Page 17 of 26 Attachment 9.4 Operations (OPS)-ICP Liaison Checklist (Alternate ICP)
| |
| Page 3 of 3 C. Stopping any radiation releases; D. Ensure availability of electrical power; E. Protective Action Recommendations; F. Personnel accountability; G. Mitigation of existing hazards.
| |
| 3.0 Closeout Responsibilities I Actnvity 3.1 When released by the Incident Commander at the end of the event, perform the following: *
| |
| * A. Collect all pertinent documentation.
| |
| B. Participate in the After Action Reviews or critiques held at the ICP.
| |
| C. Return to the Alternative TSC/OSC and turn in all documentation to EPM.
| |
| D. Return the OPS Liaison kit to the storage location, inventory contents and restore supplies as necessary.
| |
| | |
| ~
| |
| IPEC NON-QUALITY RELATED IP-EP-241 Revision 4 gE11tergy 0 EMERGENCY PLAN PROCEDURE IMPLEMENTING PROCEDURES REFERENCE USE Page 18 of 26 Attachment 9.5 Radiation Protection (RP)-ICP Uaison Checklist (Primary ICP)
| |
| Page 1 of 3 1.0 Initial Responsibility/Activity 1.1 Assume the duties of the Radiation Protection (RP)-ICP Liaison A. Sign in on the available sign-in sheet in the EOF.
| |
| B. Synchronize your time with the EOF clock.
| |
| r' C. IF the Incident Command Post (ICP) is not yet operational, THEN perform the following steps: *
| |
| : 1. Establish communications with the Emergency Director and notify him that the ICP has been activated .
| |
| * 2. Establish communications with the HP Watch in the Control Room and notify them that the ICP has been activated.
| |
| : 3. Receive event status briefing from the Emergency Director.
| |
| : 4. Review any Press Releases that have been distributed.
| |
| D. IF relieving another Radiation Protection (RP)-ICP Liaison, THEN perform the following steps:
| |
| : 1. Review the previous Radiation Protection (RP)-ICP Emergency Response Organization log Sheet(s). (Form EP-10)
| |
| : 2. Receive a briefing from the current Radiation Protection (RP)-ICP Liaison.
| |
| : 3. Do a formal turnover with the current Radiation Protection (RP)-ICP liaison.
| |
| E. Inform the Emergency Director that you are now filling the duties of the Radiation Protection (RP}-ICP Liaison .
| |
| | |
| ~ , Revision4 IPEC IP-EP-241
| |
| -E
| |
| ~ 111/ergy~ EMERGENCY PLAN NON-QUALITY RELATED PROCEDURE IMPLEMENTING PROCEDURES REFERENCE Use Page 19 of 26 Attachment 9.5 Radiation Protection (RP)-ICP liaison Checklist (Primary ICP)
| |
| Page 2 of3 2.0 Continuous Responsibilities/Activity 2.1 Monitor ICP Activities:
| |
| A. Priorities for mitigation hazards in relation to safe shutdown priorities 2.2 Participate in the ICP Briefings and present new information when i.t becomes available. Braefings should include:
| |
| * A Provide simplified explanations clarifications to ICP personnel of technical details.
| |
| Information should be tailored for a broad range of disciplines. Acronyms and technical terminology should be avoided.
| |
| * B. Utilize the plant drawing/diagrams contained in the fCP Liaison kit to provide radiological insight.
| |
| * C. Provide known hazards, chemicals, high pressure steam leaks, electrical hazards, and potential for explosions.
| |
| D. Provide strategies for entering the station if hazards exist.
| |
| 2.3 Utilize the "just-in-time" Exposure Control Video (also accessible via the QR code in Attachment 9.8) and assist the ICP with radiological briefings of nonmradworker trained personnel if requested.
| |
| 2.4 Provide station priorities as it applies to the assistance needed from the ICP.
| |
| Assistance may include:
| |
| A. Coordination of search and rescue teams for multiple causalities.
| |
| B. Provide status of radiological conditions as related to offsite releases.
| |
| C. Status of contamination level that impact offsite responders.
| |
| D. Relocation of non-essential personnel.
| |
| E. Coordination of Field Team movement with ICP and AEOF (EOF) .
| |
| | |
| *~Entergy IP-EP-241 Revision 4 IPEC NoN~QUALITY RELATED EMERGENCY PLAN PROCEDURE IMPLEMENTING PROCEDURES REFERENCE USE Page 20 of 26 Attachment 9.5 Radiation Protection (RP)-ICP Uaison Checklist (Primary ICP)
| |
| Page 3 of 3 2.5 General assistance that may be needed at throughout the ICP may include:
| |
| A. Interpretation of information.
| |
| B. Clarification of station information.
| |
| 2.6 Prioritization of station support from the perspective of:
| |
| A. Mitigation of existing hazards.
| |
| B. Sector clearing.
| |
| 3.0 Closeout Responsibility/Activity 3.1 Review all documentation .
| |
| A .. Verify that logs, forms, and other documentation are complete.
| |
| 3.2 Provide au documentation to EOF Manag~r upon termination of the emergency and entry into the Recovery Phase*
| |
| | |
| *~E,,tergy~
| |
| IPEC NON-QUALITY RELATED IP*EP-:241 Revision4 EMERGENCY PLAN PROCEDURE IMPLEMENTING PROCEDURES REFERENCE USE Page 21 of !§ Attachment 9.6 Radiation Protection (RP)-&CP liaison Checklist (Alternate ICP)
| |
| Page 1 of 3 1.0 Initial Responsibility I Activity 1.1 Upon arrival at the ICP:
| |
| A. Present IPEC badge and Driver's License upon request.
| |
| B. Sign in with the reception officer and obtain ICP badge {if utilized).
| |
| C. Obtain the ICP Liaison ("Go Bag") kit from the communications room.
| |
| 1.2 Contact the Incident Commander and introduce yourself as the IPEC RP - ICP Liaison.
| |
| 1.3 Request the Incident Commander for introductions to key ICP Command Personnel
| |
| * 1.4 Utilize the Log Book in your ICP Liaison kit to document significant actions performed and relevant communications.
| |
| 1.5 Initiate communication with the Control Room via cell phone, satellite phone or landline. If using the ceH phone headset, be careful to select the headset that is already synchronized to that cell phone number.
| |
| 1.6 If requested to establish.an open line of communications with multiple groups utilize the Bridge line- xxx:-xxx-µ# in the ETD.
| |
| 1.7 Utilize the laptop computer as necessary to access site information.
| |
| 1.8 Obtain and wear dosimetry from the ICP Liaison kit. Make sure you know which DLR (by number) is assigned to you so any dose associated with this DLR can be assigned to you after it is read by the dosimetry department 1.9 Perform radiological surveys as necessary in the ICP for the unfolding events. If radiation readings are above background, ensure you report this information to the AEOF (EOF).
| |
| 1.10 When authorized by the Alt TSC/OSC (TSC/OSC) brief IPEC liaisons only on the use of Kl and issue Kl to all IPEC Liaisons.
| |
| | |
| IPEC l\!ON-QUALITV RELATED IP-EP-241 Revision4
| |
| -=- E'nlergy<?; EMERGENCY PLAN PROCEDURE IMPLEMENTING PROCEDURES REFERENCE USE Page 22 of 26 Attachment 9.6 Radiation Protection (RP)-ICP Liaison Checklist (Alternate ICP)
| |
| Page 2 of 3 2.0 Continuous Responsibility I Activity 2.1 Monitor ICP Activities:
| |
| A. Priorities for mitigation hazards in relation to safe shutdown priorities.
| |
| 2.2 Participate in the ICP Briefings and present new information when it becomes available. Briefings should include:
| |
| A. Provide simplified explanations clarifications to ICP personnel of technical details.
| |
| Information should be tailored for a broad range of disciplines. Acronyms and technical terminology should be avoided.
| |
| B. Utilize the plant drawing/diagrams contained in the ICP Liaison kit to provide radiological insight.
| |
| C. Provide known hazards, chemicals, high pressure steam leaks, electrical hazards and potential for explosions.
| |
| D. Provide strategies for entering the station if hazards exist.
| |
| 2.3 Utmze the "justMin-time" Exposure Control Video (also accessible via the QR code in Attachment 9.8) and assist the ICP with radiological briefings of non-radworker trained personnel if requested.
| |
| 2.4 Provide station priorities as it applies to the assistance needed from the ICP.
| |
| Assistance may include:
| |
| * I A Coordination of search and rescue teams for multiple causalities; B. Provide status of radiological conditions as related to offsite releases; C. Status of contamination level that impact offsite responders; D. Relocation of non-essential personnel; E. Coordination of Field Team movement with ICP and AEOF (EOF) .
| |
| | |
| ... Revision 4 IPEC NON-QUALITY RELATED IP-EP-241
| |
| "="Entergy~ EMERGENCY PLAN PROCEDURE IMPLEMENTING PROCEDURES REFERENCE USE Page 23 of 26 Attachment 9.6 Radiation Protection (RP)-ICP Liaison Checklist (Alternate ICP)
| |
| Page 3 of 3 2.5 General assistance that may be needed at throughout the ICP may include:
| |
| A. Interpretation of information; B. Clarification of station information.
| |
| 2.6 Prioritization of station support from the perspective of:
| |
| A. Mitigation of existing hazards; B. Sector clearing.
| |
| 3.0 Closeout Responsibility / Activity 3.1 When released by the Incident Commander at the end of the event, perform the
| |
| * followang:
| |
| A. Collect all pertinent documentation.
| |
| B. Participate in the After Action Reviews or critiques held at the ICP.
| |
| C. Return to the Alternative TSC/OSC and tum in all documentation to the EPM.
| |
| D. Return the Rad Protection Liaison kit to the storage location, inventory contents and restore supplies as necessary.
| |
| * I
| |
| | |
| IP-EP-241 Revision 4 IPEC NON-QUALITY RELATED EMERGENCY Pl.AN PROCEDUFtE IMPLEMENTING PROCEDURES Attachment 9.7 .
| |
| Incident Command Post (Primary) layout - Security Briefing Room Sheet 1 of2 Desk And White Board Computer
| |
| "'C s;- 0
| |
| * "Ero 0
| |
| l:Q
| |
| ~
| |
| II) With
| |
| ~
| |
| 0
| |
| ..... '.:::l 1::1 (lQ 00 0 111 n 1::1
| |
| ('I)
| |
| =*
| |
| r:t. Cf.I 0
| |
| Ceiling Mounted EAL Chart Projector t'd s
| |
| ~
| |
| E:: n
| |
| !:)I} 0 ('/.l i::
| |
| '6.b t, a{")
| |
| 0 ('I) i=
| |
| ct$
| |
| ::i::
| |
| 0 0 -*=
| |
| :I ::::i.
| |
| eq 0
| |
| Fax Machine Entrance
| |
| | |
| ** IPEC NON-QUALITY RELATED IP-EP-241 Revision 4
| |
| '~""Entergy/!; EMERGENCY PLAN PROCEDURE IMPLEMENTING PROCEDURES REFERENCE Use Page 25 of 26 Attachment 9. 7 Incident Command (Primary) Post Layout - Main Room Sheet2 of2 Hanging Hanging Hanging Hanging Plasma Plasma Plasma Plasma U.S. Coast Verplanck Guard/ Whiteboard Fire Dept.
| |
| National Guard E.M.S.
| |
| M.T.A.
| |
| F.B.1 Table Railroads Buchanan Police/
| |
| J.T.F.F. Peekskill Police Ceiling Mounted Entergy Projector Westchester Security County D.P.S.
| |
| Entergy Westchester Security County D.P.S.
| |
| N.Y. State N.Y. State N.R.C. Police Police Entrance Door Communications Unit/
| |
| * Radio Room
| |
| | |
| alt IPEC NON-QUALITY RELATED IP-EP-241 Revision4*
| |
| -=- B'nlergy,, EMERGENCY PLAN PROCEDURE IMPLEMENTING PROCEDURES Use REFERENCE Page 26 of ~
| |
| Attachment 9.8
| |
| . Exposure Control Briefing Video Page 1 of 1 To View the Emergency Worker Exposure Control Briefing Video Scan the QR Code with a Mobile Device
| |
| | |
| IPEC EMERGENCY PLAN DISTRIBUTION LIST Page 1 of 2 IP3 CONTROL ROOM DELIVERED BY DOCUMENTS IP3 53FT. CCR 1 COPY OF ALL EP'S IP3 SHIFT MANAGER DELIVERED BY DOCUMENTS IP3 53FT. ELEVATION 1 COPY OF ALL EP'S IP2 CONTROL ROOM DELIVERED BY DOCUMENTS IP2 53FT. CCR 1 COPY OF ALL EP'S IPEC TSC DELIVERED BY DOCUMENTS IP2 53FT. ELEVATION 1 COPY OF*ALL EP'S IP2 SIMULATOR DELIVERED BY DOCUMENTS IP2 SIMULATOR BLDG. 1 COPY OF ALL EP'S IP2 SIMULATOR - CLASSROOM 4 DELIVERED BY DOCUMENTS IP2 SIMULATOR BLDG. 1 COPY OF ALL EP'S 3 COPIES OF ALL EP'S IP2 SIMULATOR - CLASSROOM 5 DELIVERED BY DOCUMENTS IP2 SIMULATOR BLDG.
| |
| EXCEPT E-PLAN NRG RESIDENT INSPECTOR NRG IP2 88FT. ELEVATION 1 COPY OF ALL EP'S 1 COPY OF ALL EP'S AND NRG - ROCKVILLE, MD DOC CONTROL DESK OFFSITE GENERAL RECORDS ADDRESS EXCEPT IP-EP-115 1 COPY OF ALL EP'S AND NRG JAMES DANNA OFFSITE GENERAL RECORDS EXCEPT IP-EP-115 1 COPY OF ALL EP'S AND NRG DEPUTY DIRECTOR . OFFSITE GENERAL RECORDS EXCEPT IP-EP-115 1 COPY OF THE
| |
| * LENORE TO UPDATE;
| |
| * FOLLOWING:
| |
| E-PLAN, IP-EP-115, 120, NEW YORK STATE OEM TED FISCH WEBSITE*
| |
| NO:MAlhCOPIES '.t,: 210,220,230,250,310, 320,340,360,410,420, 430, 620 & IP-1055 1 COPY OF E-PLAN, WESTCHESTER COUNTY OEM DENNIS DELBORGO OFFSITE IP-EP-310 & 340 ROCKLAND COUNTY FIRE AND 1 COPY OF E-PLAN, NICHOLAS LONGO OFFSITE EMERGENCY SERVICES IP-EP-310 & 340 ORANGE COUNTY EMERGENCY 1 COPY OF E-PLAN, SHANNON FISHER OFFSITE SERVICES CENTER IP-EP-310 & 340 P. !\ Fl.' If"\ p (" ......,.,.,
| |
| PUTNAM COUNTY BUREAU OF 1 COPY OF E-PLAN, KEN CLAIR OFFSITE EMERGENCY SERVICES IP-EP-310 & 340}}
| |
